Merge llvm 3.5.0 release from ^/vendor/llvm/dist, resolve conflicts, and

preserve our customizations, where necessary.

97 files changed, 6168 insertions, 6870 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMBuildAttributes.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMBuildAttributes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f63e0a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMBuildAttributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+//===-- ARMBuildAttributes.h - ARM Build Attributes -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file contains enumerations and support routines for ARM build attributes
+// as defined in ARM ABI addenda document (ABI release 2.08).
+//
+// ELF for the ARM Architecture r2.09 - November 30, 2012
+//
+// http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0044e/IHI0044E_aaelf.pdf
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_ARM_BUILD_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_ARM_BUILD_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+namespace llvm {
+class StringRef;
+
+namespace ARMBuildAttrs {
+
+enum SpecialAttr {
+  // This is for the .cpu asm attr. It translates into one or more
+  // AttrType (below) entries in the .ARM.attributes section in the ELF.
+  SEL_CPU
+};
+
+enum AttrType {
+  // Rest correspond to ELF/.ARM.attributes
+  File                      = 1,
+  CPU_raw_name              = 4,
+  CPU_name                  = 5,
+  CPU_arch                  = 6,
+  CPU_arch_profile          = 7,
+  ARM_ISA_use               = 8,
+  THUMB_ISA_use             = 9,
+  FP_arch                   = 10,
+  WMMX_arch                 = 11,
+  Advanced_SIMD_arch        = 12,
+  PCS_config                = 13,
+  ABI_PCS_R9_use            = 14,
+  ABI_PCS_RW_data           = 15,
+  ABI_PCS_RO_data           = 16,
+  ABI_PCS_GOT_use           = 17,
+  ABI_PCS_wchar_t           = 18,
+  ABI_FP_rounding           = 19,
+  ABI_FP_denormal           = 20,
+  ABI_FP_exceptions         = 21,
+  ABI_FP_user_exceptions    = 22,
+  ABI_FP_number_model       = 23,
+  ABI_align_needed          = 24,
+  ABI_align_preserved       = 25,
+  ABI_enum_size             = 26,
+  ABI_HardFP_use            = 27,
+  ABI_VFP_args              = 28,
+  ABI_WMMX_args             = 29,
+  ABI_optimization_goals    = 30,
+  ABI_FP_optimization_goals = 31,
+  compatibility             = 32,
+  CPU_unaligned_access      = 34,
+  FP_HP_extension           = 36,
+  ABI_FP_16bit_format       = 38,
+  MPextension_use           = 42, // recoded from 70 (ABI r2.08)
+  DIV_use                   = 44,
+  also_compatible_with      = 65,
+  conformance               = 67,
+  Virtualization_use        = 68,
+
+  /// Legacy Tags
+  Section                   = 2,  // deprecated (ABI r2.09)
+  Symbol                    = 3,  // deprecated (ABI r2.09)
+  ABI_align8_needed         = 24, // renamed to ABI_align_needed (ABI r2.09)
+  ABI_align8_preserved      = 25, // renamed to ABI_align_preserved (ABI r2.09)
+  nodefaults                = 64, // deprecated (ABI r2.09)
+  T2EE_use                  = 66, // deprecated (ABI r2.09)
+  MPextension_use_old       = 70  // recoded to MPextension_use (ABI r2.08)
+};
+
+StringRef AttrTypeAsString(unsigned Attr, bool HasTagPrefix = true);
+StringRef AttrTypeAsString(AttrType Attr, bool HasTagPrefix = true);
+int AttrTypeFromString(StringRef Tag);
+
+// Magic numbers for .ARM.attributes
+enum AttrMagic {
+  Format_Version  = 0x41
+};
+
+// Legal Values for CPU_arch, (=6), uleb128
+enum CPUArch {
+  Pre_v4   = 0,
+  v4       = 1,   // e.g. SA110
+  v4T      = 2,   // e.g. ARM7TDMI
+  v5T      = 3,   // e.g. ARM9TDMI
+  v5TE     = 4,   // e.g. ARM946E_S
+  v5TEJ    = 5,   // e.g. ARM926EJ_S
+  v6       = 6,   // e.g. ARM1136J_S
+  v6KZ     = 7,   // e.g. ARM1176JZ_S
+  v6T2     = 8,   // e.g. ARM1156T2F_S
+  v6K      = 9,   // e.g. ARM1136J_S
+  v7       = 10,  // e.g. Cortex A8, Cortex M3
+  v6_M     = 11,  // e.g. Cortex M1
+  v6S_M    = 12,  // v6_M with the System extensions
+  v7E_M    = 13,  // v7_M with DSP extensions
+  v8       = 14   // v8, AArch32
+};
+
+enum CPUArchProfile {               // (=7), uleb128
+  Not_Applicable          = 0,      // pre v7, or cross-profile code
+  ApplicationProfile      = (0x41), // 'A' (e.g. for Cortex A8)
+  RealTimeProfile         = (0x52), // 'R' (e.g. for Cortex R4)
+  MicroControllerProfile  = (0x4D), // 'M' (e.g. for Cortex M3)
+  SystemProfile           = (0x53)  // 'S' Application or real-time profile
+};
+
+// The following have a lot of common use cases
+enum {
+  Not_Allowed = 0,
+  Allowed = 1,
+
+  // Tag_ARM_ISA_use (=8), uleb128
+
+  // Tag_THUMB_ISA_use, (=9), uleb128
+  AllowThumb32 = 2, // 32-bit Thumb (implies 16-bit instructions)
+
+  // Tag_FP_arch (=10), uleb128 (formerly Tag_VFP_arch = 10)
+  AllowFPv2  = 2,     // v2 FP ISA permitted (implies use of the v1 FP ISA)
+  AllowFPv3A = 3,     // v3 FP ISA permitted (implies use of the v2 FP ISA)
+  AllowFPv3B = 4,     // v3 FP ISA permitted, but only D0-D15, S0-S31
+  AllowFPv4A = 5,     // v4 FP ISA permitted (implies use of v3 FP ISA)
+  AllowFPv4B = 6,     // v4 FP ISA was permitted, but only D0-D15, S0-S31
+  AllowFPARMv8A = 7,  // Use of the ARM v8-A FP ISA was permitted
+  AllowFPARMv8B = 8,  // Use of the ARM v8-A FP ISA was permitted, but only
+                      // D0-D15, S0-S31
+
+  // Tag_WMMX_arch, (=11), uleb128
+  AllowWMMXv1 = 1,  // The user permitted this entity to use WMMX v1
+  AllowWMMXv2 = 2,  // The user permitted this entity to use WMMX v2
+
+  // Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch, (=12), uleb128
+  AllowNeon = 1,      // SIMDv1 was permitted
+  AllowNeon2 = 2,     // SIMDv2 was permitted (Half-precision FP, MAC operations)
+  AllowNeonARMv8 = 3, // ARM v8-A SIMD was permitted
+
+  // Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data, (=15), uleb128
+  AddressRWPCRel = 1, // Address RW static data PC-relative
+  AddressRWSBRel = 2, // Address RW static data SB-relative
+  AddressRWNone = 3, // No RW static data permitted
+
+  // Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data, (=14), uleb128
+  AddressROPCRel = 1, // Address RO static data PC-relative
+  AddressRONone = 2, // No RO static data permitted
+
+  // Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use, (=17), uleb128
+  AddressDirect = 1, // Address imported data directly
+  AddressGOT = 2, // Address imported data indirectly (via GOT)
+
+  // Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t, (=18), uleb128
+  WCharProhibited = 0,  // wchar_t is not used
+  WCharWidth2Bytes = 2, // sizeof(wchar_t) == 2
+  WCharWidth4Bytes = 4, // sizeof(wchar_t) == 4
+
+  // Tag_ABI_FP_denormal, (=20), uleb128
+  PreserveFPSign = 2, // sign when flushed-to-zero is preserved
+
+  // Tag_ABI_FP_number_model, (=23), uleb128
+  AllowRTABI = 2,  // numbers, infinities, and one quiet NaN (see [RTABI])
+  AllowIEE754 = 3, // this code to use all the IEEE 754-defined FP encodings
+
+  // Tag_ABI_enum_size, (=26), uleb128
+  EnumProhibited = 0, // The user prohibited the use of enums when building
+                      // this entity.
+  EnumSmallest = 1,   // Enum is smallest container big enough to hold all
+                      // values.
+  Enum32Bit = 2,      // Enum is at least 32 bits.
+  Enum32BitABI = 3,   // Every enumeration visible across an ABI-complying
+                      // interface contains a value needing 32 bits to encode
+                      // it; other enums can be containerized.
+
+  // Tag_ABI_HardFP_use, (=27), uleb128
+  HardFPImplied = 0,          // FP use should be implied by Tag_FP_arch
+  HardFPSinglePrecision = 1,  // Single-precision only
+
+  // Tag_ABI_VFP_args, (=28), uleb128
+  BaseAAPCS = 0,
+  HardFPAAPCS = 1,
+
+  // Tag_FP_HP_extension, (=36), uleb128
+  AllowHPFP = 1, // Allow use of Half Precision FP
+
+  // Tag_MPextension_use, (=42), uleb128
+  AllowMP = 1, // Allow use of MP extensions
+
+  // Tag_DIV_use, (=44), uleb128
+  // Note: AllowDIVExt must be emitted if and only if the permission to use
+  // hardware divide cannot be conveyed using AllowDIVIfExists or DisallowDIV
+  AllowDIVIfExists = 0, // Allow hardware divide if available in arch, or no
+                        // info exists.
+  DisallowDIV = 1,      // Hardware divide explicitly disallowed.
+  AllowDIVExt = 2,      // Allow hardware divide as optional architecture
+                        // extension above the base arch specified by
+                        // Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_CPU_arch_profile.
+
+  // Tag_Virtualization_use, (=68), uleb128
+  AllowTZ = 1,
+  AllowVirtualization = 2,
+  AllowTZVirtualization = 3
+};
+
+} // namespace ARMBuildAttrs
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_ARM_BUILD_ATTRIBUTES_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMEHABI.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMEHABI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7ac54a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMEHABI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+//===--- ARMEHABI.h - ARM Exception Handling ABI ----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the constants for the ARM unwind opcodes and exception
+// handling table entry kinds.
+//
+// The enumerations and constants in this file reflect the ARM EHABI
+// Specification as published by ARM.
+//
+// Exception Handling ABI for the ARM Architecture r2.09 - November 30, 2012
+//
+// http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0038a/IHI0038A_ehabi.pdf
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_ARM_EHABI_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_ARM_EHABI_H
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace ARM {
+namespace EHABI {
+  /// ARM exception handling table entry kinds
+  enum EHTEntryKind {
+    EHT_GENERIC = 0x00,
+    EHT_COMPACT = 0x80
+  };
+
+  enum {
+    /// Special entry for the function never unwind
+    EXIDX_CANTUNWIND = 0x1
+  };
+
+  /// ARM-defined frame unwinding opcodes
+  enum UnwindOpcodes {
+    // Format: 00xxxxxx
+    // Purpose: vsp = vsp + ((x << 2) + 4)
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_INC_VSP = 0x00,
+
+    // Format: 01xxxxxx
+    // Purpose: vsp = vsp - ((x << 2) + 4)
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_DEC_VSP = 0x40,
+
+    // Format: 10000000 00000000
+    // Purpose: refuse to unwind
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_REFUSE = 0x8000,
+
+    // Format: 1000xxxx xxxxxxxx
+    // Purpose: pop r[15:12], r[11:4]
+    // Constraint: x != 0
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_REG_MASK_R4 = 0x8000,
+
+    // Format: 1001xxxx
+    // Purpose: vsp = r[x]
+    // Constraint: x != 13 && x != 15
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_SET_VSP = 0x90,
+
+    // Format: 10100xxx
+    // Purpose: pop r[(4+x):4]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_REG_RANGE_R4 = 0xa0,
+
+    // Format: 10101xxx
+    // Purpose: pop r14, r[(4+x):4]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_REG_RANGE_R4_R14 = 0xa8,
+
+    // Format: 10110000
+    // Purpose: finish
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_FINISH = 0xb0,
+
+    // Format: 10110001 0000xxxx
+    // Purpose: pop r[3:0]
+    // Constraint: x != 0
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_REG_MASK = 0xb100,
+
+    // Format: 10110010 x(uleb128)
+    // Purpose: vsp = vsp + ((x << 2) + 0x204)
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_INC_VSP_ULEB128 = 0xb2,
+
+    // Format: 10110011 xxxxyyyy
+    // Purpose: pop d[(x+y):x]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_VFP_REG_RANGE_FSTMFDX = 0xb300,
+
+    // Format: 10111xxx
+    // Purpose: pop d[(8+x):8]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_VFP_REG_RANGE_FSTMFDX_D8 = 0xb8,
+
+    // Format: 11000xxx
+    // Purpose: pop wR[(10+x):10]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_WIRELESS_MMX_REG_RANGE_WR10 = 0xc0,
+
+    // Format: 11000110 xxxxyyyy
+    // Purpose: pop wR[(x+y):x]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_WIRELESS_MMX_REG_RANGE = 0xc600,
+
+    // Format: 11000111 0000xxxx
+    // Purpose: pop wCGR[3:0]
+    // Constraint: x != 0
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_WIRELESS_MMX_REG_MASK = 0xc700,
+
+    // Format: 11001000 xxxxyyyy
+    // Purpose: pop d[(16+x+y):(16+x)]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_VFP_REG_RANGE_FSTMFDD_D16 = 0xc800,
+
+    // Format: 11001001 xxxxyyyy
+    // Purpose: pop d[(x+y):x]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_VFP_REG_RANGE_FSTMFDD = 0xc900,
+
+    // Format: 11010xxx
+    // Purpose: pop d[(8+x):8]
+    UNWIND_OPCODE_POP_VFP_REG_RANGE_FSTMFDD_D8 = 0xd0
+  };
+
+  /// ARM-defined Personality Routine Index
+  enum PersonalityRoutineIndex {
+    // To make the exception handling table become more compact, ARM defined
+    // several personality routines in EHABI.  There are 3 different
+    // personality routines in ARM EHABI currently.  It is possible to have 16
+    // pre-defined personality routines at most.
+    AEABI_UNWIND_CPP_PR0 = 0,
+    AEABI_UNWIND_CPP_PR1 = 1,
+    AEABI_UNWIND_CPP_PR2 = 2,
+
+    NUM_PERSONALITY_INDEX
+  };
+}
+}
+}
+
+#endif // ARM_UNWIND_OP_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMWinEH.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMWinEH.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78deb8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ARMWinEH.h
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+//===-- llvm/Support/WinARMEH.h - Windows on ARM EH Constants ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_WINARMEH_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_WINARMEH_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace ARM {
+namespace WinEH {
+enum class RuntimeFunctionFlag {
+  RFF_Unpacked,       /// unpacked entry
+  RFF_Packed,         /// packed entry
+  RFF_PackedFragment, /// packed entry representing a fragment
+  RFF_Reserved,       /// reserved
+};
+
+enum class ReturnType {
+  RT_POP,             /// return via pop {pc} (L flag must be set)
+  RT_B,               /// 16-bit branch
+  RT_BW,              /// 32-bit branch
+  RT_NoEpilogue,      /// no epilogue (fragment)
+};
+
+/// RuntimeFunction - An entry in the table of procedure data (.pdata)
+///
+///  3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+///  1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+/// +---------------------------------------------------------------+
+/// |                     Function Start RVA                        |
+/// +-------------------+-+-+-+-----+-+---+---------------------+---+
+/// |    Stack Adjust   |C|L|R| Reg |H|Ret|   Function Length   |Flg|
+/// +-------------------+-+-+-+-----+-+---+---------------------+---+
+///
+/// Flag : 2-bit field with the following meanings:
+///   - 00 = packed unwind data not used; reamining bits point to .xdata record
+///   - 01 = packed unwind data
+///   - 10 = packed unwind data, function assumed to have no prologue; useful
+///          for function fragments that are discontiguous with the start of the
+///          function
+///   - 11 = reserved
+/// Function Length : 11-bit field providing the length of the entire function
+///                   in bytes, divided by 2; if the function is greater than
+///                   4KB, a full .xdata record must be used instead
+/// Ret : 2-bit field indicating how the function returns
+///   - 00 = return via pop {pc} (the L bit must be set)
+///   - 01 = return via 16-bit branch
+///   - 10 = return via 32-bit branch
+///   - 11 = no epilogue; useful for function fragments that may only contain a
+///          prologue but the epilogue is elsewhere
+/// H : 1-bit flag indicating whether the function "homes" the integer parameter
+///     registers (r0-r3), allocating 16-bytes on the stack
+/// Reg : 3-bit field indicating the index of the last saved non-volatile
+///       register.  If the R bit is set to 0, then only integer registers are
+///       saved (r4-rN, where N is 4 + Reg).  If the R bit is set to 1, then
+///       only floating-point registers are being saved (d8-dN, where N is
+///       8 + Reg).  The special case of the R bit being set to 1 and Reg equal
+///       to 7 indicates that no registers are saved.
+/// R : 1-bit flag indicating whether the non-volatile registers are integer or
+///     floating-point.  0 indicates integer, 1 indicates floating-point.  The
+///     special case of the R-flag being set and Reg being set to 7 indicates
+///     that no non-volatile registers are saved.
+/// L : 1-bit flag indicating whether the function saves/restores the link
+///     register (LR)
+/// C : 1-bit flag indicating whether the function includes extra instructions
+///     to setup a frame chain for fast walking.  If this flag is set, r11 is
+///     implicitly added to the list of saved non-volatile integer registers.
+/// Stack Adjust : 10-bit field indicating the number of bytes of stack that are
+///                allocated for this function.  Only values between 0x000 and
+///                0x3f3 can be directly encoded.  If the value is 0x3f4 or
+///                greater, then the low 4 bits have special meaning as follows:
+///                - Bit 0-1
+///                  indicate the number of words' of adjustment (1-4), minus 1
+///                - Bit 2
+///                  indicates if the prologue combined adjustment into push
+///                - Bit 3
+///                  indicates if the epilogue combined adjustment into pop
+///
+/// RESTRICTIONS:
+///   - IF C is SET:
+///     + L flag must be set since frame chaining requires r11 and lr
+///     + r11 must NOT be included in the set of registers described by Reg
+///   - IF Ret is 0:
+///     + L flag must be set
+
+// NOTE: RuntimeFunction is meant to be a simple class that provides raw access
+// to all fields in the structure.  The accessor methods reflect the names of
+// the bitfields that they correspond to.  Although some obvious simplifications
+// are possible via merging of methods, it would prevent the use of this class
+// to fully inspect the contents of the data structure which is particularly
+// useful for scenarios such as llvm-readobj to aid in testing.
+
+class RuntimeFunction {
+public:
+  const support::ulittle32_t BeginAddress;
+  const support::ulittle32_t UnwindData;
+
+  RuntimeFunction(const support::ulittle32_t *Data)
+    : BeginAddress(Data[0]), UnwindData(Data[1]) {}
+
+  RuntimeFunction(const support::ulittle32_t BeginAddress,
+                  const support::ulittle32_t UnwindData)
+    : BeginAddress(BeginAddress), UnwindData(UnwindData) {}
+
+  RuntimeFunctionFlag Flag() const {
+    return RuntimeFunctionFlag(UnwindData & 0x3);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t ExceptionInformationRVA() const {
+    assert(Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Unpacked &&
+           "unpacked form required for this operation");
+    return (UnwindData & ~0x3);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t PackedUnwindData() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    return (UnwindData & ~0x3);
+  }
+  uint32_t FunctionLength() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    return (((UnwindData & 0x00001ffc) >> 2) << 1);
+  }
+  ReturnType Ret() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    assert(((UnwindData & 0x00006000) || L()) && "L must be set to 1");
+    return ReturnType((UnwindData & 0x00006000) >> 13);
+  }
+  bool H() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    return ((UnwindData & 0x00008000) >> 15);
+  }
+  uint8_t Reg() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    return ((UnwindData & 0x00070000) >> 16);
+  }
+  bool R() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    return ((UnwindData & 0x00080000) >> 19);
+  }
+  bool L() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    return ((UnwindData & 0x00100000) >> 20);
+  }
+  bool C() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    assert(((~UnwindData & 0x00200000) || L()) &&
+           "L flag must be set, chaining requires r11 and LR");
+    assert(((~UnwindData & 0x00200000) || (Reg() < 7) || R()) &&
+           "r11 must not be included in Reg; C implies r11");
+    return ((UnwindData & 0x00200000) >> 21);
+  }
+  uint16_t StackAdjust() const {
+    assert((Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_Packed ||
+            Flag() == RuntimeFunctionFlag::RFF_PackedFragment) &&
+           "packed form required for this operation");
+    return ((UnwindData & 0xffc00000) >> 22);
+  }
+};
+
+/// PrologueFolding - pseudo-flag derived from Stack Adjust indicating that the
+/// prologue has stack adjustment combined into the push
+inline bool PrologueFolding(const RuntimeFunction &RF) {
+  return RF.StackAdjust() >= 0x3f4 && (RF.StackAdjust() & 0x4);
+}
+/// Epilogue - pseudo-flag derived from Stack Adjust indicating that the
+/// epilogue has stack adjustment combined into the pop
+inline bool EpilogueFolding(const RuntimeFunction &RF) {
+  return RF.StackAdjust() >= 0x3f4 && (RF.StackAdjust() & 0x8);
+}
+/// StackAdjustment - calculated stack adjustment in words.  The stack
+/// adjustment should be determined via this function to account for the special
+/// handling the special encoding when the value is >= 0x3f4.
+inline uint16_t StackAdjustment(const RuntimeFunction &RF) {
+  uint16_t Adjustment = RF.StackAdjust();
+  if (Adjustment >= 0x3f4)
+    return (Adjustment & 0x3) ? ((Adjustment & 0x3) << 2) - 1 : 0;
+  return Adjustment;
+}
+
+/// SavedRegisterMask - Utility function to calculate the set of saved general
+/// purpose (r0-r15) and VFP (d0-d31) registers.
+std::pair<uint16_t, uint32_t> SavedRegisterMask(const RuntimeFunction &RF);
+
+/// ExceptionDataRecord - An entry in the table of exception data (.xdata)
+///
+///  3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+///  1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+/// +-------+---------+-+-+-+---+-----------------------------------+
+/// | C Wrd | Epi Cnt |F|E|X|Ver|         Function Length           |
+/// +-------+--------+'-'-'-'---'---+-------------------------------+
+/// |    Reserved    |Ex. Code Words|   (Extended Epilogue Count)   |
+/// +-------+--------+--------------+-------------------------------+
+///
+/// Function Length : 18-bit field indicating the total length of the function
+///                   in bytes divided by 2.  If a function is larger than
+///                   512KB, then multiple pdata and xdata records must be used.
+/// Vers : 2-bit field describing the version of the remaining structure.  Only
+///        version 0 is currently defined (values 1-3 are not permitted).
+/// X : 1-bit field indicating the presence of exception data
+/// E : 1-bit field indicating that the single epilogue is packed into the
+///     header
+/// F : 1-bit field indicating that the record describes a function fragment
+///     (implies that no prologue is present, and prologue processing should be
+///     skipped)
+/// Epilogue Count : 5-bit field that differs in meaning based on the E field.
+///
+///                  If E is set, then this field specifies the index of the
+///                  first unwind code describing the (only) epilogue.
+///
+///                  Otherwise, this field indicates the number of exception
+///                  scopes.  If more than 31 scopes exist, then this field and
+///                  the Code Words field must both be set to 0 to indicate that
+///                  an extension word is required.
+/// Code Words : 4-bit field that species the number of 32-bit words needed to
+///              contain all the unwind codes.  If more than 15 words (63 code
+///              bytes) are required, then this field and the Epilogue Count
+///              field must both be set to 0 to indicate that an extension word
+///              is required.
+/// Extended Epilogue Count, Extended Code Words :
+///                          Valid only if Epilog Count and Code Words are both
+///                          set to 0.  Provides an 8-bit extended code word
+///                          count and 16-bits for epilogue count
+///
+///  3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+///  1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+/// +----------------+------+---+---+-------------------------------+
+/// |  Ep Start Idx  | Cond |Res|       Epilogue Start Offset       |
+/// +----------------+------+---+-----------------------------------+
+///
+/// If the E bit is unset in the header, the header is followed by a series of
+/// epilogue scopes, which are sorted by their offset.
+///
+/// Epilogue Start Offset: 18-bit field encoding the offset of epilogue relative
+///                        to the start of the function in bytes divided by two
+/// Res : 2-bit field reserved for future expansion (must be set to 0)
+/// Condition : 4-bit field providing the condition under which the epilogue is
+///             executed.  Unconditional epilogues should set this field to 0xe.
+///             Epilogues must be entirely conditional or unconditional, and in
+///             Thumb-2 mode.  The epilogue beings with the first instruction
+///             after the IT opcode.
+/// Epilogue Start Index : 8-bit field indicating the byte index of the first
+///                        unwind code describing the epilogue
+///
+///  3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+///  1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+/// +---------------+---------------+---------------+---------------+
+/// | Unwind Code 3 | Unwind Code 2 | Unwind Code 1 | Unwind Code 0 |
+/// +---------------+---------------+---------------+---------------+
+///
+/// Following the epilogue scopes, the byte code describing the unwinding
+/// follows.  This is padded to align up to word alignment.  Bytes are stored in
+/// little endian.
+///
+///  3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+///  1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+/// +---------------------------------------------------------------+
+/// |           Exception Handler RVA (requires X = 1)              |
+/// +---------------------------------------------------------------+
+/// |  (possibly followed by data required for exception handler)   |
+/// +---------------------------------------------------------------+
+///
+/// If the X bit is set in the header, the unwind byte code is followed by the
+/// exception handler information.  This constants of one Exception Handler RVA
+/// which is the address to the exception handler, followed immediately by the
+/// variable length data associated with the exception handler.
+///
+
+struct EpilogueScope {
+  const support::ulittle32_t ES;
+
+  EpilogueScope(const support::ulittle32_t Data) : ES(Data) {}
+  uint32_t EpilogueStartOffset() const {
+    return (ES & 0x0003ffff);
+  }
+  uint8_t Res() const {
+    return ((ES & 0x000c0000) >> 18);
+  }
+  uint8_t Condition() const {
+    return ((ES & 0x00f00000) >> 20);
+  }
+  uint8_t EpilogueStartIndex() const {
+    return ((ES & 0xff000000) >> 24);
+  }
+};
+
+struct ExceptionDataRecord;
+inline size_t HeaderWords(const ExceptionDataRecord &XR);
+
+struct ExceptionDataRecord {
+  const support::ulittle32_t *Data;
+
+  ExceptionDataRecord(const support::ulittle32_t *Data) : Data(Data) {}
+
+  uint32_t FunctionLength() const {
+    return (Data[0] & 0x0003ffff);
+  }
+
+  uint8_t Vers() const {
+    return (Data[0] & 0x000C0000) >> 18;
+  }
+
+  bool X() const {
+    return ((Data[0] & 0x00100000) >> 20);
+  }
+
+  bool E() const {
+    return ((Data[0] & 0x00200000) >> 21);
+  }
+
+  bool F() const {
+    return ((Data[0] & 0x00400000) >> 22);
+  }
+
+  uint8_t EpilogueCount() const {
+    if (HeaderWords(*this) == 1)
+      return (Data[0] & 0x0f800000) >> 23;
+    return Data[1] & 0x0000ffff;
+  }
+
+  uint8_t CodeWords() const {
+    if (HeaderWords(*this) == 1)
+      return (Data[0] & 0xf0000000) >> 28;
+    return (Data[1] & 0x00ff0000) >> 16;
+  }
+
+  ArrayRef<support::ulittle32_t> EpilogueScopes() const {
+    assert(E() == 0 && "epilogue scopes are only present when the E bit is 0");
+    size_t Offset = HeaderWords(*this);
+    return ArrayRef<support::ulittle32_t>(&Data[Offset], EpilogueCount());
+  }
+
+  ArrayRef<support::ulittle8_t> UnwindByteCode() const {
+    const size_t Offset = HeaderWords(*this)
+                        + (E() ? 0 :  EpilogueCount());
+    const support::ulittle8_t *ByteCode =
+      reinterpret_cast<const support::ulittle8_t *>(&Data[Offset]);
+    return ArrayRef<support::ulittle8_t>(ByteCode,
+                                         CodeWords() * sizeof(uint32_t));
+  }
+
+  uint32_t ExceptionHandlerRVA() const {
+    assert(X() && "Exception Handler RVA is only valid if the X bit is set");
+    return Data[HeaderWords(*this) + EpilogueCount() + CodeWords()];
+  }
+
+  uint32_t ExceptionHandlerParameter() const {
+    assert(X() && "Exception Handler RVA is only valid if the X bit is set");
+    return Data[HeaderWords(*this) + EpilogueCount() + CodeWords() + 1];
+  }
+};
+
+inline size_t HeaderWords(const ExceptionDataRecord &XR) {
+  return (XR.Data[0] & 0xff800000) ? 1 : 2;
+}
+}
+}
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h
index bba3424..061d5ac 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h
@@ -170,19 +170,22 @@ LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(128)
 namespace detail {
 template <typename T1,
           typename T2 = char, typename T3 = char, typename T4 = char,
-          typename T5 = char, typename T6 = char, typename T7 = char>
+          typename T5 = char, typename T6 = char, typename T7 = char,
+          typename T8 = char, typename T9 = char, typename T10 = char>
 class AlignerImpl {
-  T1 t1; T2 t2; T3 t3; T4 t4; T5 t5; T6 t6; T7 t7;
+  T1 t1; T2 t2; T3 t3; T4 t4; T5 t5; T6 t6; T7 t7; T8 t8; T9 t9; T10 t10;
 
   AlignerImpl(); // Never defined or instantiated.
 };
 
 template <typename T1,
           typename T2 = char, typename T3 = char, typename T4 = char,
-          typename T5 = char, typename T6 = char, typename T7 = char>
+          typename T5 = char, typename T6 = char, typename T7 = char,
+          typename T8 = char, typename T9 = char, typename T10 = char>
 union SizerImpl {
   char arr1[sizeof(T1)], arr2[sizeof(T2)], arr3[sizeof(T3)], arr4[sizeof(T4)],
-       arr5[sizeof(T5)], arr6[sizeof(T6)], arr7[sizeof(T7)];
+       arr5[sizeof(T5)], arr6[sizeof(T6)], arr7[sizeof(T7)], arr8[sizeof(T8)],
+       arr9[sizeof(T9)], arr10[sizeof(T10)];
 };
 } // end namespace detail
 
@@ -195,10 +198,13 @@ union SizerImpl {
 /// be added at the cost of more boiler plate.
 template <typename T1,
           typename T2 = char, typename T3 = char, typename T4 = char,
-          typename T5 = char, typename T6 = char, typename T7 = char>
+          typename T5 = char, typename T6 = char, typename T7 = char,
+          typename T8 = char, typename T9 = char, typename T10 = char>
 struct AlignedCharArrayUnion : llvm::AlignedCharArray<
-    AlignOf<detail::AlignerImpl<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7> >::Alignment,
-    sizeof(detail::SizerImpl<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>)> {
+    AlignOf<detail::AlignerImpl<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5,
+                                T6, T7, T8, T9, T10> >::Alignment,
+    sizeof(detail::SizerImpl<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5,
+                             T6, T7, T8, T9, T10>)> {
 };
 } // end namespace llvm
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h
index 397f50f..7a7e4c0 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h
@@ -6,227 +6,408 @@
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the MallocAllocator and BumpPtrAllocator interfaces.
-//
+/// \file
+///
+/// This file defines the MallocAllocator and BumpPtrAllocator interfaces. Both
+/// of these conform to an LLVM "Allocator" concept which consists of an
+/// Allocate method accepting a size and alignment, and a Deallocate accepting
+/// a pointer and size. Further, the LLVM "Allocator" concept has overloads of
+/// Allocate and Deallocate for setting size and alignment based on the final
+/// type. These overloads are typically provided by a base class template \c
+/// AllocatorBase.
+///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_ALLOCATOR_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_ALLOCATOR_H
 
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Memory.h"
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <cassert>
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <cstdlib>
 
 namespace llvm {
-template <typename T> struct ReferenceAdder { typedef T& result; };
-template <typename T> struct ReferenceAdder<T&> { typedef T result; };
 
-class MallocAllocator {
+/// \brief CRTP base class providing obvious overloads for the core \c
+/// Allocate() methods of LLVM-style allocators.
+///
+/// This base class both documents the full public interface exposed by all
+/// LLVM-style allocators, and redirects all of the overloads to a single core
+/// set of methods which the derived class must define.
+template <typename DerivedT> class AllocatorBase {
 public:
-  MallocAllocator() {}
-  ~MallocAllocator() {}
+  /// \brief Allocate \a Size bytes of \a Alignment aligned memory. This method
+  /// must be implemented by \c DerivedT.
+  void *Allocate(size_t Size, size_t Alignment) {
+#ifdef __clang__
+    static_assert(static_cast<void *(AllocatorBase::*)(size_t, size_t)>(
+                      &AllocatorBase::Allocate) !=
+                      static_cast<void *(DerivedT::*)(size_t, size_t)>(
+                          &DerivedT::Allocate),
+                  "Class derives from AllocatorBase without implementing the "
+                  "core Allocate(size_t, size_t) overload!");
+#endif
+    return static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->Allocate(Size, Alignment);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Deallocate \a Ptr to \a Size bytes of memory allocated by this
+  /// allocator.
+  void Deallocate(const void *Ptr, size_t Size) {
+#ifdef __clang__
+    static_assert(static_cast<void (AllocatorBase::*)(const void *, size_t)>(
+                      &AllocatorBase::Deallocate) !=
+                      static_cast<void (DerivedT::*)(const void *, size_t)>(
+                          &DerivedT::Deallocate),
+                  "Class derives from AllocatorBase without implementing the "
+                  "core Deallocate(void *) overload!");
+#endif
+    return static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->Deallocate(Ptr, Size);
+  }
+
+  // The rest of these methods are helpers that redirect to one of the above
+  // core methods.
+
+  /// \brief Allocate space for a sequence of objects without constructing them.
+  template <typename T> T *Allocate(size_t Num = 1) {
+    return static_cast<T *>(Allocate(Num * sizeof(T), AlignOf<T>::Alignment));
+  }
 
+  /// \brief Deallocate space for a sequence of objects without constructing them.
+  template <typename T>
+  typename std::enable_if<
+      !std::is_same<typename std::remove_cv<T>::type, void>::value, void>::type
+  Deallocate(T *Ptr, size_t Num = 1) {
+    Deallocate(static_cast<const void *>(Ptr), Num * sizeof(T));
+  }
+};
+
+class MallocAllocator : public AllocatorBase<MallocAllocator> {
+public:
   void Reset() {}
 
   void *Allocate(size_t Size, size_t /*Alignment*/) { return malloc(Size); }
 
-  template <typename T>
-  T *Allocate() { return static_cast<T*>(malloc(sizeof(T))); }
+  // Pull in base class overloads.
+  using AllocatorBase<MallocAllocator>::Allocate;
 
-  template <typename T>
-  T *Allocate(size_t Num) {
-    return static_cast<T*>(malloc(sizeof(T)*Num));
+  void Deallocate(const void *Ptr, size_t /*Size*/) {
+    free(const_cast<void *>(Ptr));
   }
 
-  void Deallocate(const void *Ptr) { free(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); }
+  // Pull in base class overloads.
+  using AllocatorBase<MallocAllocator>::Deallocate;
 
   void PrintStats() const {}
 };
 
-/// MemSlab - This structure lives at the beginning of every slab allocated by
-/// the bump allocator.
-class MemSlab {
+namespace detail {
+
+// We call out to an external function to actually print the message as the
+// printing code uses Allocator.h in its implementation.
+void printBumpPtrAllocatorStats(unsigned NumSlabs, size_t BytesAllocated,
+                                size_t TotalMemory);
+} // End namespace detail.
+
+/// \brief Allocate memory in an ever growing pool, as if by bump-pointer.
+///
+/// This isn't strictly a bump-pointer allocator as it uses backing slabs of
+/// memory rather than relying on boundless contiguous heap. However, it has
+/// bump-pointer semantics in that is a monotonically growing pool of memory
+/// where every allocation is found by merely allocating the next N bytes in
+/// the slab, or the next N bytes in the next slab.
+///
+/// Note that this also has a threshold for forcing allocations above a certain
+/// size into their own slab.
+///
+/// The BumpPtrAllocatorImpl template defaults to using a MallocAllocator
+/// object, which wraps malloc, to allocate memory, but it can be changed to
+/// use a custom allocator.
+template <typename AllocatorT = MallocAllocator, size_t SlabSize = 4096,
+          size_t SizeThreshold = SlabSize>
+class BumpPtrAllocatorImpl
+    : public AllocatorBase<
+          BumpPtrAllocatorImpl<AllocatorT, SlabSize, SizeThreshold>> {
 public:
-  size_t Size;
-  MemSlab *NextPtr;
-};
+  static_assert(SizeThreshold <= SlabSize,
+                "The SizeThreshold must be at most the SlabSize to ensure "
+                "that objects larger than a slab go into their own memory "
+                "allocation.");
 
-/// SlabAllocator - This class can be used to parameterize the underlying
-/// allocation strategy for the bump allocator.  In particular, this is used
-/// by the JIT to allocate contiguous swathes of executable memory.  The
-/// interface uses MemSlab's instead of void *'s so that the allocator
-/// doesn't have to remember the size of the pointer it allocated.
-class SlabAllocator {
-public:
-  virtual ~SlabAllocator();
-  virtual MemSlab *Allocate(size_t Size) = 0;
-  virtual void Deallocate(MemSlab *Slab) = 0;
-};
+  BumpPtrAllocatorImpl()
+      : CurPtr(nullptr), End(nullptr), BytesAllocated(0), Allocator() {}
+  template <typename T>
+  BumpPtrAllocatorImpl(T &&Allocator)
+      : CurPtr(nullptr), End(nullptr), BytesAllocated(0),
+        Allocator(std::forward<T &&>(Allocator)) {}
+
+  // Manually implement a move constructor as we must clear the old allocators
+  // slabs as a matter of correctness.
+  BumpPtrAllocatorImpl(BumpPtrAllocatorImpl &&Old)
+      : CurPtr(Old.CurPtr), End(Old.End), Slabs(std::move(Old.Slabs)),
+        CustomSizedSlabs(std::move(Old.CustomSizedSlabs)),
+        BytesAllocated(Old.BytesAllocated),
+        Allocator(std::move(Old.Allocator)) {
+    Old.CurPtr = Old.End = nullptr;
+    Old.BytesAllocated = 0;
+    Old.Slabs.clear();
+    Old.CustomSizedSlabs.clear();
+  }
 
-/// MallocSlabAllocator - The default slab allocator for the bump allocator
-/// is an adapter class for MallocAllocator that just forwards the method
-/// calls and translates the arguments.
-class MallocSlabAllocator : public SlabAllocator {
-  /// Allocator - The underlying allocator that we forward to.
-  ///
-  MallocAllocator Allocator;
+  ~BumpPtrAllocatorImpl() {
+    DeallocateSlabs(Slabs.begin(), Slabs.end());
+    DeallocateCustomSizedSlabs();
+  }
 
-public:
-  MallocSlabAllocator() : Allocator() { }
-  virtual ~MallocSlabAllocator();
-  virtual MemSlab *Allocate(size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  virtual void Deallocate(MemSlab *Slab) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-};
+  BumpPtrAllocatorImpl &operator=(BumpPtrAllocatorImpl &&RHS) {
+    DeallocateSlabs(Slabs.begin(), Slabs.end());
+    DeallocateCustomSizedSlabs();
+
+    CurPtr = RHS.CurPtr;
+    End = RHS.End;
+    BytesAllocated = RHS.BytesAllocated;
+    Slabs = std::move(RHS.Slabs);
+    CustomSizedSlabs = std::move(RHS.CustomSizedSlabs);
+    Allocator = std::move(RHS.Allocator);
+
+    RHS.CurPtr = RHS.End = nullptr;
+    RHS.BytesAllocated = 0;
+    RHS.Slabs.clear();
+    RHS.CustomSizedSlabs.clear();
+    return *this;
+  }
 
-/// BumpPtrAllocator - This allocator is useful for containers that need
-/// very simple memory allocation strategies.  In particular, this just keeps
-/// allocating memory, and never deletes it until the entire block is dead. This
-/// makes allocation speedy, but must only be used when the trade-off is ok.
-class BumpPtrAllocator {
-  BumpPtrAllocator(const BumpPtrAllocator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
-  void operator=(const BumpPtrAllocator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  /// \brief Deallocate all but the current slab and reset the current pointer
+  /// to the beginning of it, freeing all memory allocated so far.
+  void Reset() {
+    if (Slabs.empty())
+      return;
+
+    // Reset the state.
+    BytesAllocated = 0;
+    CurPtr = (char *)Slabs.front();
+    End = CurPtr + SlabSize;
+
+    // Deallocate all but the first slab, and all custome sized slabs.
+    DeallocateSlabs(std::next(Slabs.begin()), Slabs.end());
+    Slabs.erase(std::next(Slabs.begin()), Slabs.end());
+    DeallocateCustomSizedSlabs();
+    CustomSizedSlabs.clear();
+  }
 
-  /// SlabSize - Allocate data into slabs of this size unless we get an
-  /// allocation above SizeThreshold.
-  size_t SlabSize;
+  /// \brief Allocate space at the specified alignment.
+  void *Allocate(size_t Size, size_t Alignment) {
+    if (!CurPtr) // Start a new slab if we haven't allocated one already.
+      StartNewSlab();
+
+    // Keep track of how many bytes we've allocated.
+    BytesAllocated += Size;
+
+    // 0-byte alignment means 1-byte alignment.
+    if (Alignment == 0)
+      Alignment = 1;
+
+    // Allocate the aligned space, going forwards from CurPtr.
+    char *Ptr = alignPtr(CurPtr, Alignment);
+
+    // Check if we can hold it.
+    if (Ptr + Size <= End) {
+      CurPtr = Ptr + Size;
+      // Update the allocation point of this memory block in MemorySanitizer.
+      // Without this, MemorySanitizer messages for values originated from here
+      // will point to the allocation of the entire slab.
+      __msan_allocated_memory(Ptr, Size);
+      return Ptr;
+    }
 
-  /// SizeThreshold - For any allocation larger than this threshold, we should
-  /// allocate a separate slab.
-  size_t SizeThreshold;
+    // If Size is really big, allocate a separate slab for it.
+    size_t PaddedSize = Size + Alignment - 1;
+    if (PaddedSize > SizeThreshold) {
+      void *NewSlab = Allocator.Allocate(PaddedSize, 0);
+      CustomSizedSlabs.push_back(std::make_pair(NewSlab, PaddedSize));
 
-  /// \brief the default allocator used if one is not provided
-  MallocSlabAllocator DefaultSlabAllocator;
+      Ptr = alignPtr((char *)NewSlab, Alignment);
+      assert((uintptr_t)Ptr + Size <= (uintptr_t)NewSlab + PaddedSize);
+      __msan_allocated_memory(Ptr, Size);
+      return Ptr;
+    }
 
-  /// Allocator - The underlying allocator we use to get slabs of memory.  This
-  /// defaults to MallocSlabAllocator, which wraps malloc, but it could be
-  /// changed to use a custom allocator.
-  SlabAllocator &Allocator;
+    // Otherwise, start a new slab and try again.
+    StartNewSlab();
+    Ptr = alignPtr(CurPtr, Alignment);
+    CurPtr = Ptr + Size;
+    assert(CurPtr <= End && "Unable to allocate memory!");
+    __msan_allocated_memory(Ptr, Size);
+    return Ptr;
+  }
 
-  /// CurSlab - The slab that we are currently allocating into.
-  ///
-  MemSlab *CurSlab;
+  // Pull in base class overloads.
+  using AllocatorBase<BumpPtrAllocatorImpl>::Allocate;
 
-  /// CurPtr - The current pointer into the current slab.  This points to the
-  /// next free byte in the slab.
-  char *CurPtr;
+  void Deallocate(const void * /*Ptr*/, size_t /*Size*/) {}
 
-  /// End - The end of the current slab.
-  ///
-  char *End;
+  // Pull in base class overloads.
+  using AllocatorBase<BumpPtrAllocatorImpl>::Deallocate;
 
-  /// BytesAllocated - This field tracks how many bytes we've allocated, so
-  /// that we can compute how much space was wasted.
-  size_t BytesAllocated;
+  size_t GetNumSlabs() const { return Slabs.size() + CustomSizedSlabs.size(); }
 
-  /// AlignPtr - Align Ptr to Alignment bytes, rounding up.  Alignment should
-  /// be a power of two.  This method rounds up, so AlignPtr(7, 4) == 8 and
-  /// AlignPtr(8, 4) == 8.
-  static char *AlignPtr(char *Ptr, size_t Alignment);
+  size_t getTotalMemory() const {
+    size_t TotalMemory = 0;
+    for (auto I = Slabs.begin(), E = Slabs.end(); I != E; ++I)
+      TotalMemory += computeSlabSize(std::distance(Slabs.begin(), I));
+    for (auto &PtrAndSize : CustomSizedSlabs)
+      TotalMemory += PtrAndSize.second;
+    return TotalMemory;
+  }
 
-  /// StartNewSlab - Allocate a new slab and move the bump pointers over into
-  /// the new slab.  Modifies CurPtr and End.
-  void StartNewSlab();
+  void PrintStats() const {
+    detail::printBumpPtrAllocatorStats(Slabs.size(), BytesAllocated,
+                                       getTotalMemory());
+  }
 
-  /// DeallocateSlabs - Deallocate all memory slabs after and including this
-  /// one.
-  void DeallocateSlabs(MemSlab *Slab);
+private:
+  /// \brief The current pointer into the current slab.
+  ///
+  /// This points to the next free byte in the slab.
+  char *CurPtr;
 
-  template<typename T> friend class SpecificBumpPtrAllocator;
-public:
-  BumpPtrAllocator(size_t size = 4096, size_t threshold = 4096);
-  BumpPtrAllocator(size_t size, size_t threshold, SlabAllocator &allocator);
-  ~BumpPtrAllocator();
+  /// \brief The end of the current slab.
+  char *End;
 
-  /// Reset - Deallocate all but the current slab and reset the current pointer
-  /// to the beginning of it, freeing all memory allocated so far.
-  void Reset();
+  /// \brief The slabs allocated so far.
+  SmallVector<void *, 4> Slabs;
 
-  /// Allocate - Allocate space at the specified alignment.
-  ///
-  void *Allocate(size_t Size, size_t Alignment);
+  /// \brief Custom-sized slabs allocated for too-large allocation requests.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<void *, size_t>, 0> CustomSizedSlabs;
 
-  /// Allocate space, but do not construct, one object.
+  /// \brief How many bytes we've allocated.
   ///
-  template <typename T>
-  T *Allocate() {
-    return static_cast<T*>(Allocate(sizeof(T),AlignOf<T>::Alignment));
-  }
+  /// Used so that we can compute how much space was wasted.
+  size_t BytesAllocated;
 
-  /// Allocate space for an array of objects.  This does not construct the
-  /// objects though.
-  template <typename T>
-  T *Allocate(size_t Num) {
-    return static_cast<T*>(Allocate(Num * sizeof(T), AlignOf<T>::Alignment));
+  /// \brief The allocator instance we use to get slabs of memory.
+  AllocatorT Allocator;
+
+  static size_t computeSlabSize(unsigned SlabIdx) {
+    // Scale the actual allocated slab size based on the number of slabs
+    // allocated. Every 128 slabs allocated, we double the allocated size to
+    // reduce allocation frequency, but saturate at multiplying the slab size by
+    // 2^30.
+    return SlabSize * ((size_t)1 << std::min<size_t>(30, SlabIdx / 128));
   }
 
-  /// Allocate space for a specific count of elements and with a specified
-  /// alignment.
-  template <typename T>
-  T *Allocate(size_t Num, size_t Alignment) {
-    // Round EltSize up to the specified alignment.
-    size_t EltSize = (sizeof(T)+Alignment-1)&(-Alignment);
-    return static_cast<T*>(Allocate(Num * EltSize, Alignment));
+  /// \brief Allocate a new slab and move the bump pointers over into the new
+  /// slab, modifying CurPtr and End.
+  void StartNewSlab() {
+    size_t AllocatedSlabSize = computeSlabSize(Slabs.size());
+
+    void *NewSlab = Allocator.Allocate(AllocatedSlabSize, 0);
+    Slabs.push_back(NewSlab);
+    CurPtr = (char *)(NewSlab);
+    End = ((char *)NewSlab) + AllocatedSlabSize;
   }
 
-  void Deallocate(const void * /*Ptr*/) {}
+  /// \brief Deallocate a sequence of slabs.
+  void DeallocateSlabs(SmallVectorImpl<void *>::iterator I,
+                       SmallVectorImpl<void *>::iterator E) {
+    for (; I != E; ++I) {
+      size_t AllocatedSlabSize =
+          computeSlabSize(std::distance(Slabs.begin(), I));
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      // Poison the memory so stale pointers crash sooner.  Note we must
+      // preserve the Size and NextPtr fields at the beginning.
+      sys::Memory::setRangeWritable(*I, AllocatedSlabSize);
+      memset(*I, 0xCD, AllocatedSlabSize);
+#endif
+      Allocator.Deallocate(*I, AllocatedSlabSize);
+    }
+  }
 
-  unsigned GetNumSlabs() const;
+  /// \brief Deallocate all memory for custom sized slabs.
+  void DeallocateCustomSizedSlabs() {
+    for (auto &PtrAndSize : CustomSizedSlabs) {
+      void *Ptr = PtrAndSize.first;
+      size_t Size = PtrAndSize.second;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      // Poison the memory so stale pointers crash sooner.  Note we must
+      // preserve the Size and NextPtr fields at the beginning.
+      sys::Memory::setRangeWritable(Ptr, Size);
+      memset(Ptr, 0xCD, Size);
+#endif
+      Allocator.Deallocate(Ptr, Size);
+    }
+  }
 
-  void PrintStats() const;
-  
-  /// Compute the total physical memory allocated by this allocator.
-  size_t getTotalMemory() const;
+  template <typename T> friend class SpecificBumpPtrAllocator;
 };
 
-/// SpecificBumpPtrAllocator - Same as BumpPtrAllocator but allows only
-/// elements of one type to be allocated. This allows calling the destructor
-/// in DestroyAll() and when the allocator is destroyed.
-template <typename T>
-class SpecificBumpPtrAllocator {
+/// \brief The standard BumpPtrAllocator which just uses the default template
+/// paramaters.
+typedef BumpPtrAllocatorImpl<> BumpPtrAllocator;
+
+/// \brief A BumpPtrAllocator that allows only elements of a specific type to be
+/// allocated.
+///
+/// This allows calling the destructor in DestroyAll() and when the allocator is
+/// destroyed.
+template <typename T> class SpecificBumpPtrAllocator {
   BumpPtrAllocator Allocator;
-public:
-  SpecificBumpPtrAllocator(size_t size = 4096, size_t threshold = 4096)
-    : Allocator(size, threshold) {}
-  SpecificBumpPtrAllocator(size_t size, size_t threshold,
-                           SlabAllocator &allocator)
-    : Allocator(size, threshold, allocator) {}
 
-  ~SpecificBumpPtrAllocator() {
-    DestroyAll();
+public:
+  SpecificBumpPtrAllocator() : Allocator() {}
+  SpecificBumpPtrAllocator(SpecificBumpPtrAllocator &&Old)
+      : Allocator(std::move(Old.Allocator)) {}
+  ~SpecificBumpPtrAllocator() { DestroyAll(); }
+
+  SpecificBumpPtrAllocator &operator=(SpecificBumpPtrAllocator &&RHS) {
+    Allocator = std::move(RHS.Allocator);
+    return *this;
   }
 
   /// Call the destructor of each allocated object and deallocate all but the
   /// current slab and reset the current pointer to the beginning of it, freeing
   /// all memory allocated so far.
   void DestroyAll() {
-    MemSlab *Slab = Allocator.CurSlab;
-    while (Slab) {
-      char *End = Slab == Allocator.CurSlab ? Allocator.CurPtr :
-                                              (char *)Slab + Slab->Size;
-      for (char *Ptr = (char*)(Slab+1); Ptr < End; Ptr += sizeof(T)) {
-        Ptr = Allocator.AlignPtr(Ptr, alignOf<T>());
-        if (Ptr + sizeof(T) <= End)
-          reinterpret_cast<T*>(Ptr)->~T();
-      }
-      Slab = Slab->NextPtr;
+    auto DestroyElements = [](char *Begin, char *End) {
+      assert(Begin == alignPtr(Begin, alignOf<T>()));
+      for (char *Ptr = Begin; Ptr + sizeof(T) <= End; Ptr += sizeof(T))
+        reinterpret_cast<T *>(Ptr)->~T();
+    };
+
+    for (auto I = Allocator.Slabs.begin(), E = Allocator.Slabs.end(); I != E;
+         ++I) {
+      size_t AllocatedSlabSize = BumpPtrAllocator::computeSlabSize(
+          std::distance(Allocator.Slabs.begin(), I));
+      char *Begin = alignPtr((char *)*I, alignOf<T>());
+      char *End = *I == Allocator.Slabs.back() ? Allocator.CurPtr
+                                               : (char *)*I + AllocatedSlabSize;
+
+      DestroyElements(Begin, End);
+    }
+
+    for (auto &PtrAndSize : Allocator.CustomSizedSlabs) {
+      void *Ptr = PtrAndSize.first;
+      size_t Size = PtrAndSize.second;
+      DestroyElements(alignPtr((char *)Ptr, alignOf<T>()), (char *)Ptr + Size);
     }
+
     Allocator.Reset();
   }
 
-  /// Allocate space for a specific count of elements.
-  T *Allocate(size_t num = 1) {
-    return Allocator.Allocate<T>(num);
-  }
+  /// \brief Allocate space for an array of objects without constructing them.
+  T *Allocate(size_t num = 1) { return Allocator.Allocate<T>(num); }
 };
 
 }  // end namespace llvm
 
-inline void *operator new(size_t Size, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator) {
+template <typename AllocatorT, size_t SlabSize, size_t SizeThreshold>
+void *operator new(size_t Size,
+                   llvm::BumpPtrAllocatorImpl<AllocatorT, SlabSize,
+                                              SizeThreshold> &Allocator) {
   struct S {
     char c;
     union {
@@ -236,10 +417,13 @@ inline void *operator new(size_t Size, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator) {
       void *P;
     } x;
   };
-  return Allocator.Allocate(Size, std::min((size_t)llvm::NextPowerOf2(Size),
-                                           offsetof(S, x)));
+  return Allocator.Allocate(
+      Size, std::min((size_t)llvm::NextPowerOf2(Size), offsetof(S, x)));
 }
 
-inline void operator delete(void *, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &) {}
+template <typename AllocatorT, size_t SlabSize, size_t SizeThreshold>
+void operator delete(
+    void *, llvm::BumpPtrAllocatorImpl<AllocatorT, SlabSize, SizeThreshold> &) {
+}
 
 #endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_ALLOCATOR_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ArrayRecycler.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ArrayRecycler.h
index c7e0cba..36f644a 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ArrayRecycler.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ArrayRecycler.h
@@ -16,12 +16,11 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_ARRAYRECYCLER_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-class BumpPtrAllocator;
-
 /// Recycle small arrays allocated from a BumpPtrAllocator.
 ///
 /// Arrays are allocated in a small number of fixed sizes. For each supported
@@ -35,6 +34,9 @@ class ArrayRecycler {
     FreeList *Next;
   };
 
+  static_assert(Align >= AlignOf<FreeList>::Alignment, "Object underaligned");
+  static_assert(sizeof(T) >= sizeof(FreeList), "Objects are too small");
+
   // Keep a free list for each array size.
   SmallVector<FreeList*, 8> Bucket;
 
@@ -42,10 +44,10 @@ class ArrayRecycler {
   // Return NULL if no entries are available.
   T *pop(unsigned Idx) {
     if (Idx >= Bucket.size())
-      return 0;
+      return nullptr;
     FreeList *Entry = Bucket[Idx];
     if (!Entry)
-      return 0;
+      return nullptr;
     Bucket[Idx] = Entry->Next;
     return reinterpret_cast<T*>(Entry);
   }
@@ -53,8 +55,6 @@ class ArrayRecycler {
   // Add an entry to the free list at Bucket[Idx].
   void push(unsigned Idx, T *Ptr) {
     assert(Ptr && "Cannot recycle NULL pointer");
-    assert(sizeof(T) >= sizeof(FreeList) && "Objects are too small");
-    assert(Align >= AlignOf<FreeList>::Alignment && "Object underaligned");
     FreeList *Entry = reinterpret_cast<FreeList*>(Ptr);
     if (Idx >= Bucket.size())
       Bucket.resize(size_t(Idx) + 1);
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h
index 21879e7..4304a25 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h
@@ -23,21 +23,11 @@ class BranchProbability;
 
 // This class represents Block Frequency as a 64-bit value.
 class BlockFrequency {
-
   uint64_t Frequency;
-  static const int64_t ENTRY_FREQ = 1 << 14;
-
-  /// \brief Scale the given BlockFrequency by N/D. Return the remainder from
-  /// the division by D. Upon overflow, the routine will saturate and
-  /// additionally will return the remainder set to D.
-  uint32_t scale(uint32_t N, uint32_t D);
 
 public:
   BlockFrequency(uint64_t Freq = 0) : Frequency(Freq) { }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the frequency of the entry block of the function.
-  static uint64_t getEntryFrequency() { return ENTRY_FREQ; }
-
   /// \brief Returns the maximum possible frequency, the saturation value.
   static uint64_t getMaxFrequency() { return -1ULL; }
 
@@ -59,9 +49,8 @@ public:
   BlockFrequency &operator+=(const BlockFrequency &Freq);
   const BlockFrequency operator+(const BlockFrequency &Freq) const;
 
-  /// \brief Scale the given BlockFrequency by N/D. Return the remainder from
-  /// the division by D. Upon overflow, the routine will saturate.
-  uint32_t scale(const BranchProbability &Prob);
+  /// \brief Shift block frequency to the right by count digits saturating to 1.
+  BlockFrequency &operator>>=(const unsigned count);
 
   bool operator<(const BlockFrequency &RHS) const {
     return Frequency < RHS.Frequency;
@@ -78,12 +67,8 @@ public:
   bool operator>=(const BlockFrequency &RHS) const {
     return Frequency >= RHS.Frequency;
   }
-
-  void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
 };
 
-raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const BlockFrequency &Freq);
-
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h
index eedf692..9aab6ac 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h
@@ -46,10 +46,26 @@ public:
     return BranchProbability(D - N, D);
   }
 
-  void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+  raw_ostream &print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
 
   void dump() const;
 
+  /// \brief Scale a large integer.
+  ///
+  /// Scales \c Num.  Guarantees full precision.  Returns the floor of the
+  /// result.
+  ///
+  /// \return \c Num times \c this.
+  uint64_t scale(uint64_t Num) const;
+
+  /// \brief Scale a large integer by the inverse.
+  ///
+  /// Scales \c Num by the inverse of \c this.  Guarantees full precision.
+  /// Returns the floor of the result.
+  ///
+  /// \return \c Num divided by \c this.
+  uint64_t scaleByInverse(uint64_t Num) const;
+
   bool operator==(BranchProbability RHS) const {
     return (uint64_t)N * RHS.D == (uint64_t)D * RHS.N;
   }
@@ -59,18 +75,14 @@ public:
   bool operator<(BranchProbability RHS) const {
     return (uint64_t)N * RHS.D < (uint64_t)D * RHS.N;
   }
-  bool operator>(BranchProbability RHS) const {
-    return RHS < *this;
-  }
-  bool operator<=(BranchProbability RHS) const {
-    return (uint64_t)N * RHS.D <= (uint64_t)D * RHS.N;
-  }
-  bool operator>=(BranchProbability RHS) const {
-    return RHS <= *this;
-  }
+  bool operator>(BranchProbability RHS) const { return RHS < *this; }
+  bool operator<=(BranchProbability RHS) const { return !(RHS < *this); }
+  bool operator>=(BranchProbability RHS) const { return !(*this < RHS); }
 };
 
-raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const BranchProbability &Prob);
+inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const BranchProbability &Prob) {
+  return Prob.print(OS);
+}
 
 }
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CFG.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CFG.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 74ec726..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CFG.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/CFG.h - Process LLVM structures as graphs --*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines specializations of GraphTraits that allow Function and
-// BasicBlock graphs to be treated as proper graphs for generic algorithms.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CFG_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_CFG_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// BasicBlock pred_iterator definition
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-template <class Ptr, class USE_iterator> // Predecessor Iterator
-class PredIterator : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag,
-                                          Ptr, ptrdiff_t, Ptr*, Ptr*> {
-  typedef std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, Ptr, ptrdiff_t, Ptr*,
-                                                                    Ptr*> super;
-  typedef PredIterator<Ptr, USE_iterator> Self;
-  USE_iterator It;
-
-  inline void advancePastNonTerminators() {
-    // Loop to ignore non terminator uses (for example BlockAddresses).
-    while (!It.atEnd() && !isa<TerminatorInst>(*It))
-      ++It;
-  }
-
-public:
-  typedef typename super::pointer pointer;
-  typedef typename super::reference reference;
-
-  PredIterator() {}
-  explicit inline PredIterator(Ptr *bb) : It(bb->use_begin()) {
-    advancePastNonTerminators();
-  }
-  inline PredIterator(Ptr *bb, bool) : It(bb->use_end()) {}
-
-  inline bool operator==(const Self& x) const { return It == x.It; }
-  inline bool operator!=(const Self& x) const { return !operator==(x); }
-
-  inline reference operator*() const {
-    assert(!It.atEnd() && "pred_iterator out of range!");
-    return cast<TerminatorInst>(*It)->getParent();
-  }
-  inline pointer *operator->() const { return &operator*(); }
-
-  inline Self& operator++() {   // Preincrement
-    assert(!It.atEnd() && "pred_iterator out of range!");
-    ++It; advancePastNonTerminators();
-    return *this;
-  }
-
-  inline Self operator++(int) { // Postincrement
-    Self tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
-  }
-
-  /// getOperandNo - Return the operand number in the predecessor's
-  /// terminator of the successor.
-  unsigned getOperandNo() const {
-    return It.getOperandNo();
-  }
-
-  /// getUse - Return the operand Use in the predecessor's terminator
-  /// of the successor.
-  Use &getUse() const {
-    return It.getUse();
-  }
-};
-
-typedef PredIterator<BasicBlock, Value::use_iterator> pred_iterator;
-typedef PredIterator<const BasicBlock,
-                     Value::const_use_iterator> const_pred_iterator;
-
-inline pred_iterator pred_begin(BasicBlock *BB) { return pred_iterator(BB); }
-inline const_pred_iterator pred_begin(const BasicBlock *BB) {
-  return const_pred_iterator(BB);
-}
-inline pred_iterator pred_end(BasicBlock *BB) { return pred_iterator(BB, true);}
-inline const_pred_iterator pred_end(const BasicBlock *BB) {
-  return const_pred_iterator(BB, true);
-}
-
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// BasicBlock succ_iterator definition
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-template <class Term_, class BB_>           // Successor Iterator
-class SuccIterator : public std::iterator<std::bidirectional_iterator_tag,
-                                          BB_, ptrdiff_t, BB_*, BB_*> {
-  const Term_ Term;
-  unsigned idx;
-  typedef std::iterator<std::bidirectional_iterator_tag, BB_, ptrdiff_t, BB_*,
-                                                                    BB_*> super;
-  typedef SuccIterator<Term_, BB_> Self;
-
-  inline bool index_is_valid(int idx) {
-    return idx >= 0 && (unsigned) idx < Term->getNumSuccessors();
-  }
-
-public:
-  typedef typename super::pointer pointer;
-  typedef typename super::reference reference;
-  // TODO: This can be random access iterator, only operator[] missing.
-
-  explicit inline SuccIterator(Term_ T) : Term(T), idx(0) {// begin iterator
-  }
-  inline SuccIterator(Term_ T, bool)                       // end iterator
-    : Term(T) {
-    if (Term)
-      idx = Term->getNumSuccessors();
-    else
-      // Term == NULL happens, if a basic block is not fully constructed and
-      // consequently getTerminator() returns NULL. In this case we construct a
-      // SuccIterator which describes a basic block that has zero successors.
-      // Defining SuccIterator for incomplete and malformed CFGs is especially
-      // useful for debugging.
-      idx = 0;
-  }
-
-  inline const Self &operator=(const Self &I) {
-    assert(Term == I.Term &&"Cannot assign iterators to two different blocks!");
-    idx = I.idx;
-    return *this;
-  }
-
-  /// getSuccessorIndex - This is used to interface between code that wants to
-  /// operate on terminator instructions directly.
-  unsigned getSuccessorIndex() const { return idx; }
-
-  inline bool operator==(const Self& x) const { return idx == x.idx; }
-  inline bool operator!=(const Self& x) const { return !operator==(x); }
-
-  inline reference operator*() const { return Term->getSuccessor(idx); }
-  inline pointer operator->() const { return operator*(); }
-
-  inline Self& operator++() { ++idx; return *this; } // Preincrement
-
-  inline Self operator++(int) { // Postincrement
-    Self tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
-  }
-
-  inline Self& operator--() { --idx; return *this; }  // Predecrement
-  inline Self operator--(int) { // Postdecrement
-    Self tmp = *this; --*this; return tmp;
-  }
-
-  inline bool operator<(const Self& x) const {
-    assert(Term == x.Term && "Cannot compare iterators of different blocks!");
-    return idx < x.idx;
-  }
-
-  inline bool operator<=(const Self& x) const {
-    assert(Term == x.Term && "Cannot compare iterators of different blocks!");
-    return idx <= x.idx;
-  }
-  inline bool operator>=(const Self& x) const {
-    assert(Term == x.Term && "Cannot compare iterators of different blocks!");
-    return idx >= x.idx;
-  }
-
-  inline bool operator>(const Self& x) const {
-    assert(Term == x.Term && "Cannot compare iterators of different blocks!");
-    return idx > x.idx;
-  }
-
-  inline Self& operator+=(int Right) {
-    unsigned new_idx = idx + Right;
-    assert(index_is_valid(new_idx) && "Iterator index out of bound");
-    idx = new_idx;
-    return *this;
-  }
-
-  inline Self operator+(int Right) {
-    Self tmp = *this;
-    tmp += Right;
-    return tmp;
-  }
-
-  inline Self& operator-=(int Right) {
-    return operator+=(-Right);
-  }
-
-  inline Self operator-(int Right) {
-    return operator+(-Right);
-  }
-
-  inline int operator-(const Self& x) {
-    assert(Term == x.Term && "Cannot work on iterators of different blocks!");
-    int distance = idx - x.idx;
-    return distance;
-  }
-
-  // This works for read access, however write access is difficult as changes
-  // to Term are only possible with Term->setSuccessor(idx). Pointers that can
-  // be modified are not available.
-  //
-  // inline pointer operator[](int offset) {
-  //  Self tmp = *this;
-  //  tmp += offset;
-  //  return tmp.operator*();
-  // }
-
-  /// Get the source BB of this iterator.
-  inline BB_ *getSource() {
-    assert(Term && "Source not available, if basic block was malformed");
-    return Term->getParent();
-  }
-};
-
-typedef SuccIterator<TerminatorInst*, BasicBlock> succ_iterator;
-typedef SuccIterator<const TerminatorInst*,
-                     const BasicBlock> succ_const_iterator;
-
-inline succ_iterator succ_begin(BasicBlock *BB) {
-  return succ_iterator(BB->getTerminator());
-}
-inline succ_const_iterator succ_begin(const BasicBlock *BB) {
-  return succ_const_iterator(BB->getTerminator());
-}
-inline succ_iterator succ_end(BasicBlock *BB) {
-  return succ_iterator(BB->getTerminator(), true);
-}
-inline succ_const_iterator succ_end(const BasicBlock *BB) {
-  return succ_const_iterator(BB->getTerminator(), true);
-}
-
-template <typename T, typename U> struct isPodLike<SuccIterator<T, U> > {
-  static const bool value = isPodLike<T>::value;
-};
-
-
-
-//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// GraphTraits specializations for basic block graphs (CFGs)
-//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-// Provide specializations of GraphTraits to be able to treat a function as a
-// graph of basic blocks...
-
-template <> struct GraphTraits<BasicBlock*> {
-  typedef BasicBlock NodeType;
-  typedef succ_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(BasicBlock *BB) { return BB; }
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    return succ_begin(N);
-  }
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    return succ_end(N);
-  }
-};
-
-template <> struct GraphTraits<const BasicBlock*> {
-  typedef const BasicBlock NodeType;
-  typedef succ_const_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(const BasicBlock *BB) { return BB; }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    return succ_begin(N);
-  }
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    return succ_end(N);
-  }
-};
-
-// Provide specializations of GraphTraits to be able to treat a function as a
-// graph of basic blocks... and to walk it in inverse order.  Inverse order for
-// a function is considered to be when traversing the predecessor edges of a BB
-// instead of the successor edges.
-//
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<BasicBlock*> > {
-  typedef BasicBlock NodeType;
-  typedef pred_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse<BasicBlock *> G) { return G.Graph; }
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    return pred_begin(N);
-  }
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    return pred_end(N);
-  }
-};
-
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<const BasicBlock*> > {
-  typedef const BasicBlock NodeType;
-  typedef const_pred_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse<const BasicBlock*> G) {
-    return G.Graph;
-  }
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    return pred_begin(N);
-  }
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    return pred_end(N);
-  }
-};
-
-
-
-//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// GraphTraits specializations for function basic block graphs (CFGs)
-//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-// Provide specializations of GraphTraits to be able to treat a function as a
-// graph of basic blocks... these are the same as the basic block iterators,
-// except that the root node is implicitly the first node of the function.
-//
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Function*> : public GraphTraits<BasicBlock*> {
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Function *F) { return &F->getEntryBlock(); }
-
-  // nodes_iterator/begin/end - Allow iteration over all nodes in the graph
-  typedef Function::iterator nodes_iterator;
-  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(Function *F) { return F->begin(); }
-  static nodes_iterator nodes_end  (Function *F) { return F->end(); }
-  static size_t         size       (Function *F) { return F->size(); }
-};
-template <> struct GraphTraits<const Function*> :
-  public GraphTraits<const BasicBlock*> {
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(const Function *F) {return &F->getEntryBlock();}
-
-  // nodes_iterator/begin/end - Allow iteration over all nodes in the graph
-  typedef Function::const_iterator nodes_iterator;
-  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(const Function *F) { return F->begin(); }
-  static nodes_iterator nodes_end  (const Function *F) { return F->end(); }
-  static size_t         size       (const Function *F) { return F->size(); }
-};
-
-
-// Provide specializations of GraphTraits to be able to treat a function as a
-// graph of basic blocks... and to walk it in inverse order.  Inverse order for
-// a function is considered to be when traversing the predecessor edges of a BB
-// instead of the successor edges.
-//
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<Function*> > :
-  public GraphTraits<Inverse<BasicBlock*> > {
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse<Function*> G) {
-    return &G.Graph->getEntryBlock();
-  }
-};
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<const Function*> > :
-  public GraphTraits<Inverse<const BasicBlock*> > {
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse<const Function *> G) {
-    return &G.Graph->getEntryBlock();
-  }
-};
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h
index 9cc3989..e09ef07 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h
@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
 namespace llvm {
 namespace COFF {
 
+  // The maximum number of sections that a COFF object can have (inclusive).
+  const int MaxNumberOfSections = 65299;
+
   // The PE signature bytes that follows the DOS stub header.
   static const char PEMagic[] = { 'P', 'E', '\0', '\0' };
 
@@ -59,7 +62,7 @@ namespace COFF {
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AM33      = 0x13,
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AMD64     = 0x8664,
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ARM       = 0x1C0,
-    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ARMV7     = 0x1C4,
+    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ARMNT     = 0x1C4,
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_EBC       = 0xEBC,
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_I386      = 0x14C,
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_IA64      = 0x200,
@@ -138,8 +141,8 @@ namespace COFF {
   };
 
   enum SymbolSectionNumber {
-    IMAGE_SYM_DEBUG     = -2,
-    IMAGE_SYM_ABSOLUTE  = -1,
+    IMAGE_SYM_DEBUG     = 0xFFFE,
+    IMAGE_SYM_ABSOLUTE  = 0xFFFF,
     IMAGE_SYM_UNDEFINED = 0
   };
 
@@ -209,6 +212,10 @@ namespace COFF {
     SCT_COMPLEX_TYPE_SHIFT   = 4
   };
 
+  enum AuxSymbolType {
+    IMAGE_AUX_SYMBOL_TYPE_TOKEN_DEF = 1
+  };
+
   struct section {
     char     Name[NameSize];
     uint32_t VirtualSize;
@@ -222,7 +229,7 @@ namespace COFF {
     uint32_t Characteristics;
   };
 
-  enum SectionCharacteristics LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+  enum SectionCharacteristics : uint32_t {
     SC_Invalid = 0xffffffff,
 
     IMAGE_SCN_TYPE_NO_PAD            = 0x00000008,
@@ -268,7 +275,7 @@ namespace COFF {
     uint16_t Type;
   };
 
-  enum RelocationTypeX86 {
+  enum RelocationTypeI386 {
     IMAGE_REL_I386_ABSOLUTE = 0x0000,
     IMAGE_REL_I386_DIR16    = 0x0001,
     IMAGE_REL_I386_REL16    = 0x0002,
@@ -279,8 +286,10 @@ namespace COFF {
     IMAGE_REL_I386_SECREL   = 0x000B,
     IMAGE_REL_I386_TOKEN    = 0x000C,
     IMAGE_REL_I386_SECREL7  = 0x000D,
-    IMAGE_REL_I386_REL32    = 0x0014,
+    IMAGE_REL_I386_REL32    = 0x0014
+  };
 
+  enum RelocationTypeAMD64 {
     IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ABSOLUTE  = 0x0000,
     IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR64    = 0x0001,
     IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR32    = 0x0002,
@@ -334,7 +343,7 @@ namespace COFF {
     uint32_t TotalSize;
     uint32_t PointerToLinenumber;
     uint32_t PointerToNextFunction;
-    uint8_t  unused[2];
+    char     unused[2];
   };
 
   struct AuxiliarybfAndefSymbol {
@@ -369,7 +378,14 @@ namespace COFF {
     uint32_t CheckSum;
     uint16_t Number;
     uint8_t  Selection;
-    uint8_t  unused[3];
+    char     unused[3];
+  };
+
+  struct AuxiliaryCLRToken {
+    uint8_t  AuxType;
+    uint8_t  unused1;
+    uint32_t SymbolTableIndex;
+    char     unused2[12];
   };
 
   union Auxiliary {
@@ -450,7 +466,12 @@ namespace COFF {
     uint32_t AddressOfNewExeHeader;
   };
 
-  struct PEHeader {
+  struct PE32Header {
+    enum {
+      PE32 = 0x10b,
+      PE32_PLUS = 0x20b
+    };
+
     uint16_t Magic;
     uint8_t  MajorLinkerVersion;
     uint8_t  MinorLinkerVersion;
@@ -460,7 +481,7 @@ namespace COFF {
     uint32_t AddressOfEntryPoint; // RVA
     uint32_t BaseOfCode; // RVA
     uint32_t BaseOfData; // RVA
-    uint64_t ImageBase;
+    uint32_t ImageBase;
     uint32_t SectionAlignment;
     uint32_t FileAlignment;
     uint16_t MajorOperatingSystemVersion;
@@ -475,10 +496,10 @@ namespace COFF {
     uint32_t CheckSum;
     uint16_t Subsystem;
     uint16_t DLLCharacteristics;
-    uint64_t SizeOfStackReserve;
-    uint64_t SizeOfStackCommit;
-    uint64_t SizeOfHeapReserve;
-    uint64_t SizeOfHeapCommit;
+    uint32_t SizeOfStackReserve;
+    uint32_t SizeOfStackCommit;
+    uint32_t SizeOfHeapReserve;
+    uint32_t SizeOfHeapCommit;
     uint32_t LoaderFlags;
     uint32_t NumberOfRvaAndSize;
   };
@@ -526,11 +547,14 @@ namespace COFF {
   };
 
   enum DLLCharacteristics {
+    /// ASLR with 64 bit address space.
+    IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_HIGH_ENTROPY_VA = 0x0020,
     /// DLL can be relocated at load time.
     IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_DYNAMIC_BASE = 0x0040,
     /// Code integrity checks are enforced.
     IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_FORCE_INTEGRITY = 0x0080,
-    IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_NX_COMPAT = 0x0100, ///< Image is NX compatible.
+    ///< Image is NX compatible.
+    IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_NX_COMPAT = 0x0100,
     /// Isolation aware, but do not isolate the image.
     IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_NO_ISOLATION = 0x0200,
     /// Does not use structured exception handling (SEH). No SEH handler may be
@@ -538,7 +562,12 @@ namespace COFF {
     IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_NO_SEH = 0x0400,
     /// Do not bind the image.
     IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_NO_BIND = 0x0800,
-    IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_WDM_DRIVER = 0x2000, ///< A WDM driver.
+    ///< Image should execute in an AppContainer.
+    IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_APPCONTAINER = 0x1000,
+    ///< A WDM driver.
+    IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_WDM_DRIVER = 0x2000,
+    ///< Image supports Control Flow Guard.
+    IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_GUARD_CF = 0x4000,
     /// Terminal Server aware.
     IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_TERMINAL_SERVER_AWARE = 0x8000
   };
@@ -611,6 +640,17 @@ namespace COFF {
     }
   };
 
+  enum CodeViewLineTableIdentifiers {
+    DEBUG_SECTION_MAGIC           = 0x4,
+    DEBUG_LINE_TABLE_SUBSECTION   = 0xF2,
+    DEBUG_STRING_TABLE_SUBSECTION = 0xF3,
+    DEBUG_INDEX_SUBSECTION        = 0xF4
+  };
+
+  inline bool isReservedSectionNumber(int N) {
+    return N == IMAGE_SYM_UNDEFINED || N > MaxNumberOfSections;
+  }
+
 } // End namespace COFF.
 } // End namespace llvm.
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CallSite.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CallSite.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a1c5ca..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CallSite.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,330 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/CallSite.h - Abstract Call & Invoke instrs -*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the CallSite class, which is a handy wrapper for code that
-// wants to treat Call and Invoke instructions in a generic way. When in non-
-// mutation context (e.g. an analysis) ImmutableCallSite should be used.
-// Finally, when some degree of customization is necessary between these two
-// extremes, CallSiteBase<> can be supplied with fine-tuned parameters.
-//
-// NOTE: These classes are supposed to have "value semantics". So they should be
-// passed by value, not by reference; they should not be "new"ed or "delete"d.
-// They are efficiently copyable, assignable and constructable, with cost
-// equivalent to copying a pointer (notice that they have only a single data
-// member). The internal representation carries a flag which indicates which of
-// the two variants is enclosed. This allows for cheaper checks when various
-// accessors of CallSite are employed.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CALLSITE_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_CALLSITE_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-class CallInst;
-class InvokeInst;
-
-template <typename FunTy = const Function,
-          typename ValTy = const Value,
-          typename UserTy = const User,
-          typename InstrTy = const Instruction,
-          typename CallTy = const CallInst,
-          typename InvokeTy = const InvokeInst,
-          typename IterTy = User::const_op_iterator>
-class CallSiteBase {
-protected:
-  PointerIntPair<InstrTy*, 1, bool> I;
-public:
-  CallSiteBase() : I(0, false) {}
-  CallSiteBase(CallTy *CI) : I(CI, true) { assert(CI); }
-  CallSiteBase(InvokeTy *II) : I(II, false) { assert(II); }
-  CallSiteBase(ValTy *II) { *this = get(II); }
-protected:
-  /// CallSiteBase::get - This static method is sort of like a constructor.  It
-  /// will create an appropriate call site for a Call or Invoke instruction, but
-  /// it can also create a null initialized CallSiteBase object for something
-  /// which is NOT a call site.
-  ///
-  static CallSiteBase get(ValTy *V) {
-    if (InstrTy *II = dyn_cast<InstrTy>(V)) {
-      if (II->getOpcode() == Instruction::Call)
-        return CallSiteBase(static_cast<CallTy*>(II));
-      else if (II->getOpcode() == Instruction::Invoke)
-        return CallSiteBase(static_cast<InvokeTy*>(II));
-    }
-    return CallSiteBase();
-  }
-public:
-  /// isCall - true if a CallInst is enclosed.
-  /// Note that !isCall() does not mean it is an InvokeInst enclosed,
-  /// it also could signify a NULL Instruction pointer.
-  bool isCall() const { return I.getInt(); }
-
-  /// isInvoke - true if a InvokeInst is enclosed.
-  ///
-  bool isInvoke() const { return getInstruction() && !I.getInt(); }
-
-  InstrTy *getInstruction() const { return I.getPointer(); }
-  InstrTy *operator->() const { return I.getPointer(); }
-  LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return I.getPointer(); }
-
-  /// getCalledValue - Return the pointer to function that is being called.
-  ///
-  ValTy *getCalledValue() const {
-    assert(getInstruction() && "Not a call or invoke instruction!");
-    return *getCallee();
-  }
-
-  /// getCalledFunction - Return the function being called if this is a direct
-  /// call, otherwise return null (if it's an indirect call).
-  ///
-  FunTy *getCalledFunction() const {
-    return dyn_cast<FunTy>(getCalledValue());
-  }
-
-  /// setCalledFunction - Set the callee to the specified value.
-  ///
-  void setCalledFunction(Value *V) {
-    assert(getInstruction() && "Not a call or invoke instruction!");
-    *getCallee() = V;
-  }
-
-  /// isCallee - Determine whether the passed iterator points to the
-  /// callee operand's Use.
-  ///
-  bool isCallee(value_use_iterator<UserTy> UI) const {
-    return getCallee() == &UI.getUse();
-  }
-
-  ValTy *getArgument(unsigned ArgNo) const {
-    assert(arg_begin() + ArgNo < arg_end() && "Argument # out of range!");
-    return *(arg_begin() + ArgNo);
-  }
-
-  void setArgument(unsigned ArgNo, Value* newVal) {
-    assert(getInstruction() && "Not a call or invoke instruction!");
-    assert(arg_begin() + ArgNo < arg_end() && "Argument # out of range!");
-    getInstruction()->setOperand(ArgNo, newVal);
-  }
-
-  /// Given a value use iterator, returns the argument that corresponds to it.
-  /// Iterator must actually correspond to an argument.
-  unsigned getArgumentNo(value_use_iterator<UserTy> I) const {
-    assert(getInstruction() && "Not a call or invoke instruction!");
-    assert(arg_begin() <= &I.getUse() && &I.getUse() < arg_end()
-           && "Argument # out of range!");
-    return &I.getUse() - arg_begin();
-  }
-
-  /// arg_iterator - The type of iterator to use when looping over actual
-  /// arguments at this call site.
-  typedef IterTy arg_iterator;
-
-  /// arg_begin/arg_end - Return iterators corresponding to the actual argument
-  /// list for a call site.
-  IterTy arg_begin() const {
-    assert(getInstruction() && "Not a call or invoke instruction!");
-    // Skip non-arguments
-    return (*this)->op_begin();
-  }
-
-  IterTy arg_end() const { return (*this)->op_end() - getArgumentEndOffset(); }
-  bool arg_empty() const { return arg_end() == arg_begin(); }
-  unsigned arg_size() const { return unsigned(arg_end() - arg_begin()); }
-  
-  /// getType - Return the type of the instruction that generated this call site
-  ///
-  Type *getType() const { return (*this)->getType(); }
-
-  /// getCaller - Return the caller function for this call site
-  ///
-  FunTy *getCaller() const { return (*this)->getParent()->getParent(); }
-
-#define CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(METHOD) \
-  InstrTy *II = getInstruction();    \
-  return isCall()                        \
-    ? cast<CallInst>(II)->METHOD         \
-    : cast<InvokeInst>(II)->METHOD
-
-#define CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(METHOD) \
-  InstrTy *II = getInstruction();    \
-  if (isCall())                          \
-    cast<CallInst>(II)->METHOD;          \
-  else                                   \
-    cast<InvokeInst>(II)->METHOD
-
-  /// getCallingConv/setCallingConv - get or set the calling convention of the
-  /// call.
-  CallingConv::ID getCallingConv() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(getCallingConv());
-  }
-  void setCallingConv(CallingConv::ID CC) {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setCallingConv(CC));
-  }
-
-  /// getAttributes/setAttributes - get or set the parameter attributes of
-  /// the call.
-  const AttributeSet &getAttributes() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(getAttributes());
-  }
-  void setAttributes(const AttributeSet &PAL) {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setAttributes(PAL));
-  }
-
-  /// \brief Return true if this function has the given attribute.
-  bool hasFnAttr(Attribute::AttrKind A) const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(hasFnAttr(A));
-  }
-
-  /// \brief Return true if the call or the callee has the given attribute.
-  bool paramHasAttr(unsigned i, Attribute::AttrKind A) const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(paramHasAttr(i, A));
-  }
-
-  /// @brief Extract the alignment for a call or parameter (0=unknown).
-  uint16_t getParamAlignment(uint16_t i) const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(getParamAlignment(i));
-  }
-
-  /// \brief Return true if the call should not be treated as a call to a
-  /// builtin.
-  bool isNoBuiltin() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(isNoBuiltin());
-  }
-
-  /// @brief Return true if the call should not be inlined.
-  bool isNoInline() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(isNoInline());
-  }
-  void setIsNoInline(bool Value = true) {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setIsNoInline(Value));
-  }
-
-  /// @brief Determine if the call does not access memory.
-  bool doesNotAccessMemory() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(doesNotAccessMemory());
-  }
-  void setDoesNotAccessMemory() {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotAccessMemory());
-  }
-
-  /// @brief Determine if the call does not access or only reads memory.
-  bool onlyReadsMemory() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(onlyReadsMemory());
-  }
-  void setOnlyReadsMemory() {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setOnlyReadsMemory());
-  }
-
-  /// @brief Determine if the call cannot return.
-  bool doesNotReturn() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(doesNotReturn());
-  }
-  void setDoesNotReturn() {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotReturn());
-  }
-
-  /// @brief Determine if the call cannot unwind.
-  bool doesNotThrow() const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(doesNotThrow());
-  }
-  void setDoesNotThrow() {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotThrow());
-  }
-
-#undef CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER
-#undef CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER
-
-  /// @brief Determine whether this argument is not captured.
-  bool doesNotCapture(unsigned ArgNo) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attribute::NoCapture);
-  }
-
-  /// @brief Determine whether this argument is passed by value.
-  bool isByValArgument(unsigned ArgNo) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attribute::ByVal);
-  }
-
-  bool doesNotAccessMemory(unsigned ArgNo) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attribute::ReadNone);
-  }
-
-  bool onlyReadsMemory(unsigned ArgNo) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attribute::ReadOnly) ||
-           paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attribute::ReadNone);
-  }
-
-  /// hasArgument - Returns true if this CallSite passes the given Value* as an
-  /// argument to the called function.
-  bool hasArgument(const Value *Arg) const {
-    for (arg_iterator AI = this->arg_begin(), E = this->arg_end(); AI != E;
-         ++AI)
-      if (AI->get() == Arg)
-        return true;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-private:
-  unsigned getArgumentEndOffset() const {
-    if (isCall())
-      return 1; // Skip Callee
-    else
-      return 3; // Skip BB, BB, Callee
-  }
-
-  IterTy getCallee() const {
-    if (isCall()) // Skip Callee
-      return cast<CallInst>(getInstruction())->op_end() - 1;
-    else // Skip BB, BB, Callee
-      return cast<InvokeInst>(getInstruction())->op_end() - 3;
-  }
-};
-
-class CallSite : public CallSiteBase<Function, Value, User, Instruction,
-                                     CallInst, InvokeInst, User::op_iterator> {
-  typedef CallSiteBase<Function, Value, User, Instruction,
-                       CallInst, InvokeInst, User::op_iterator> Base;
-public:
-  CallSite() {}
-  CallSite(Base B) : Base(B) {}
-  CallSite(Value* V) : Base(V) {}
-  CallSite(CallInst *CI) : Base(CI) {}
-  CallSite(InvokeInst *II) : Base(II) {}
-  CallSite(Instruction *II) : Base(II) {}
-
-  bool operator==(const CallSite &CS) const { return I == CS.I; }
-  bool operator!=(const CallSite &CS) const { return I != CS.I; }
-  bool operator<(const CallSite &CS) const {
-    return getInstruction() < CS.getInstruction();
-  }
-
-private:
-  User::op_iterator getCallee() const;
-};
-
-/// ImmutableCallSite - establish a view to a call site for examination
-class ImmutableCallSite : public CallSiteBase<> {
-  typedef CallSiteBase<> Base;
-public:
-  ImmutableCallSite(const Value* V) : Base(V) {}
-  ImmutableCallSite(const CallInst *CI) : Base(CI) {}
-  ImmutableCallSite(const InvokeInst *II) : Base(II) {}
-  ImmutableCallSite(const Instruction *II) : Base(II) {}
-  ImmutableCallSite(CallSite CS) : Base(CS.getInstruction()) {}
-};
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h
index d70acbf..beed31a 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
 #include <cassert>
 
@@ -58,11 +59,8 @@ struct isa_impl {
 
 /// \brief Always allow upcasts, and perform no dynamic check for them.
 template <typename To, typename From>
-struct isa_impl<To, From,
-                typename enable_if<
-                  llvm::is_base_of<To, From>
-                >::type
-               > {
+struct isa_impl<
+    To, From, typename std::enable_if<std::is_base_of<To, From>::value>::type> {
   static inline bool doit(const From &) { return true; }
 };
 
@@ -131,7 +129,7 @@ struct isa_impl_wrap<To, FromTy, FromTy> {
 //  if (isa<Type>(myVal)) { ... }
 //
 template <class X, class Y>
-inline bool isa(const Y &Val) {
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_RESULT inline bool isa(const Y &Val) {
   return isa_impl_wrap<X, const Y,
                        typename simplify_type<const Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val);
 }
@@ -208,7 +206,7 @@ template<class To, class FromTy> struct cast_convert_val<To,FromTy,FromTy> {
 
 template <class X> struct is_simple_type {
   static const bool value =
-      is_same<X, typename simplify_type<X>::SimpleType>::value;
+      std::is_same<X, typename simplify_type<X>::SimpleType>::value;
 };
 
 // cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.  This
@@ -219,8 +217,8 @@ template <class X> struct is_simple_type {
 //  cast<Instruction>(myVal)->getParent()
 //
 template <class X, class Y>
-inline typename enable_if_c<!is_simple_type<Y>::value,
-                            typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>::type
+inline typename std::enable_if<!is_simple_type<Y>::value,
+                               typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>::type
 cast(const Y &Val) {
   assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!");
   return cast_convert_val<
@@ -245,8 +243,9 @@ inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type cast(Y *Val) {
 // accepted.
 //
 template <class X, class Y>
-inline typename cast_retty<X, Y*>::ret_type cast_or_null(Y *Val) {
-  if (Val == 0) return 0;
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_RESULT inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type
+cast_or_null(Y *Val) {
+  if (!Val) return nullptr;
   assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!");
   return cast<X>(Val);
 }
@@ -261,28 +260,31 @@ inline typename cast_retty<X, Y*>::ret_type cast_or_null(Y *Val) {
 //
 
 template <class X, class Y>
-inline typename enable_if_c<!is_simple_type<Y>::value,
-                            typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>::type
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_RESULT inline typename std::enable_if<
+    !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>::type
 dyn_cast(const Y &Val) {
-  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : 0;
+  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
 }
 
 template <class X, class Y>
-inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y &Val) {
-  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : 0;
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_RESULT inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type
+dyn_cast(Y &Val) {
+  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
 }
 
 template <class X, class Y>
-inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y *Val) {
-  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : 0;
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_RESULT inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type
+dyn_cast(Y *Val) {
+  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
 }
 
 // dyn_cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to dyn_cast, except that a null
 // value is accepted.
 //
 template <class X, class Y>
-inline typename cast_retty<X, Y*>::ret_type dyn_cast_or_null(Y *Val) {
-  return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : 0;
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_RESULT inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type
+dyn_cast_or_null(Y *Val) {
+  return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
 }
 
 } // End llvm namespace
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h
index 4efb6a6..fdd90120 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h
@@ -21,10 +21,9 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_COMMANDLINE_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
 #include <cassert>
 #include <climits>
 #include <cstdarg>
@@ -42,14 +41,14 @@ namespace cl {
 // ParseCommandLineOptions - Command line option processing entry point.
 //
 void ParseCommandLineOptions(int argc, const char * const *argv,
-                             const char *Overview = 0);
+                             const char *Overview = nullptr);
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // ParseEnvironmentOptions - Environment variable option processing alternate
 //                           entry point.
 //
 void ParseEnvironmentOptions(const char *progName, const char *envvar,
-                             const char *Overview = 0);
+                             const char *Overview = nullptr);
 
 ///===---------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 /// SetVersionPrinter - Override the default (LLVM specific) version printer
@@ -147,10 +146,10 @@ private:
   const char *const Description;
   void registerCategory();
 public:
-  OptionCategory(const char *const Name, const char *const Description = 0)
+  OptionCategory(const char *const Name, const char *const Description = nullptr)
       : Name(Name), Description(Description) { registerCategory(); }
-  const char *getName() { return Name; }
-  const char *getDescription() { return Description; }
+  const char *getName() const { return Name; }
+  const char *getDescription() const { return Description; }
 };
 
 // The general Option Category (used as default category).
@@ -239,7 +238,7 @@ protected:
                   enum OptionHidden Hidden)
     : NumOccurrences(0), Occurrences(OccurrencesFlag), Value(0),
       HiddenFlag(Hidden), Formatting(NormalFormatting), Misc(0),
-      Position(0), AdditionalVals(0), NextRegistered(0),
+      Position(0), AdditionalVals(0), NextRegistered(nullptr),
       ArgStr(""), HelpStr(""), ValueStr(""), Category(&GeneralCategory) {
   }
 
@@ -249,6 +248,12 @@ public:
   //
   void addArgument();
 
+  /// Unregisters this option from the CommandLine system.
+  ///
+  /// This option must have been the last option registered.
+  /// For testing purposes only.
+  void removeArgument();
+
   Option *getNextRegisteredOption() const { return NextRegistered; }
 
   // Return the width of the option tag for printing...
@@ -265,8 +270,8 @@ public:
 
   // addOccurrence - Wrapper around handleOccurrence that enforces Flags.
   //
-  bool addOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName,
-                     StringRef Value, bool MultiArg = false);
+  virtual bool addOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName,
+                             StringRef Value, bool MultiArg = false);
 
   // Prints option name followed by message.  Always returns true.
   bool error(const Twine &Message, StringRef ArgName = StringRef());
@@ -374,7 +379,9 @@ struct OptionValueBase : public GenericOptionValue {
 
   bool compare(const DataType &/*V*/) const { return false; }
 
-  virtual bool compare(const GenericOptionValue& /*V*/) const { return false; }
+  bool compare(const GenericOptionValue& /*V*/) const override {
+    return false;
+  }
 };
 
 // Simple copy of the option value.
@@ -398,7 +405,7 @@ public:
     return Valid && (Value != V);
   }
 
-  virtual bool compare(const GenericOptionValue &V) const {
+  bool compare(const GenericOptionValue &V) const override {
     const OptionValueCopy<DataType> &VC =
       static_cast< const OptionValueCopy<DataType>& >(V);
     if (!VC.hasValue()) return false;
@@ -414,7 +421,7 @@ struct OptionValueBase<DataType, false> : OptionValueCopy<DataType> {
 
 // Top-level option class.
 template<class DataType>
-struct OptionValue : OptionValueBase<DataType, is_class<DataType>::value> {
+struct OptionValue : OptionValueBase<DataType, std::is_class<DataType>::value> {
   OptionValue() {}
 
   OptionValue(const DataType& V) {
@@ -444,7 +451,7 @@ struct OptionValue<cl::boolOrDefault> : OptionValueCopy<cl::boolOrDefault> {
     return *this;
   }
 private:
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 template<>
@@ -461,7 +468,7 @@ struct OptionValue<std::string> : OptionValueCopy<std::string> {
     return *this;
   }
 private:
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -640,14 +647,14 @@ public:
   typedef DataType parser_data_type;
 
   // Implement virtual functions needed by generic_parser_base
-  unsigned getNumOptions() const { return unsigned(Values.size()); }
-  const char *getOption(unsigned N) const { return Values[N].Name; }
-  const char *getDescription(unsigned N) const {
+  unsigned getNumOptions() const override { return unsigned(Values.size()); }
+  const char *getOption(unsigned N) const override { return Values[N].Name; }
+  const char *getDescription(unsigned N) const override {
     return Values[N].HelpStr;
   }
 
   // getOptionValue - Return the value of option name N.
-  virtual const GenericOptionValue &getOptionValue(unsigned N) const {
+  const GenericOptionValue &getOptionValue(unsigned N) const override {
     return Values[N].V;
   }
 
@@ -756,13 +763,13 @@ public:
   }
 
   // getValueName - Do not print =<value> at all.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return 0; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return nullptr; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, bool V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<bool>);
@@ -780,13 +787,13 @@ public:
   }
 
   // getValueName - Do not print =<value> at all.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return 0; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return nullptr; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, boolOrDefault V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<boolOrDefault>);
@@ -801,13 +808,13 @@ public:
   bool parse(Option &O, StringRef ArgName, StringRef Arg, int &Val);
 
   // getValueName - Overload in subclass to provide a better default value.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return "int"; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return "int"; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, int V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<int>);
@@ -823,13 +830,13 @@ public:
   bool parse(Option &O, StringRef ArgName, StringRef Arg, unsigned &Val);
 
   // getValueName - Overload in subclass to provide a better default value.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return "uint"; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return "uint"; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, unsigned V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<unsigned>);
@@ -845,13 +852,13 @@ public:
              unsigned long long &Val);
 
   // getValueName - Overload in subclass to provide a better default value.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return "uint"; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return "uint"; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, unsigned long long V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<unsigned long long>);
@@ -866,13 +873,13 @@ public:
   bool parse(Option &O, StringRef ArgName, StringRef Arg, double &Val);
 
   // getValueName - Overload in subclass to provide a better default value.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return "number"; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return "number"; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, double V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<double>);
@@ -887,13 +894,13 @@ public:
   bool parse(Option &O, StringRef ArgName, StringRef Arg, float &Val);
 
   // getValueName - Overload in subclass to provide a better default value.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return "number"; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return "number"; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, float V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<float>);
@@ -911,13 +918,13 @@ public:
   }
 
   // getValueName - Overload in subclass to provide a better default value.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return "string"; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return "string"; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, StringRef V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<std::string>);
@@ -935,13 +942,13 @@ public:
   }
 
   // getValueName - Overload in subclass to provide a better default value.
-  virtual const char *getValueName() const { return "char"; }
+  const char *getValueName() const override { return "char"; }
 
   void printOptionDiff(const Option &O, char V, OptVal Default,
                        size_t GlobalWidth) const;
 
   // An out-of-line virtual method to provide a 'home' for this class.
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
 };
 
 EXTERN_TEMPLATE_INSTANTIATION(class basic_parser<char>);
@@ -1020,8 +1027,8 @@ template<> struct applicator<const char*> {
 };
 
 template<> struct applicator<NumOccurrencesFlag> {
-  static void opt(NumOccurrencesFlag NO, Option &O) {
-    O.setNumOccurrencesFlag(NO);
+  static void opt(NumOccurrencesFlag N, Option &O) {
+    O.setNumOccurrencesFlag(N);
   }
 };
 template<> struct applicator<ValueExpected> {
@@ -1055,13 +1062,13 @@ class opt_storage {
   DataType *Location;   // Where to store the object...
   OptionValue<DataType> Default;
 
-  void check() const {
-    assert(Location != 0 && "cl::location(...) not specified for a command "
+  void check_location() const {
+    assert(Location && "cl::location(...) not specified for a command "
            "line option with external storage, "
            "or cl::init specified before cl::location()!!");
   }
 public:
-  opt_storage() : Location(0) {}
+  opt_storage() : Location(nullptr) {}
 
   bool setLocation(Option &O, DataType &L) {
     if (Location)
@@ -1073,14 +1080,14 @@ public:
 
   template<class T>
   void setValue(const T &V, bool initial = false) {
-    check();
+    check_location();
     *Location = V;
     if (initial)
       Default = V;
   }
 
-  DataType &getValue() { check(); return *Location; }
-  const DataType &getValue() const { check(); return *Location; }
+  DataType &getValue() { check_location(); return *Location; }
+  const DataType &getValue() const { check_location(); return *Location; }
 
   operator DataType() const { return this->getValue(); }
 
@@ -1148,11 +1155,11 @@ template <class DataType, bool ExternalStorage = false,
           class ParserClass = parser<DataType> >
 class opt : public Option,
             public opt_storage<DataType, ExternalStorage,
-                               is_class<DataType>::value> {
+                               std::is_class<DataType>::value> {
   ParserClass Parser;
 
-  virtual bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName,
-                                StringRef Arg) {
+  bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName,
+                        StringRef Arg) override {
     typename ParserClass::parser_data_type Val =
        typename ParserClass::parser_data_type();
     if (Parser.parse(*this, ArgName, Arg, Val))
@@ -1162,20 +1169,20 @@ class opt : public Option,
     return false;
   }
 
-  virtual enum ValueExpected getValueExpectedFlagDefault() const {
+  enum ValueExpected getValueExpectedFlagDefault() const override {
     return Parser.getValueExpectedFlagDefault();
   }
-  virtual void getExtraOptionNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char*> &OptionNames) {
+  void getExtraOptionNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char*> &OptionNames) override {
     return Parser.getExtraOptionNames(OptionNames);
   }
 
   // Forward printing stuff to the parser...
-  virtual size_t getOptionWidth() const {return Parser.getOptionWidth(*this);}
-  virtual void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const {
+  size_t getOptionWidth() const override {return Parser.getOptionWidth(*this);}
+  void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const override {
     Parser.printOptionInfo(*this, GlobalWidth);
   }
 
-  virtual void printOptionValue(size_t GlobalWidth, bool Force) const {
+  void printOptionValue(size_t GlobalWidth, bool Force) const override {
     if (Force || this->getDefault().compare(this->getValue())) {
       cl::printOptionDiff<ParserClass>(
         *this, Parser, this->getValue(), this->getDefault(), GlobalWidth);
@@ -1322,14 +1329,15 @@ class list : public Option, public list_storage<DataType, Storage> {
   std::vector<unsigned> Positions;
   ParserClass Parser;
 
-  virtual enum ValueExpected getValueExpectedFlagDefault() const {
+  enum ValueExpected getValueExpectedFlagDefault() const override {
     return Parser.getValueExpectedFlagDefault();
   }
-  virtual void getExtraOptionNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char*> &OptionNames) {
+  void getExtraOptionNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char*> &OptionNames) override {
     return Parser.getExtraOptionNames(OptionNames);
   }
 
-  virtual bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName, StringRef Arg){
+  bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName,
+                        StringRef Arg) override {
     typename ParserClass::parser_data_type Val =
       typename ParserClass::parser_data_type();
     if (Parser.parse(*this, ArgName, Arg, Val))
@@ -1341,13 +1349,14 @@ class list : public Option, public list_storage<DataType, Storage> {
   }
 
   // Forward printing stuff to the parser...
-  virtual size_t getOptionWidth() const {return Parser.getOptionWidth(*this);}
-  virtual void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const {
+  size_t getOptionWidth() const override {return Parser.getOptionWidth(*this);}
+  void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const override {
     Parser.printOptionInfo(*this, GlobalWidth);
   }
 
   // Unimplemented: list options don't currently store their default value.
-  virtual void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/, bool /*Force*/) const {}
+  void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/,
+                        bool /*Force*/) const override {}
 
   void done() {
     addArgument();
@@ -1460,7 +1469,7 @@ class bits_storage {
   }
 
 public:
-  bits_storage() : Location(0) {}
+  bits_storage() : Location(nullptr) {}
 
   bool setLocation(Option &O, unsigned &L) {
     if (Location)
@@ -1524,14 +1533,15 @@ class bits : public Option, public bits_storage<DataType, Storage> {
   std::vector<unsigned> Positions;
   ParserClass Parser;
 
-  virtual enum ValueExpected getValueExpectedFlagDefault() const {
+  enum ValueExpected getValueExpectedFlagDefault() const override {
     return Parser.getValueExpectedFlagDefault();
   }
-  virtual void getExtraOptionNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char*> &OptionNames) {
+  void getExtraOptionNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char*> &OptionNames) override {
     return Parser.getExtraOptionNames(OptionNames);
   }
 
-  virtual bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName, StringRef Arg){
+  bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef ArgName,
+                        StringRef Arg) override {
     typename ParserClass::parser_data_type Val =
       typename ParserClass::parser_data_type();
     if (Parser.parse(*this, ArgName, Arg, Val))
@@ -1543,13 +1553,14 @@ class bits : public Option, public bits_storage<DataType, Storage> {
   }
 
   // Forward printing stuff to the parser...
-  virtual size_t getOptionWidth() const {return Parser.getOptionWidth(*this);}
-  virtual void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const {
+  size_t getOptionWidth() const override {return Parser.getOptionWidth(*this);}
+  void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const override {
     Parser.printOptionInfo(*this, GlobalWidth);
   }
 
   // Unimplemented: bits options don't currently store their default values.
-  virtual void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/, bool /*Force*/) const {}
+  void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/,
+                        bool /*Force*/) const override {}
 
   void done() {
     addArgument();
@@ -1634,22 +1645,30 @@ public:
 
 class alias : public Option {
   Option *AliasFor;
-  virtual bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef /*ArgName*/,
-                                StringRef Arg) LLVM_OVERRIDE {
+  bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef /*ArgName*/,
+                                StringRef Arg) override {
     return AliasFor->handleOccurrence(pos, AliasFor->ArgStr, Arg);
   }
+  bool addOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef /*ArgName*/,
+                     StringRef Value, bool MultiArg = false) override {
+    return AliasFor->addOccurrence(pos, AliasFor->ArgStr, Value, MultiArg);
+  }
   // Handle printing stuff...
-  virtual size_t getOptionWidth() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  virtual void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  size_t getOptionWidth() const override;
+  void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const override;
 
   // Aliases do not need to print their values.
-  virtual void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/,
-                                bool /*Force*/) const LLVM_OVERRIDE {}
+  void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/,
+                        bool /*Force*/) const override {}
+
+  ValueExpected getValueExpectedFlagDefault() const override {
+    return AliasFor->getValueExpectedFlag();
+  }
 
   void done() {
     if (!hasArgStr())
       error("cl::alias must have argument name specified!");
-    if (AliasFor == 0)
+    if (!AliasFor)
       error("cl::alias must have an cl::aliasopt(option) specified!");
       addArgument();
   }
@@ -1662,27 +1681,28 @@ public:
 
   // One option...
   template<class M0t>
-  explicit alias(const M0t &M0) : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(0) {
+  explicit alias(const M0t &M0) : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(nullptr) {
     apply(M0, this);
     done();
   }
   // Two options...
   template<class M0t, class M1t>
-  alias(const M0t &M0, const M1t &M1) : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(0) {
+  alias(const M0t &M0, const M1t &M1)
+    : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(nullptr) {
     apply(M0, this); apply(M1, this);
     done();
   }
   // Three options...
   template<class M0t, class M1t, class M2t>
   alias(const M0t &M0, const M1t &M1, const M2t &M2)
-    : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(0) {
+    : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(nullptr) {
     apply(M0, this); apply(M1, this); apply(M2, this);
     done();
   }
   // Four options...
   template<class M0t, class M1t, class M2t, class M3t>
   alias(const M0t &M0, const M1t &M1, const M2t &M2, const M3t &M3)
-    : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(0) {
+    : Option(Optional, Hidden), AliasFor(nullptr) {
     apply(M0, this); apply(M1, this); apply(M2, this); apply(M3, this);
     done();
   }
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h
index 860f43e..25bf32a 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h
@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@
 # define __has_feature(x) 0
 #endif
 
+#ifndef __has_extension
+# define __has_extension(x) 0
+#endif
+
 #ifndef __has_attribute
 # define __has_attribute(x) 0
 #endif
@@ -40,15 +44,27 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-/// \brief Does the compiler support r-value references?
-/// This implies that <utility> provides the one-argument std::move;  it
-/// does not imply the existence of any other C++ library features.
-#if (__has_feature(cxx_rvalue_references)   \
-     || defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__) \
-     || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600))
-#define LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES 1
+/// \macro LLVM_MSC_PREREQ
+/// \brief Is the compiler MSVC of at least the specified version?
+/// The common \param version values to check for are:
+///  * 1700: Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 / 11.0
+///  * 1800: Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 / 12.0
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define LLVM_MSC_PREREQ(version) (_MSC_VER >= (version))
+
+// We require at least MSVC 2012.
+#if !LLVM_MSC_PREREQ(1700)
+#error LLVM requires at least MSVC 2012.
+#endif
+
 #else
-#define LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES 0
+#define LLVM_MSC_PREREQ(version) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#define LLVM_NOEXCEPT noexcept
+#else
+#define LLVM_NOEXCEPT
 #endif
 
 /// \brief Does the compiler support r-value reference *this?
@@ -63,51 +79,16 @@
 #define LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS 0
 #endif
 
-/// \macro LLVM_HAS_CXX11_TYPETRAITS
-/// \brief Does the compiler have the C++11 type traits.
-///
-/// #include <type_traits>
-///
-/// * enable_if
-/// * {true,false}_type
-/// * is_constructible
-/// * etc...
-#if defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__) \
-    || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700)
-#define LLVM_HAS_CXX11_TYPETRAITS 1
-#else
-#define LLVM_HAS_CXX11_TYPETRAITS 0
-#endif
-
-/// \macro LLVM_HAS_CXX11_STDLIB
-/// \brief Does the compiler have the C++11 standard library.
-///
-/// Implies LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES, LLVM_HAS_CXX11_TYPETRAITS
-#if defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__) \
-    || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700)
-#define LLVM_HAS_CXX11_STDLIB 1
-#else
-#define LLVM_HAS_CXX11_STDLIB 0
-#endif
-
 /// \macro LLVM_HAS_VARIADIC_TEMPLATES
 /// \brief Does this compiler support variadic templates.
 ///
 /// Implies LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES and the existence of std::forward.
-#if __has_feature(cxx_variadic_templates)
+#if __has_feature(cxx_variadic_templates) || LLVM_MSC_PREREQ(1800)
 # define LLVM_HAS_VARIADIC_TEMPLATES 1
 #else
 # define LLVM_HAS_VARIADIC_TEMPLATES 0
 #endif
 
-/// llvm_move - Expands to ::std::move if the compiler supports
-/// r-value references; otherwise, expands to the argument.
-#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
-#define llvm_move(value) (::std::move(value))
-#else
-#define llvm_move(value) (value)
-#endif
-
 /// Expands to '&' if r-value references are supported.
 ///
 /// This can be used to provide l-value/r-value overrides of member functions.
@@ -129,32 +110,13 @@
 /// public:
 ///   ...
 /// };
-#if (__has_feature(cxx_deleted_functions) \
-     || defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__))
-     // No version of MSVC currently supports this.
+#if __has_feature(cxx_deleted_functions) || \
+    defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__) || LLVM_MSC_PREREQ(1800)
 #define LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION = delete
 #else
 #define LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION
 #endif
 
-/// LLVM_FINAL - Expands to 'final' if the compiler supports it.
-/// Use to mark classes or virtual methods as final.
-#if __has_feature(cxx_override_control) \
-    || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700)
-#define LLVM_FINAL final
-#else
-#define LLVM_FINAL
-#endif
-
-/// LLVM_OVERRIDE - Expands to 'override' if the compiler supports it.
-/// Use to mark virtual methods as overriding a base class method.
-#if __has_feature(cxx_override_control) \
-    || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700)
-#define LLVM_OVERRIDE override
-#else
-#define LLVM_OVERRIDE
-#endif
-
 #if __has_feature(cxx_constexpr) || defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)
 # define LLVM_CONSTEXPR constexpr
 #else
@@ -335,19 +297,15 @@
 # define LLVM_FUNCTION_NAME __func__
 #endif
 
-#if defined(HAVE_SANITIZER_MSAN_INTERFACE_H)
-# include <sanitizer/msan_interface.h>
-#else
-# define __msan_allocated_memory(p, size)
-# define __msan_unpoison(p, size)
-#endif
-
 /// \macro LLVM_MEMORY_SANITIZER_BUILD
 /// \brief Whether LLVM itself is built with MemorySanitizer instrumentation.
 #if __has_feature(memory_sanitizer)
 # define LLVM_MEMORY_SANITIZER_BUILD 1
+# include <sanitizer/msan_interface.h>
 #else
 # define LLVM_MEMORY_SANITIZER_BUILD 0
+# define __msan_allocated_memory(p, size)
+# define __msan_unpoison(p, size)
 #endif
 
 /// \macro LLVM_ADDRESS_SANITIZER_BUILD
@@ -374,41 +332,30 @@
 /// \macro LLVM_EXPLICIT
 /// \brief Expands to explicit on compilers which support explicit conversion
 /// operators. Otherwise expands to nothing.
-#if (__has_feature(cxx_explicit_conversions) \
-     || defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__))
+#if __has_feature(cxx_explicit_conversions) || \
+    defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__) || LLVM_MSC_PREREQ(1800)
 #define LLVM_EXPLICIT explicit
 #else
 #define LLVM_EXPLICIT
 #endif
 
-/// \macro LLVM_STATIC_ASSERT
-/// \brief Expands to C/C++'s static_assert on compilers which support it.
-#if __has_feature(cxx_static_assert)
-# define LLVM_STATIC_ASSERT(expr, msg) static_assert(expr, msg)
-#elif __has_feature(c_static_assert)
-# define LLVM_STATIC_ASSERT(expr, msg) _Static_assert(expr, msg)
-#else
-# define LLVM_STATIC_ASSERT(expr, msg)
-#endif
-
-/// \macro LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE
-/// \brief Expands to colon followed by the given integral type on compilers
-/// which support C++11 strong enums.  This can be used to make enums unsigned
-/// with MSVC.
-#if __has_feature(cxx_strong_enums)
-# define LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(intty) : intty
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600  // Added in MSVC 2010.
-# define LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(intty) : intty
-#else
-# define LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(intty)
-#endif
-
 /// \brief Does the compiler support generalized initializers (using braced
-/// lists and std::initializer_list).
-#if __has_feature(cxx_generalized_initializers)
+/// lists and std::initializer_list).  While clang may claim it supports general
+/// initializers, if we're using MSVC's headers, we might not have a usable
+/// std::initializer list type from the STL.  Disable this for now.
+#if __has_feature(cxx_generalized_initializers) && !defined(_MSC_VER)
 #define LLVM_HAS_INITIALIZER_LISTS 1
 #else
 #define LLVM_HAS_INITIALIZER_LISTS 0
 #endif
 
+/// \brief Mark debug helper function definitions like dump() that should not be
+/// stripped from debug builds.
+// FIXME: Move this to a private config.h as it's not usable in public headers.
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+#define LLVM_DUMP_METHOD LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED
+#else
+#define LLVM_DUMP_METHOD LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
+#endif
+
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compression.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compression.h
index bef9146..8152b60 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compression.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Compression.h
@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_COMPRESSION_H
 
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <memory>
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-class MemoryBuffer;
-template<typename T> class OwningPtr;
 class StringRef;
 
 namespace zlib {
@@ -33,21 +33,20 @@ enum CompressionLevel {
 
 enum Status {
   StatusOK,
-  StatusUnsupported,  // zlib is unavaliable
-  StatusOutOfMemory,  // there was not enough memory
-  StatusBufferTooShort,  // there was not enough room in the output buffer
-  StatusInvalidArg,  // invalid input parameter
-  StatusInvalidData  // data was corrupted or incomplete
+  StatusUnsupported,    // zlib is unavailable
+  StatusOutOfMemory,    // there was not enough memory
+  StatusBufferTooShort, // there was not enough room in the output buffer
+  StatusInvalidArg,     // invalid input parameter
+  StatusInvalidData     // data was corrupted or incomplete
 };
 
 bool isAvailable();
 
-Status compress(StringRef InputBuffer,
-                OwningPtr<MemoryBuffer> &CompressedBuffer,
+Status compress(StringRef InputBuffer, SmallVectorImpl<char> &CompressedBuffer,
                 CompressionLevel Level = DefaultCompression);
 
 Status uncompress(StringRef InputBuffer,
-                  OwningPtr<MemoryBuffer> &UncompressedBuffer,
+                  SmallVectorImpl<char> &UncompressedBuffer,
                   size_t UncompressedSize);
 
 uint32_t crc32(StringRef Buffer);
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConstantFolder.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConstantFolder.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aad952..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConstantFolder.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/ConstantFolder.h - Constant folding helper -*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the ConstantFolder class, a helper for IRBuilder.
-// It provides IRBuilder with a set of methods for creating constants
-// with minimal folding.  For general constant creation and folding,
-// use ConstantExpr and the routines in llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CONSTANTFOLDER_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_CONSTANTFOLDER_H
-
-#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-/// ConstantFolder - Create constants with minimum, target independent, folding.
-class ConstantFolder {
-public:
-  explicit ConstantFolder() {}
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Binary Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getAdd(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getFAdd(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getSub(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getFSub(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getMul(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getFMul(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateUDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                       bool isExact = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS, isExact);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                       bool isExact = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getSDiv(LHS, RHS, isExact);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getFDiv(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateURem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getURem(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSRem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getSRem(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFRem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getFRem(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateShl(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getShl(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateLShr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                       bool isExact = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getLShr(LHS, RHS, isExact);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateAShr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                       bool isExact = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getAShr(LHS, RHS, isExact);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateAnd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getAnd(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateOr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getOr(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateXor(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getXor(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateBinOp(Instruction::BinaryOps Opc,
-                        Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::get(Opc, LHS, RHS);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Unary Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateNeg(Constant *C,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFNeg(Constant *C) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateNot(Constant *C) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Memory Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
-    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
-    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
-    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
-    return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, Idx);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                        ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
-    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
-    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
-    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
-    return ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, Idx);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                        ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Cast/Conversion Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateCast(Instruction::CastOps Op, Constant *C,
-                       Type *DestTy) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getCast(Op, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreatePointerCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getPointerCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateIntCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy,
-                          bool isSigned) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, DestTy, isSigned);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFPCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getFPCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::BitCast, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateIntToPtr(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::IntToPtr, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreatePtrToInt(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::PtrToInt, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateZExtOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getZExtOrBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSExtOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getSExtOrBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateTruncOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Compare Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateICmp(CmpInst::Predicate P, Constant *LHS,
-                       Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getCompare(P, LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFCmp(CmpInst::Predicate P, Constant *LHS,
-                       Constant *RHS) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getCompare(P, LHS, RHS);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Other Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateSelect(Constant *C, Constant *True, Constant *False) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getSelect(C, True, False);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateExtractElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *Idx) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getExtractElement(Vec, Idx);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateInsertElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *NewElt,
-                                Constant *Idx) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getInsertElement(Vec, NewElt, Idx);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateShuffleVector(Constant *V1, Constant *V2,
-                                Constant *Mask) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getShuffleVector(V1, V2, Mask);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateExtractValue(Constant *Agg,
-                               ArrayRef<unsigned> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getExtractValue(Agg, IdxList);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateInsertValue(Constant *Agg, Constant *Val,
-                              ArrayRef<unsigned> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getInsertValue(Agg, Val, IdxList);
-  }
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f757c6e..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h - Represent a range --------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// Represent a range of possible values that may occur when the program is run
-// for an integral value.  This keeps track of a lower and upper bound for the
-// constant, which MAY wrap around the end of the numeric range.  To do this, it
-// keeps track of a [lower, upper) bound, which specifies an interval just like
-// STL iterators.  When used with boolean values, the following are important
-// ranges: :
-//
-//  [F, F) = {}     = Empty set
-//  [T, F) = {T}
-//  [F, T) = {F}
-//  [T, T) = {F, T} = Full set
-//
-// The other integral ranges use min/max values for special range values. For
-// example, for 8-bit types, it uses:
-// [0, 0)     = {}       = Empty set
-// [255, 255) = {0..255} = Full Set
-//
-// Note that ConstantRange can be used to represent either signed or
-// unsigned ranges.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CONSTANTRANGE_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_CONSTANTRANGE_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-/// ConstantRange - This class represents an range of values.
-///
-class ConstantRange {
-  APInt Lower, Upper;
-
-#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
-  // If we have move semantics, pass APInts by value and move them into place.
-  typedef APInt APIntMoveTy;
-#else
-  // Otherwise pass by const ref to save one copy.
-  typedef const APInt &APIntMoveTy;
-#endif
-
-public:
-  /// Initialize a full (the default) or empty set for the specified bit width.
-  ///
-  explicit ConstantRange(uint32_t BitWidth, bool isFullSet = true);
-
-  /// Initialize a range to hold the single specified value.
-  ///
-  ConstantRange(APIntMoveTy Value);
-
-  /// @brief Initialize a range of values explicitly. This will assert out if
-  /// Lower==Upper and Lower != Min or Max value for its type. It will also
-  /// assert out if the two APInt's are not the same bit width.
-  ConstantRange(APIntMoveTy Lower, APIntMoveTy Upper);
-
-  /// makeICmpRegion - Produce the smallest range that contains all values that
-  /// might satisfy the comparison specified by Pred when compared to any value
-  /// contained within Other.
-  ///
-  /// Solves for range X in 'for all x in X, there exists a y in Y such that
-  /// icmp op x, y is true'. Every value that might make the comparison true
-  /// is included in the resulting range.
-  static ConstantRange makeICmpRegion(unsigned Pred,
-                                      const ConstantRange &Other);
-
-  /// getLower - Return the lower value for this range...
-  ///
-  const APInt &getLower() const { return Lower; }
-
-  /// getUpper - Return the upper value for this range...
-  ///
-  const APInt &getUpper() const { return Upper; }
-
-  /// getBitWidth - get the bit width of this ConstantRange
-  ///
-  uint32_t getBitWidth() const { return Lower.getBitWidth(); }
-
-  /// isFullSet - Return true if this set contains all of the elements possible
-  /// for this data-type
-  ///
-  bool isFullSet() const;
-
-  /// isEmptySet - Return true if this set contains no members.
-  ///
-  bool isEmptySet() const;
-
-  /// isWrappedSet - Return true if this set wraps around the top of the range,
-  /// for example: [100, 8)
-  ///
-  bool isWrappedSet() const;
-
-  /// isSignWrappedSet - Return true if this set wraps around the INT_MIN of
-  /// its bitwidth, for example: i8 [120, 140).
-  ///
-  bool isSignWrappedSet() const;
-
-  /// contains - Return true if the specified value is in the set.
-  ///
-  bool contains(const APInt &Val) const;
-
-  /// contains - Return true if the other range is a subset of this one.
-  ///
-  bool contains(const ConstantRange &CR) const;
-
-  /// getSingleElement - If this set contains a single element, return it,
-  /// otherwise return null.
-  ///
-  const APInt *getSingleElement() const {
-    if (Upper == Lower + 1)
-      return &Lower;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /// isSingleElement - Return true if this set contains exactly one member.
-  ///
-  bool isSingleElement() const { return getSingleElement() != 0; }
-
-  /// getSetSize - Return the number of elements in this set.
-  ///
-  APInt getSetSize() const;
-
-  /// getUnsignedMax - Return the largest unsigned value contained in the
-  /// ConstantRange.
-  ///
-  APInt getUnsignedMax() const;
-
-  /// getUnsignedMin - Return the smallest unsigned value contained in the
-  /// ConstantRange.
-  ///
-  APInt getUnsignedMin() const;
-
-  /// getSignedMax - Return the largest signed value contained in the
-  /// ConstantRange.
-  ///
-  APInt getSignedMax() const;
-
-  /// getSignedMin - Return the smallest signed value contained in the
-  /// ConstantRange.
-  ///
-  APInt getSignedMin() const;
-
-  /// operator== - Return true if this range is equal to another range.
-  ///
-  bool operator==(const ConstantRange &CR) const {
-    return Lower == CR.Lower && Upper == CR.Upper;
-  }
-  bool operator!=(const ConstantRange &CR) const {
-    return !operator==(CR);
-  }
-
-  /// subtract - Subtract the specified constant from the endpoints of this
-  /// constant range.
-  ConstantRange subtract(const APInt &CI) const;
-
-  /// \brief Subtract the specified range from this range (aka relative
-  /// complement of the sets).
-  ConstantRange difference(const ConstantRange &CR) const;
-
-  /// intersectWith - Return the range that results from the intersection of
-  /// this range with another range.  The resultant range is guaranteed to
-  /// include all elements contained in both input ranges, and to have the
-  /// smallest possible set size that does so.  Because there may be two
-  /// intersections with the same set size, A.intersectWith(B) might not
-  /// be equal to B.intersectWith(A).
-  ///
-  ConstantRange intersectWith(const ConstantRange &CR) const;
-
-  /// unionWith - Return the range that results from the union of this range
-  /// with another range.  The resultant range is guaranteed to include the
-  /// elements of both sets, but may contain more.  For example, [3, 9) union
-  /// [12,15) is [3, 15), which includes 9, 10, and 11, which were not included
-  /// in either set before.
-  ///
-  ConstantRange unionWith(const ConstantRange &CR) const;
-
-  /// zeroExtend - Return a new range in the specified integer type, which must
-  /// be strictly larger than the current type.  The returned range will
-  /// correspond to the possible range of values if the source range had been
-  /// zero extended to BitWidth.
-  ConstantRange zeroExtend(uint32_t BitWidth) const;
-
-  /// signExtend - Return a new range in the specified integer type, which must
-  /// be strictly larger than the current type.  The returned range will
-  /// correspond to the possible range of values if the source range had been
-  /// sign extended to BitWidth.
-  ConstantRange signExtend(uint32_t BitWidth) const;
-
-  /// truncate - Return a new range in the specified integer type, which must be
-  /// strictly smaller than the current type.  The returned range will
-  /// correspond to the possible range of values if the source range had been
-  /// truncated to the specified type.
-  ConstantRange truncate(uint32_t BitWidth) const;
-
-  /// zextOrTrunc - make this range have the bit width given by \p BitWidth. The
-  /// value is zero extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width.
-  ConstantRange zextOrTrunc(uint32_t BitWidth) const;
-  
-  /// sextOrTrunc - make this range have the bit width given by \p BitWidth. The
-  /// value is sign extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width.
-  ConstantRange sextOrTrunc(uint32_t BitWidth) const;
-
-  /// add - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from an addition of a value in this range and a value in \p Other.
-  ConstantRange add(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// sub - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from a subtraction of a value in this range and a value in \p Other.
-  ConstantRange sub(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// multiply - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from a multiplication of a value in this range and a value in \p Other.
-  /// TODO: This isn't fully implemented yet.
-  ConstantRange multiply(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// smax - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from a signed maximum of a value in this range and a value in \p Other.
-  ConstantRange smax(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// umax - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from an unsigned maximum of a value in this range and a value in \p Other.
-  ConstantRange umax(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// udiv - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from an unsigned division of a value in this range and a value in
-  /// \p Other.
-  ConstantRange udiv(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// binaryAnd - return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from a binary-and of a value in this range by a value in \p Other.
-  ConstantRange binaryAnd(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// binaryOr - return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from a binary-or of a value in this range by a value in \p Other.
-  ConstantRange binaryOr(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// shl - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from a left shift of a value in this range by a value in \p Other.
-  /// TODO: This isn't fully implemented yet.
-  ConstantRange shl(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// lshr - Return a new range representing the possible values resulting
-  /// from a logical right shift of a value in this range and a value in
-  /// \p Other.
-  ConstantRange lshr(const ConstantRange &Other) const;
-
-  /// inverse - Return a new range that is the logical not of the current set.
-  ///
-  ConstantRange inverse() const;
-  
-  /// print - Print out the bounds to a stream...
-  ///
-  void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-  /// dump - Allow printing from a debugger easily...
-  ///
-  void dump() const;
-};
-
-inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ConstantRange &CR) {
-  CR.print(OS);
-  return OS;
-}
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h
index 2820366..a184d0d 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h
@@ -136,7 +136,19 @@ ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF16 (
   const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd,
   UTF16** targetStart, UTF16* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
 
-ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF32 (
+/**
+ * Convert a partial UTF8 sequence to UTF32.  If the sequence ends in an
+ * incomplete code unit sequence, returns \c sourceExhausted.
+ */
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF32Partial(
+  const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd,
+  UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a partial UTF8 sequence to UTF32.  If the sequence ends in an
+ * incomplete code unit sequence, returns \c sourceIllegal.
+ */
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF32(
   const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd,
   UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h
index 4c0a5e2..3869ebd 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h
@@ -12,11 +12,13 @@
 
 #include <string>
 
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+
 namespace llvm {
 class StringRef;
 
 class CrashRecoveryContextCleanup;
-  
+
 /// \brief Crash recovery helper object.
 ///
 /// This class implements support for running operations in a safe context so
@@ -47,9 +49,9 @@ class CrashRecoveryContext {
   CrashRecoveryContextCleanup *head;
 
 public:
-  CrashRecoveryContext() : Impl(0), head(0) {}
+  CrashRecoveryContext() : Impl(nullptr), head(nullptr) {}
   ~CrashRecoveryContext();
-  
+
   void registerCleanup(CrashRecoveryContextCleanup *cleanup);
   void unregisterCleanup(CrashRecoveryContextCleanup *cleanup);
 
@@ -75,15 +77,24 @@ public:
   /// make as little assumptions as possible about the program state when
   /// RunSafely has returned false. Clients can use getBacktrace() to retrieve
   /// the backtrace of the crash on failures.
-  bool RunSafely(void (*Fn)(void*), void *UserData);
+  bool RunSafely(function_ref<void()> Fn);
+  bool RunSafely(void (*Fn)(void*), void *UserData) {
+    return RunSafely([&]() { Fn(UserData); });
+  }
 
   /// \brief Execute the provide callback function (with the given arguments) in
   /// a protected context which is run in another thread (optionally with a
   /// requested stack size).
   ///
   /// See RunSafely() and llvm_execute_on_thread().
+  ///
+  /// On Darwin, if PRIO_DARWIN_BG is set on the calling thread, it will be
+  /// propagated to the new thread as well.
+  bool RunSafelyOnThread(function_ref<void()>, unsigned RequestedStackSize = 0);
   bool RunSafelyOnThread(void (*Fn)(void*), void *UserData,
-                         unsigned RequestedStackSize = 0);
+                         unsigned RequestedStackSize = 0) {
+    return RunSafelyOnThread([&]() { Fn(UserData); }, RequestedStackSize);
+  }
 
   /// \brief Explicitly trigger a crash recovery in the current process, and
   /// return failure from RunSafely(). This function does not return.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DataFlow.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DataFlow.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a09ccaa..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DataFlow.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/DataFlow.h - dataflow as graphs ------------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines specializations of GraphTraits that allows Use-Def and
-// Def-Use relations to be treated as proper graphs for generic algorithms.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_DATAFLOW_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_DATAFLOW_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Provide specializations of GraphTraits to be able to treat def-use/use-def
-// chains as graphs
-
-template <> struct GraphTraits<const Value*> {
-  typedef const Value NodeType;
-  typedef Value::const_use_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(const Value *G) {
-    return G;
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    return N->use_begin();
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    return N->use_end();
-  }
-};
-
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Value*> {
-  typedef Value NodeType;
-  typedef Value::use_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Value *G) {
-    return G;
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    return N->use_begin();
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    return N->use_end();
-  }
-};
-
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<const User*> > {
-  typedef const Value NodeType;
-  typedef User::const_op_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse<const User*> G) {
-    return G.Graph;
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    if (const User *U = dyn_cast<User>(N))
-      return U->op_begin();
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    if(const User *U = dyn_cast<User>(N))
-      return U->op_end();
-    return NULL;
-  }
-};
-
-template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<User*> > {
-  typedef Value NodeType;
-  typedef User::op_iterator ChildIteratorType;
-
-  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse<User*> G) {
-    return G.Graph;
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
-    if (User *U = dyn_cast<User>(N))
-      return U->op_begin();
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
-    if (User *U = dyn_cast<User>(N))
-      return U->op_end();
-    return NULL;
-  }
-};
-
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DataTypes.h.in b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DataTypes.h.in
index 7fc9b72..09cfcdf 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DataTypes.h.in
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DataTypes.h.in
@@ -37,6 +37,16 @@
 #include <math.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#else
+#error "Compiler must provide an implementation of stdint.h"
+#endif
+
 #ifndef _MSC_VER
 
 /* Note that this header's correct operation depends on __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
@@ -55,14 +65,6 @@
 /* Note that <inttypes.h> includes <stdint.h>, if this is a C99 system. */
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-#include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-
 #ifdef _AIX
 #include "llvm/Support/AIXDataTypesFix.h"
 #endif
@@ -77,8 +79,6 @@ typedef u_int64_t uint64_t;
 #endif
 
 #else /* _MSC_VER */
-/* Visual C++ doesn't provide standard integer headers, but it does provide
-   built-in data types. */
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -87,94 +87,21 @@ typedef u_int64_t uint64_t;
 #else
 #include <math.h>
 #endif
-typedef __int64 int64_t;
-typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
-typedef signed int int32_t;
-typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
-typedef short int16_t;
-typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
-typedef signed char int8_t;
-typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+
 #if defined(_WIN64)
-  typedef signed __int64 ssize_t;
+typedef signed __int64 ssize_t;
 #else
-  typedef signed int ssize_t;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT8_MAX
-# define INT8_MAX 127
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_MIN
-# define INT8_MIN -128
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT8_MAX
-# define UINT8_MAX 255
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_MAX
-# define INT16_MAX 32767
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_MIN
-# define INT16_MIN -32768
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT16_MAX
-# define UINT16_MAX 65535
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_MAX
-# define INT32_MAX 2147483647
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_MIN
-/* MSC treats -2147483648 as -(2147483648U). */
-# define INT32_MIN (-INT32_MAX - 1)
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT32_MAX
-# define UINT32_MAX 4294967295U
-#endif
-/* Certain compatibility updates to VC++ introduce the `cstdint'
- * header, which defines the INT*_C macros. On default installs they
- * are absent. */
-#ifndef INT8_C
-# define INT8_C(C)   C##i8
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT8_C
-# define UINT8_C(C)  C##ui8
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_C
-# define INT16_C(C)  C##i16
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT16_C
-# define UINT16_C(C) C##ui16
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_C
-# define INT32_C(C)  C##i32
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT32_C
-# define UINT32_C(C) C##ui32
-#endif
-#ifndef INT64_C
-# define INT64_C(C)  C##i64
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT64_C
-# define UINT64_C(C) C##ui64
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PRId64
-# define PRId64 "I64d"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRIi64
-# define PRIi64 "I64i"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRIo64
-# define PRIo64 "I64o"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRIu64
-# define PRIu64 "I64u"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRIx64
-# define PRIx64 "I64x"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRIX64
-# define PRIX64 "I64X"
-#endif
+typedef signed int ssize_t;
+#endif /* _WIN64 */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#define PRId64 "I64d"
+#define PRIi64 "I64i"
+#define PRIo64 "I64o"
+#define PRIu64 "I64u"
+#define PRIx64 "I64x"
+#define PRIX64 "I64X"
+#endif /* HAVE_INTTYPES_H */
 
 #endif /* _MSC_VER */
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Debug.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Debug.h
index 2702408..e93e6ca3 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Debug.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Debug.h
@@ -13,10 +13,12 @@
 //
 // In particular, just wrap your code with the DEBUG() macro, and it will be
 // enabled automatically if you specify '-debug' on the command-line.
-// Alternatively, you can also use the SET_DEBUG_TYPE("foo") macro to specify
-// that your debug code belongs to class "foo".  Then, on the command line, you
-// can specify '-debug-only=foo' to enable JUST the debug information for the
-// foo class.
+// Alternatively, you can also define the DEBUG_TYPE macro to "foo" specify
+// that your debug code belongs to class "foo". Be careful that you only do
+// this after including Debug.h and not around any #include of headers. Headers
+// should define and undef the macro acround the code that needs to use the
+// DEBUG() macro. Then, on the command line, you can specify '-debug-only=foo'
+// to enable JUST the debug information for the foo class.
 //
 // When compiling without assertions, the -debug-* options and all code in
 // DEBUG() statements disappears, so it does not affect the runtime of the code.
@@ -30,12 +32,6 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-/// DEBUG_TYPE macro - Files can specify a DEBUG_TYPE as a string, which causes
-/// all of their DEBUG statements to be activatable with -debug-only=thatstring.
-#ifndef DEBUG_TYPE
-#define DEBUG_TYPE ""
-#endif
-
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 /// DebugFlag - This boolean is set to true if the '-debug' command line option
 /// is specified.  This should probably not be referenced directly, instead, use
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DebugLoc.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DebugLoc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 05f31d7..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DebugLoc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-//===---- llvm/Support/DebugLoc.h - Debug Location Information --*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines a number of light weight data structures used
-// to describe and track debug location information.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_DEBUGLOC_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_DEBUGLOC_H
-
-#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"

-
-namespace llvm {
-  template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo;
-  class MDNode;
-  class LLVMContext;
-
-  /// DebugLoc - Debug location id.  This is carried by Instruction, SDNode,
-  /// and MachineInstr to compactly encode file/line/scope information for an
-  /// operation.
-  class DebugLoc {
-    friend struct DenseMapInfo<DebugLoc>;
-
-    /// getEmptyKey() - A private constructor that returns an unknown that is
-    /// not equal to the tombstone key or DebugLoc().
-    static DebugLoc getEmptyKey() {
-      DebugLoc DL;
-      DL.LineCol = 1;
-      return DL;
-    }
-
-    /// getTombstoneKey() - A private constructor that returns an unknown that
-    /// is not equal to the empty key or DebugLoc().
-    static DebugLoc getTombstoneKey() {
-      DebugLoc DL;
-      DL.LineCol = 2;
-      return DL;
-    }
-
-    /// LineCol - This 32-bit value encodes the line and column number for the
-    /// location, encoded as 24-bits for line and 8 bits for col.  A value of 0
-    /// for either means unknown.
-    uint32_t LineCol;
-
-    /// ScopeIdx - This is an opaque ID# for Scope/InlinedAt information,
-    /// decoded by LLVMContext.  0 is unknown.
-    int ScopeIdx;
-  public:
-    DebugLoc() : LineCol(0), ScopeIdx(0) {}  // Defaults to unknown.
-
-    /// get - Get a new DebugLoc that corresponds to the specified line/col
-    /// scope/inline location.
-    static DebugLoc get(unsigned Line, unsigned Col,
-                        MDNode *Scope, MDNode *InlinedAt = 0);
-
-    /// getFromDILocation - Translate the DILocation quad into a DebugLoc.
-    static DebugLoc getFromDILocation(MDNode *N);
-
-    /// getFromDILexicalBlock - Translate the DILexicalBlock into a DebugLoc.
-    static DebugLoc getFromDILexicalBlock(MDNode *N);
-
-    /// isUnknown - Return true if this is an unknown location.
-    bool isUnknown() const { return ScopeIdx == 0; }
-
-    unsigned getLine() const {
-      return (LineCol << 8) >> 8;  // Mask out column.
-    }
-
-    unsigned getCol() const {
-      return LineCol >> 24;
-    }
-
-    /// getScope - This returns the scope pointer for this DebugLoc, or null if
-    /// invalid.
-    MDNode *getScope(const LLVMContext &Ctx) const;
-
-    /// getInlinedAt - This returns the InlinedAt pointer for this DebugLoc, or
-    /// null if invalid or not present.
-    MDNode *getInlinedAt(const LLVMContext &Ctx) const;
-
-    /// getScopeAndInlinedAt - Return both the Scope and the InlinedAt values.
-    void getScopeAndInlinedAt(MDNode *&Scope, MDNode *&IA,
-                              const LLVMContext &Ctx) const;
-
-
-    /// getAsMDNode - This method converts the compressed DebugLoc node into a
-    /// DILocation compatible MDNode.
-    MDNode *getAsMDNode(const LLVMContext &Ctx) const;
-
-    bool operator==(const DebugLoc &DL) const {
-      return LineCol == DL.LineCol && ScopeIdx == DL.ScopeIdx;
-    }
-    bool operator!=(const DebugLoc &DL) const { return !(*this == DL); }
-
-    void dump(const LLVMContext &Ctx) const;
-  };
-
-  template <>
-  struct DenseMapInfo<DebugLoc> {
-    static DebugLoc getEmptyKey() { return DebugLoc::getEmptyKey(); }
-    static DebugLoc getTombstoneKey() { return DebugLoc::getTombstoneKey(); }
-    static unsigned getHashValue(const DebugLoc &Key);
-    static bool isEqual(DebugLoc LHS, DebugLoc RHS) { return LHS == RHS; }
-  };
-} // end namespace llvm
-
-#endif /* LLVM_SUPPORT_DEBUGLOC_H */
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Disassembler.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Disassembler.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d1cc0f..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Disassembler.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Support/Disassembler.h ------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file implements the necessary glue to call external disassembler
-// libraries.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SYSTEM_DISASSEMBLER_H
-#define LLVM_SYSTEM_DISASSEMBLER_H
-
-#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
-#include <string>
-
-namespace llvm {
-namespace sys {
-
-/// This function returns true, if there is possible to use some external
-/// disassembler library. False otherwise.
-bool hasDisassembler();
-
-/// This function provides some "glue" code to call external disassembler
-/// libraries.
-std::string disassembleBuffer(uint8_t* start, size_t length, uint64_t pc = 0);
-
-}
-}
-
-#endif // LLVM_SYSTEM_DISASSEMBLER_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Dwarf.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Dwarf.h
index 23bbd1c..cd9f756 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Dwarf.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Dwarf.h
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ namespace llvm {
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Debug info constants.
 
-enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+enum : uint32_t {
   LLVMDebugVersion = (12 << 16),    // Current version of debug information.
   LLVMDebugVersion11 = (11 << 16),  // Constant for version 11.
   LLVMDebugVersion10 = (10 << 16),  // Constant for version 10.
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ namespace dwarf {
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Dwarf constants as gleaned from the DWARF Debugging Information Format V.4
-// reference manual http://dwarf.freestandards.org.
+// reference manual http://www.dwarfstd.org/.
 //
 
 // Do not mix the following two enumerations sets.  DW_TAG_invalid changes the
 // enumeration base type.
 
-enum LLVMConstants LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+enum LLVMConstants : uint32_t {
   // llvm mock tags
   DW_TAG_invalid = ~0U, // Tag for invalid results.
 
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ enum LLVMConstants LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
   DW_TAG_user_base = 0x1000, // Recommended base for user tags.
 
   DWARF_VERSION = 4,       // Default dwarf version we output.
-  DW_CIE_VERSION = 1,      // Common frame information version.
   DW_PUBTYPES_VERSION = 2, // Section version number for .debug_pubtypes.
   DW_PUBNAMES_VERSION = 2, // Section version number for .debug_pubnames.
   DW_ARANGES_VERSION = 2   // Section version number for .debug_aranges.
@@ -68,7 +67,7 @@ enum LLVMConstants LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
 const uint32_t DW_CIE_ID = UINT32_MAX;
 const uint64_t DW64_CIE_ID = UINT64_MAX;
 
-enum Tag LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint16_t) {
+enum Tag : uint16_t {
   DW_TAG_array_type = 0x01,
   DW_TAG_class_type = 0x02,
   DW_TAG_entry_point = 0x03,
@@ -129,6 +128,12 @@ enum Tag LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint16_t) {
   DW_TAG_type_unit = 0x41,
   DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type = 0x42,
   DW_TAG_template_alias = 0x43,
+
+  // New in DWARF 5:
+  DW_TAG_coarray_type = 0x44,
+  DW_TAG_generic_subrange = 0x45,
+  DW_TAG_dynamic_type = 0x46,
+
   DW_TAG_MIPS_loop = 0x4081,
   DW_TAG_format_label = 0x4101,
   DW_TAG_function_template = 0x4102,
@@ -169,7 +174,7 @@ inline bool isType(Tag T) {
   }
 }
 
-enum Attribute LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint16_t) {
+enum Attribute : uint16_t {
   // Attributes
   DW_AT_sibling = 0x01,
   DW_AT_location = 0x02,
@@ -264,6 +269,18 @@ enum Attribute LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint16_t) {
   DW_AT_enum_class = 0x6d,
   DW_AT_linkage_name = 0x6e,
 
+  // New in DWARF 5:
+  DW_AT_string_length_bit_size = 0x6f,
+  DW_AT_string_length_byte_size = 0x70,
+  DW_AT_rank = 0x71,
+  DW_AT_str_offsets_base = 0x72,
+  DW_AT_addr_base = 0x73,
+  DW_AT_ranges_base = 0x74,
+  DW_AT_dwo_id = 0x75,
+  DW_AT_dwo_name = 0x76,
+  DW_AT_reference = 0x77,
+  DW_AT_rvalue_reference = 0x78,
+
   DW_AT_lo_user = 0x2000,
   DW_AT_hi_user = 0x3fff,
 
@@ -323,7 +340,7 @@ enum Attribute LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint16_t) {
   DW_AT_APPLE_property = 0x3fed
 };
 
-enum Form LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint16_t) {
+enum Form : uint16_t {
   // Attribute form encodings
   DW_FORM_addr = 0x01,
   DW_FORM_block2 = 0x03,
@@ -605,7 +622,16 @@ enum SourceLanguage {
   DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus = 0x0011,
   DW_LANG_UPC = 0x0012,
   DW_LANG_D = 0x0013,
+  // New in DWARF 5:
   DW_LANG_Python = 0x0014,
+  DW_LANG_OpenCL = 0x0015,
+  DW_LANG_Go = 0x0016,
+  DW_LANG_Modula3 = 0x0017,
+  DW_LANG_Haskell = 0x0018,
+  DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_03 = 0x0019,
+  DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11 = 0x001a,
+  DW_LANG_OCaml = 0x001b,
+
   DW_LANG_lo_user = 0x8000,
   DW_LANG_Mips_Assembler = 0x8001,
   DW_LANG_hi_user = 0xffff
@@ -744,6 +770,15 @@ enum Constants {
   DW_EH_PE_indirect = 0x80
 };
 
+// Constants for debug_loc.dwo in the DWARF5 Split Debug Info Proposal
+enum LocationListEntry : unsigned char {
+  DW_LLE_end_of_list_entry,
+  DW_LLE_base_address_selection_entry,
+  DW_LLE_start_end_entry,
+  DW_LLE_start_length_entry,
+  DW_LLE_offset_pair_entry
+};
+
 enum ApplePropertyAttributes {
   // Apple Objective-C Property Attributes
   DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readonly = 0x01,
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DynamicLibrary.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DynamicLibrary.h
index 1e2d16c..de47be6 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DynamicLibrary.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/DynamicLibrary.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ namespace sys {
     /// It is safe to call this function multiple times for the same library.
     /// @brief Open a dynamic library permanently.
     static DynamicLibrary getPermanentLibrary(const char *filename,
-                                              std::string *errMsg = 0);
+                                              std::string *errMsg = nullptr);
 
     /// This function permanently loads the dynamic library at the given path.
     /// Use this instead of getPermanentLibrary() when you won't need to get
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ namespace sys {
     ///
     /// It is safe to call this function multiple times for the same library.
     static bool LoadLibraryPermanently(const char *Filename,
-                                       std::string *ErrMsg = 0) {
+                                       std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr) {
       return !getPermanentLibrary(Filename, ErrMsg).isValid();
     }
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h
index 541410f..42abe89 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h
@@ -124,6 +124,8 @@ enum {
 };
 
 // Machine architectures
+// See current registered ELF machine architectures at:
+//    http://www.uxsglobal.com/developers/gabi/latest/ch4.eheader.html
 enum {
   EM_NONE          = 0, // No machine
   EM_M32           = 1, // AT&T WE 32100
@@ -287,7 +289,26 @@ enum {
   EM_RL78          = 197, // Renesas RL78 family
   EM_VIDEOCORE5    = 198, // Broadcom VideoCore V processor
   EM_78KOR         = 199, // Renesas 78KOR family
-  EM_56800EX       = 200  // Freescale 56800EX Digital Signal Controller (DSC)
+  EM_56800EX       = 200, // Freescale 56800EX Digital Signal Controller (DSC)
+  EM_BA1           = 201, // Beyond BA1 CPU architecture
+  EM_BA2           = 202, // Beyond BA2 CPU architecture
+  EM_XCORE         = 203, // XMOS xCORE processor family
+  EM_MCHP_PIC      = 204, // Microchip 8-bit PIC(r) family
+  EM_INTEL205      = 205, // Reserved by Intel
+  EM_INTEL206      = 206, // Reserved by Intel
+  EM_INTEL207      = 207, // Reserved by Intel
+  EM_INTEL208      = 208, // Reserved by Intel
+  EM_INTEL209      = 209, // Reserved by Intel
+  EM_KM32          = 210, // KM211 KM32 32-bit processor
+  EM_KMX32         = 211, // KM211 KMX32 32-bit processor
+  EM_KMX16         = 212, // KM211 KMX16 16-bit processor
+  EM_KMX8          = 213, // KM211 KMX8 8-bit processor
+  EM_KVARC         = 214, // KM211 KVARC processor
+  EM_CDP           = 215, // Paneve CDP architecture family
+  EM_COGE          = 216, // Cognitive Smart Memory Processor
+  EM_COOL          = 217, // iCelero CoolEngine
+  EM_NORC          = 218, // Nanoradio Optimized RISC
+  EM_CSR_KALIMBA   = 219  // CSR Kalimba architecture family
 };
 
 // Object file classes.
@@ -475,6 +496,37 @@ enum {
   R_PPC_REL16_HA              = 252
 };
 
+// Specific e_flags for PPC64
+enum {
+  // e_flags bits specifying ABI:
+  // 1 for original ABI using function descriptors,
+  // 2 for revised ABI without function descriptors,
+  // 0 for unspecified or not using any features affected by the differences.
+  EF_PPC64_ABI = 3
+};
+
+// Special values for the st_other field in the symbol table entry for PPC64.
+enum {
+  STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT = 5,
+  STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK = (7 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT)
+};
+static inline int64_t
+decodePPC64LocalEntryOffset(unsigned Other) {
+  unsigned Val = (Other & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK) >> STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT;
+  return ((1 << Val) >> 2) << 2;
+}
+static inline unsigned
+encodePPC64LocalEntryOffset(int64_t Offset) {
+  unsigned Val = (Offset >= 4 * 4
+                  ? (Offset >= 8 * 4
+                     ? (Offset >= 16 * 4 ? 6 : 5)
+                     : 4)
+                  : (Offset >= 2 * 4
+                     ? 3
+                     : (Offset >= 1 * 4 ? 2 : 0)));
+  return Val << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT;
+}
+
 // ELF Relocation types for PPC64
 enum {
   R_PPC64_NONE                = 0,
@@ -652,7 +704,7 @@ enum {
 };
 
 // ARM Specific e_flags
-enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
+enum : unsigned {
   EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT =     0x00000200U,
   EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT =      0x00000400U,
   EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN =   0x00000000U,
@@ -802,10 +854,13 @@ enum {
 };
 
 // Mips Specific e_flags
-enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
+enum : unsigned {
   EF_MIPS_NOREORDER = 0x00000001, // Don't reorder instructions
   EF_MIPS_PIC       = 0x00000002, // Position independent code
   EF_MIPS_CPIC      = 0x00000004, // Call object with Position independent code
+  EF_MIPS_ABI2      = 0x00000020,
+  EF_MIPS_32BITMODE = 0x00000100,
+  EF_MIPS_NAN2008   = 0x00000400, // Uses IEE 754-2008 NaN encoding
   EF_MIPS_ABI_O32   = 0x00001000, // This file follows the first MIPS 32 bit ABI
 
   //ARCH_ASE
@@ -822,11 +877,12 @@ enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
   EF_MIPS_ARCH_64   = 0x60000000, // MIPS64 instruction set per linux not elf.h
   EF_MIPS_ARCH_32R2 = 0x70000000, // mips32r2
   EF_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 = 0x80000000, // mips64r2
+  EF_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 = 0x90000000, // mips32r6
+  EF_MIPS_ARCH_64R6 = 0xa0000000, // mips64r6
   EF_MIPS_ARCH      = 0xf0000000  // Mask for applying EF_MIPS_ARCH_ variant
 };
 
 // ELF Relocation types for Mips
-// .
 enum {
   R_MIPS_NONE              =  0,
   R_MIPS_16                =  1,
@@ -838,7 +894,6 @@ enum {
   R_MIPS_GPREL16           =  7,
   R_MIPS_LITERAL           =  8,
   R_MIPS_GOT16             =  9,
-  R_MIPS_GOT               =  9,
   R_MIPS_PC16              = 10,
   R_MIPS_CALL16            = 11,
   R_MIPS_GPREL32           = 12,
@@ -880,6 +935,15 @@ enum {
   R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16    = 49,
   R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16    = 50,
   R_MIPS_GLOB_DAT          = 51,
+  R_MIPS_PC21_S2           = 60,
+  R_MIPS_PC26_S2           = 61,
+  R_MIPS_PC18_S3           = 62,
+  R_MIPS_PC19_S2           = 63,
+  R_MIPS_PCHI16            = 64,
+  R_MIPS_PCLO16            = 65,
+  R_MIPS16_GOT16           = 102,
+  R_MIPS16_HI16            = 104,
+  R_MIPS16_LO16            = 105,
   R_MIPS_COPY              = 126,
   R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT         = 127,
   R_MICROMIPS_26_S1        = 133,
@@ -891,16 +955,23 @@ enum {
   R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP     = 145,
   R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE     = 146,
   R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST     = 147,
+  R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD          = 162,
+  R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM         = 163,
   R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 = 164,
   R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 = 165,
   R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16  = 169,
   R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16  = 170,
-  R_MIPS_NUM               = 218
+  R_MIPS_NUM               = 218,
+  R_MIPS_PC32              = 248
 };
 
 // Special values for the st_other field in the symbol table entry for MIPS.
 enum {
-  STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS       = 0x80 // MIPS Specific ISA for MicroMips
+  STO_MIPS_OPTIONAL        = 0x04,  // Symbol whose definition is optional
+  STO_MIPS_PLT             = 0x08,  // PLT entry related dynamic table record
+  STO_MIPS_PIC             = 0x20,  // PIC func in an object mixes PIC/non-PIC
+  STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS       = 0x80,  // MIPS Specific ISA for MicroMips
+  STO_MIPS_MIPS16          = 0xf0   // MIPS Specific ISA for Mips16
 };
 
 // Hexagon Specific e_flags
@@ -1219,7 +1290,7 @@ enum {
 };
 
 // Section types.
-enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
+enum : unsigned {
   SHT_NULL          = 0,  // No associated section (inactive entry).
   SHT_PROGBITS      = 1,  // Program-defined contents.
   SHT_SYMTAB        = 2,  // Symbol table.
@@ -1260,6 +1331,7 @@ enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
 
   SHT_MIPS_REGINFO        = 0x70000006, // Register usage information
   SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS        = 0x7000000d, // General options
+  SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS       = 0x7000002a, // ABI information.
 
   SHT_HIPROC        = 0x7fffffff, // Highest processor arch-specific type.
   SHT_LOUSER        = 0x80000000, // Lowest type reserved for applications.
@@ -1267,7 +1339,7 @@ enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
 };
 
 // Section flags.
-enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
+enum : unsigned {
   // Section data should be writable during execution.
   SHF_WRITE = 0x1,
 
@@ -1359,7 +1431,7 @@ enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
 };
 
 // Section Group Flags
-enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
+enum : unsigned {
   GRP_COMDAT = 0x1,
   GRP_MASKOS = 0x0ff00000,
   GRP_MASKPROC = 0xf0000000
@@ -1577,11 +1649,12 @@ enum {
   // MIPS program header types.
   PT_MIPS_REGINFO  = 0x70000000,  // Register usage information.
   PT_MIPS_RTPROC   = 0x70000001,  // Runtime procedure table.
-  PT_MIPS_OPTIONS  = 0x70000002   // Options segment.
+  PT_MIPS_OPTIONS  = 0x70000002,  // Options segment.
+  PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS = 0x70000003   // Abiflags segment.
 };
 
 // Segment flag bits.
-enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(unsigned) {
+enum : unsigned {
   PF_X        = 1,         // Execute
   PF_W        = 2,         // Write
   PF_R        = 4,         // Read
@@ -1655,6 +1728,7 @@ enum {
   DT_LOPROC       = 0x70000000, // Start of processor specific tags.
   DT_HIPROC       = 0x7FFFFFFF, // End of processor specific tags.
 
+  DT_GNU_HASH     = 0x6FFFFEF5, // Reference to the GNU hash table.
   DT_RELACOUNT    = 0x6FFFFFF9, // ELF32_Rela count.
   DT_RELCOUNT     = 0x6FFFFFFA, // ELF32_Rel count.
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Endian.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Endian.h
index 0d35849..455d0fc 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Endian.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Endian.h
@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Host.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/SwapByteOrder.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 namespace support {
@@ -35,13 +34,15 @@ namespace detail {
 } // end namespace detail
 
 namespace endian {
+/// Swap the bytes of value to match the given endianness.
 template<typename value_type, endianness endian>
 inline value_type byte_swap(value_type value) {
   if (endian != native && sys::IsBigEndianHost != (endian == big))
-    return sys::SwapByteOrder(value);
+    sys::swapByteOrder(value);
   return value;
 }
 
+/// Read a value of a particular endianness from memory.
 template<typename value_type,
          endianness endian,
          std::size_t alignment>
@@ -55,6 +56,16 @@ inline value_type read(const void *memory) {
   return byte_swap<value_type, endian>(ret);
 }
 
+/// Read a value of a particular endianness from a buffer, and increment the
+/// buffer past that value.
+template<typename value_type, endianness endian, std::size_t alignment>
+inline value_type readNext(const unsigned char *&memory) {
+  value_type ret = read<value_type, endian, alignment>(memory);
+  memory += sizeof(value_type);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/// Write a value to memory with a particular endianness.
 template<typename value_type,
          endianness endian,
          std::size_t alignment>
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/EndianStream.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/EndianStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89c66d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/EndianStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//===- EndianStream.h - Stream ops with endian specific data ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines utilities for operating on streams that have endian
+// specific data.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef _LLVM_SUPPORT_ENDIAN_STREAM_H_
+#define _LLVM_SUPPORT_ENDIAN_STREAM_H_
+
+#include <llvm/Support/Endian.h>
+#include <llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h>
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace support {
+
+namespace endian {
+/// Adapter to write values to a stream in a particular byte order.
+template <endianness endian> struct Writer {
+  raw_ostream &OS;
+  Writer(raw_ostream &OS) : OS(OS) {}
+  template <typename value_type> void write(value_type Val) {
+    Val = byte_swap<value_type, endian>(Val);
+    OS.write((const char *)&Val, sizeof(value_type));
+  }
+};
+} // end namespace endian
+
+} // end namespace support
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // _LLVM_SUPPORT_ENDIAN_STREAM_H_
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Errc.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Errc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80bfe2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Errc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+//===- llvm/Support/Errc.h - Defines the llvm::errc enum --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// While std::error_code works OK on all platforms we use, there are some
+// some problems with std::errc that can be avoided by using our own
+// enumeration:
+//
+// * std::errc is a namespace in some implementations. That meas that ADL
+//   doesn't work and it is sometimes necessary to write std::make_error_code
+//   or in templates:
+//   using std::make_error_code;
+//   make_error_code(...);
+//
+//   with this enum it is safe to always just use make_error_code.
+//
+// * Some implementations define fewer names than others. This header has
+//   the intersection of all the ones we support.
+//
+// * std::errc is just marked with is_error_condition_enum. This means that
+//   common patters like AnErrorCode == errc::no_such_file_or_directory take
+//   4 virtual calls instead of two comparisons.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_ERRC_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_ERRC_H
+
+#include <system_error>
+
+namespace llvm {
+enum class errc {
+  argument_list_too_long = int(std::errc::argument_list_too_long),
+  argument_out_of_domain = int(std::errc::argument_out_of_domain),
+  bad_address = int(std::errc::bad_address),
+  bad_file_descriptor = int(std::errc::bad_file_descriptor),
+  broken_pipe = int(std::errc::broken_pipe),
+  device_or_resource_busy = int(std::errc::device_or_resource_busy),
+  directory_not_empty = int(std::errc::directory_not_empty),
+  executable_format_error = int(std::errc::executable_format_error),
+  file_exists = int(std::errc::file_exists),
+  file_too_large = int(std::errc::file_too_large),
+  filename_too_long = int(std::errc::filename_too_long),
+  function_not_supported = int(std::errc::function_not_supported),
+  illegal_byte_sequence = int(std::errc::illegal_byte_sequence),
+  inappropriate_io_control_operation =
+      int(std::errc::inappropriate_io_control_operation),
+  interrupted = int(std::errc::interrupted),
+  invalid_argument = int(std::errc::invalid_argument),
+  invalid_seek = int(std::errc::invalid_seek),
+  io_error = int(std::errc::io_error),
+  is_a_directory = int(std::errc::is_a_directory),
+  no_child_process = int(std::errc::no_child_process),
+  no_lock_available = int(std::errc::no_lock_available),
+  no_space_on_device = int(std::errc::no_space_on_device),
+  no_such_device_or_address = int(std::errc::no_such_device_or_address),
+  no_such_device = int(std::errc::no_such_device),
+  no_such_file_or_directory = int(std::errc::no_such_file_or_directory),
+  no_such_process = int(std::errc::no_such_process),
+  not_a_directory = int(std::errc::not_a_directory),
+  not_enough_memory = int(std::errc::not_enough_memory),
+  operation_not_permitted = int(std::errc::operation_not_permitted),
+  permission_denied = int(std::errc::permission_denied),
+  read_only_file_system = int(std::errc::read_only_file_system),
+  resource_deadlock_would_occur = int(std::errc::resource_deadlock_would_occur),
+  resource_unavailable_try_again =
+      int(std::errc::resource_unavailable_try_again),
+  result_out_of_range = int(std::errc::result_out_of_range),
+  too_many_files_open_in_system = int(std::errc::too_many_files_open_in_system),
+  too_many_files_open = int(std::errc::too_many_files_open),
+  too_many_links = int(std::errc::too_many_links)
+};
+
+inline std::error_code make_error_code(errc E) {
+  return std::error_code(static_cast<int>(E), std::generic_category());
+}
+}
+
+namespace std {
+template <> struct is_error_code_enum<llvm::errc> : std::true_type {};
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h
index b948d97..9afd52d 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h
@@ -30,9 +30,6 @@ namespace llvm {
   /// install_fatal_error_handler - Installs a new error handler to be used
   /// whenever a serious (non-recoverable) error is encountered by LLVM.
   ///
-  /// If you are using llvm_start_multithreaded, you should register the handler
-  /// before doing that.
-  ///
   /// If no error handler is installed the default is to print the error message
   /// to stderr, and call exit(1).  If an error handler is installed then it is
   /// the handler's responsibility to log the message, it will no longer be
@@ -47,11 +44,9 @@ namespace llvm {
   /// \param user_data - An argument which will be passed to the install error
   /// handler.
   void install_fatal_error_handler(fatal_error_handler_t handler,
-                                   void *user_data = 0);
+                                   void *user_data = nullptr);
 
   /// Restores default error handling behaviour.
-  /// This must not be called between llvm_start_multithreaded() and
-  /// llvm_stop_multithreaded().
   void remove_fatal_error_handler();
 
   /// ScopedFatalErrorHandler - This is a simple helper class which just
@@ -59,7 +54,7 @@ namespace llvm {
   /// remove_fatal_error_handler in its destructor.
   struct ScopedFatalErrorHandler {
     explicit ScopedFatalErrorHandler(fatal_error_handler_t handler,
-                                     void *user_data = 0) {
+                                     void *user_data = nullptr) {
       install_fatal_error_handler(handler, user_data);
     }
 
@@ -86,9 +81,9 @@ namespace llvm {
   /// This function calls abort(), and prints the optional message to stderr.
   /// Use the llvm_unreachable macro (that adds location info), instead of
   /// calling this function directly.
-  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN void llvm_unreachable_internal(const char *msg=0,
-                                                         const char *file=0,
-                                                         unsigned line=0);
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN void
+  llvm_unreachable_internal(const char *msg=nullptr, const char *file=nullptr,
+                            unsigned line=0);
 }
 
 /// Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorOr.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorOr.h
index d5b11cb..0742a2d 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorOr.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ErrorOr.h
@@ -18,16 +18,11 @@
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
-
 #include <cassert>
-#if LLVM_HAS_CXX11_TYPETRAITS
+#include <system_error>
 #include <type_traits>
-#endif
 
 namespace llvm {
-#if LLVM_HAS_CXX11_TYPETRAITS && LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
 template<class T, class V>
 typename std::enable_if< std::is_constructible<T, V>::value
                        , typename std::remove_reference<V>::type>::type &&
@@ -41,12 +36,6 @@ typename std::enable_if< !std::is_constructible<T, V>::value
 moveIfMoveConstructible(V &Val) {
   return Val;
 }
-#else
-template<class T, class V>
-V &moveIfMoveConstructible(V &Val) {
-  return Val;
-}
-#endif
 
 /// \brief Stores a reference that can be changed.
 template <typename T>
@@ -71,11 +60,10 @@ public:
 /// It is used like the following.
 /// \code
 ///   ErrorOr<Buffer> getBuffer();
-///   void handleError(error_code ec);
 ///
 ///   auto buffer = getBuffer();
-///   if (!buffer)
-///     handleError(buffer);
+///   if (error_code ec = buffer.getError())
+///     return ec;
 ///   buffer->write("adena");
 /// \endcode
 ///
@@ -93,35 +81,33 @@ public:
 template<class T>
 class ErrorOr {
   template <class OtherT> friend class ErrorOr;
-  static const bool isRef = is_reference<T>::value;
-  typedef ReferenceStorage<typename remove_reference<T>::type> wrap;
+  static const bool isRef = std::is_reference<T>::value;
+  typedef ReferenceStorage<typename std::remove_reference<T>::type> wrap;
 
 public:
-  typedef typename
-    conditional< isRef
-               , wrap
-               , T
-               >::type storage_type;
+  typedef typename std::conditional<isRef, wrap, T>::type storage_type;
 
 private:
-  typedef typename remove_reference<T>::type &reference;
-  typedef typename remove_reference<T>::type *pointer;
+  typedef typename std::remove_reference<T>::type &reference;
+  typedef const typename std::remove_reference<T>::type &const_reference;
+  typedef typename std::remove_reference<T>::type *pointer;
 
 public:
   template <class E>
-  ErrorOr(E ErrorCode, typename enable_if_c<is_error_code_enum<E>::value ||
-                                            is_error_condition_enum<E>::value,
-                                            void *>::type = 0)
+  ErrorOr(E ErrorCode,
+          typename std::enable_if<std::is_error_code_enum<E>::value ||
+                                      std::is_error_condition_enum<E>::value,
+                                  void *>::type = 0)
       : HasError(true) {
-    new (getError()) error_code(make_error_code(ErrorCode));
+    new (getErrorStorage()) std::error_code(make_error_code(ErrorCode));
   }
 
-  ErrorOr(llvm::error_code EC) : HasError(true) {
-    new (getError()) error_code(EC);
+  ErrorOr(std::error_code EC) : HasError(true) {
+    new (getErrorStorage()) std::error_code(EC);
   }
 
   ErrorOr(T Val) : HasError(false) {
-    new (get()) storage_type(moveIfMoveConstructible<storage_type>(Val));
+    new (getStorage()) storage_type(moveIfMoveConstructible<storage_type>(Val));
   }
 
   ErrorOr(const ErrorOr &Other) {
@@ -144,7 +130,6 @@ public:
     return *this;
   }
 
-#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
   ErrorOr(ErrorOr &&Other) {
     moveConstruct(std::move(Other));
   }
@@ -164,31 +149,30 @@ public:
     moveAssign(std::move(Other));
     return *this;
   }
-#endif
 
   ~ErrorOr() {
     if (!HasError)
-      get()->~storage_type();
+      getStorage()->~storage_type();
   }
 
-  typedef void (*unspecified_bool_type)();
-  static void unspecified_bool_true() {}
-
   /// \brief Return false if there is an error.
-  operator unspecified_bool_type() const {
-    return HasError ? 0 : unspecified_bool_true;
+  LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const {
+    return !HasError;
   }
 
-  operator llvm::error_code() const {
-    return HasError ? *getError() : llvm::error_code::success();
+  reference get() { return *getStorage(); }
+  const_reference get() const { return const_cast<ErrorOr<T> >(this)->get(); }
+
+  std::error_code getError() const {
+    return HasError ? *getErrorStorage() : std::error_code();
   }
 
   pointer operator ->() {
-    return toPointer(get());
+    return toPointer(getStorage());
   }
 
   reference operator *() {
-    return *get();
+    return *getStorage();
   }
 
 private:
@@ -197,11 +181,11 @@ private:
     if (!Other.HasError) {
       // Get the other value.
       HasError = false;
-      new (get()) storage_type(*Other.get());
+      new (getStorage()) storage_type(*Other.getStorage());
     } else {
       // Get other's error.
       HasError = true;
-      new (getError()) error_code(Other);
+      new (getErrorStorage()) std::error_code(Other.getError());
     }
   }
 
@@ -224,17 +208,16 @@ private:
     new (this) ErrorOr(Other);
   }
 
-#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
   template <class OtherT>
   void moveConstruct(ErrorOr<OtherT> &&Other) {
     if (!Other.HasError) {
       // Get the other value.
       HasError = false;
-      new (get()) storage_type(std::move(*Other.get()));
+      new (getStorage()) storage_type(std::move(*Other.getStorage()));
     } else {
       // Get other's error.
       HasError = true;
-      new (getError()) error_code(Other);
+      new (getErrorStorage()) std::error_code(Other.getError());
     }
   }
 
@@ -246,7 +229,6 @@ private:
     this->~ErrorOr();
     new (this) ErrorOr(std::move(Other));
   }
-#endif
 
   pointer toPointer(pointer Val) {
     return Val;
@@ -256,38 +238,39 @@ private:
     return &Val->get();
   }
 
-  storage_type *get() {
+  storage_type *getStorage() {
     assert(!HasError && "Cannot get value when an error exists!");
     return reinterpret_cast<storage_type*>(TStorage.buffer);
   }
 
-  const storage_type *get() const {
+  const storage_type *getStorage() const {
     assert(!HasError && "Cannot get value when an error exists!");
     return reinterpret_cast<const storage_type*>(TStorage.buffer);
   }
 
-  error_code *getError() {
+  std::error_code *getErrorStorage() {
     assert(HasError && "Cannot get error when a value exists!");
-    return reinterpret_cast<error_code*>(ErrorStorage.buffer);
+    return reinterpret_cast<std::error_code *>(ErrorStorage.buffer);
   }
 
-  const error_code *getError() const {
-    return const_cast<ErrorOr<T> *>(this)->getError();
+  const std::error_code *getErrorStorage() const {
+    return const_cast<ErrorOr<T> *>(this)->getErrorStorage();
   }
 
 
   union {
     AlignedCharArrayUnion<storage_type> TStorage;
-    AlignedCharArrayUnion<error_code> ErrorStorage;
+    AlignedCharArrayUnion<std::error_code> ErrorStorage;
   };
   bool HasError : 1;
 };
 
-template<class T, class E>
-typename enable_if_c<is_error_code_enum<E>::value ||
-                     is_error_condition_enum<E>::value, bool>::type
-operator ==(ErrorOr<T> &Err, E Code) {
-  return error_code(Err) == Code;
+template <class T, class E>
+typename std::enable_if<std::is_error_code_enum<E>::value ||
+                            std::is_error_condition_enum<E>::value,
+                        bool>::type
+operator==(ErrorOr<T> &Err, E Code) {
+  return std::error_code(Err) == Code;
 }
 } // end namespace llvm
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FEnv.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FEnv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8560ee0..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FEnv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Support/FEnv.h - Host floating-point exceptions ------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file provides an operating system independent interface to
-// floating-point exception interfaces.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_FENV_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_FENV_H
-
-#include "llvm/Config/config.h"
-#include <cerrno>
-#ifdef HAVE_FENV_H
-#include <fenv.h>
-#endif
-
-// FIXME: Clang's #include handling apparently doesn't work for libstdc++'s
-// fenv.h; see PR6907 for details.
-#if defined(__clang__) && defined(_GLIBCXX_FENV_H)
-#undef HAVE_FENV_H
-#endif
-
-namespace llvm {
-namespace sys {
-
-/// llvm_fenv_clearexcept - Clear the floating-point exception state.
-static inline void llvm_fenv_clearexcept() {
-#if defined(HAVE_FENV_H) && HAVE_DECL_FE_ALL_EXCEPT
-  feclearexcept(FE_ALL_EXCEPT);
-#endif
-  errno = 0;
-}
-
-/// llvm_fenv_testexcept - Test if a floating-point exception was raised.
-static inline bool llvm_fenv_testexcept() {
-  int errno_val = errno;
-  if (errno_val == ERANGE || errno_val == EDOM)
-    return true;
-#if defined(HAVE_FENV_H) && HAVE_DECL_FE_ALL_EXCEPT && HAVE_DECL_FE_INEXACT
-  if (fetestexcept(FE_ALL_EXCEPT & ~FE_INEXACT))
-    return true;
-#endif
-  return false;
-}
-
-} // End sys namespace
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h
index cbc9c46..0a9a979 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h
@@ -14,15 +14,12 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_FILEOUTPUTBUFFER_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_FILEOUTPUTBUFFER_H
 
-#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
-class error_code;
-
 /// FileOutputBuffer - This interface provides simple way to create an in-memory
 /// buffer which will be written to a file. During the lifetime of these
 /// objects, the content or existence of the specified file is undefined. That
@@ -40,9 +37,9 @@ public:
   /// Factory method to create an OutputBuffer object which manages a read/write
   /// buffer of the specified size. When committed, the buffer will be written
   /// to the file at the specified path.
-  static error_code create(StringRef FilePath, size_t Size,
-                           OwningPtr<FileOutputBuffer> &Result,
-                           unsigned Flags = 0);
+  static std::error_code create(StringRef FilePath, size_t Size,
+                                std::unique_ptr<FileOutputBuffer> &Result,
+                                unsigned Flags = 0);
 
   /// Returns a pointer to the start of the buffer.
   uint8_t *getBufferStart() {
@@ -69,7 +66,7 @@ public:
   /// is called, the file is deleted in the destructor. The optional parameter
   /// is used if it turns out you want the file size to be smaller than
   /// initially requested.
-  error_code commit(int64_t NewSmallerSize = -1);
+  std::error_code commit(int64_t NewSmallerSize = -1);
 
   /// If this object was previously committed, the destructor just deletes
   /// this object.  If this object was not committed, the destructor
@@ -83,7 +80,7 @@ private:
   FileOutputBuffer(llvm::sys::fs::mapped_file_region *R,
                    StringRef Path, StringRef TempPath);
 
-  OwningPtr<llvm::sys::fs::mapped_file_region> Region;
+  std::unique_ptr<llvm::sys::fs::mapped_file_region> Region;
   SmallString<128>    FinalPath;
   SmallString<128>    TempPath;
 };
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h
index d301f84..556701c 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h
@@ -28,17 +28,17 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_FILESYSTEM_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
 #include <ctime>
 #include <iterator>
 #include <stack>
 #include <string>
+#include <system_error>
+#include <tuple>
 #include <vector>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
@@ -49,28 +49,18 @@ namespace llvm {
 namespace sys {
 namespace fs {
 
-/// file_type - An "enum class" enumeration for the file system's view of the
-///             type.
-struct file_type {
-  enum _ {
-    status_error,
-    file_not_found,
-    regular_file,
-    directory_file,
-    symlink_file,
-    block_file,
-    character_file,
-    fifo_file,
-    socket_file,
-    type_unknown
-  };
-
-  file_type(_ v) : v_(v) {}
-  explicit file_type(int v) : v_(_(v)) {}
-  operator int() const {return v_;}
-
-private:
-  int v_;
+/// An enumeration for the file system's view of the type.
+enum class file_type {
+  status_error,
+  file_not_found,
+  regular_file,
+  directory_file,
+  symlink_file,
+  block_file,
+  character_file,
+  fifo_file,
+  socket_file,
+  type_unknown
 };
 
 /// space_info - Self explanatory.
@@ -137,15 +127,14 @@ public:
   }
   bool operator!=(const UniqueID &Other) const { return !(*this == Other); }
   bool operator<(const UniqueID &Other) const {
-    return Device < Other.Device ||
-           (Device == Other.Device && File < Other.File);
+    return std::tie(Device, File) < std::tie(Other.Device, Other.File);
   }
   uint64_t getDevice() const { return Device; }
   uint64_t getFile() const { return File; }
 };
 
 /// file_status - Represents the result of a call to stat and friends. It has
-///               a platform specific member to store the result.
+///               a platform-specific member to store the result.
 class file_status
 {
   #if defined(LLVM_ON_UNIX)
@@ -168,15 +157,30 @@ class file_status
   file_type Type;
   perms Perms;
 public:
-  file_status() : Type(file_type::status_error) {}
-  file_status(file_type Type) : Type(Type) {}
-
   #if defined(LLVM_ON_UNIX)
+    file_status() : fs_st_dev(0), fs_st_ino(0), fs_st_mtime(0),
+        fs_st_uid(0), fs_st_gid(0), fs_st_size(0),
+        Type(file_type::status_error), Perms(perms_not_known) {}
+
+    file_status(file_type Type) : fs_st_dev(0), fs_st_ino(0), fs_st_mtime(0),
+        fs_st_uid(0), fs_st_gid(0), fs_st_size(0), Type(Type),
+        Perms(perms_not_known) {}
+
     file_status(file_type Type, perms Perms, dev_t Dev, ino_t Ino, time_t MTime,
                 uid_t UID, gid_t GID, off_t Size)
         : fs_st_dev(Dev), fs_st_ino(Ino), fs_st_mtime(MTime), fs_st_uid(UID),
           fs_st_gid(GID), fs_st_size(Size), Type(Type), Perms(Perms) {}
   #elif defined(LLVM_ON_WIN32)
+    file_status() : LastWriteTimeHigh(0), LastWriteTimeLow(0),
+        VolumeSerialNumber(0), FileSizeHigh(0), FileSizeLow(0),
+        FileIndexHigh(0), FileIndexLow(0), Type(file_type::status_error),
+        Perms(perms_not_known) {}
+
+    file_status(file_type Type) : LastWriteTimeHigh(0), LastWriteTimeLow(0),
+        VolumeSerialNumber(0), FileSizeHigh(0), FileSizeLow(0),
+        FileIndexHigh(0), FileIndexLow(0), Type(Type),
+        Perms(perms_not_known) {}
+
     file_status(file_type Type, uint32_t LastWriteTimeHigh,
                 uint32_t LastWriteTimeLow, uint32_t VolumeSerialNumber,
                 uint32_t FileSizeHigh, uint32_t FileSizeLow,
@@ -269,107 +273,81 @@ private:
 ///
 /// @param path A path that is modified to be an absolute path.
 /// @returns errc::success if \a path has been made absolute, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code make_absolute(SmallVectorImpl<char> &path);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code make_absolute(SmallVectorImpl<char> &path);
+
+/// @brief Normalize path separators in \a Path
+///
+/// If the path contains any '\' separators, they are transformed into '/'.
+/// This is particularly useful when cross-compiling Windows on Linux, but is
+/// safe to invoke on Windows, which accepts both characters as a path
+/// separator.
+std::error_code normalize_separators(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Path);
 
 /// @brief Create all the non-existent directories in path.
 ///
 /// @param path Directories to create.
-/// @param existed Set to true if \a path already existed, false otherwise.
-/// @returns errc::success if is_directory(path) and existed have been set,
-///          otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code create_directories(const Twine &path, bool &existed);
-
-/// @brief Convenience function for clients that don't need to know if the
-///        directory existed or not.
-inline error_code create_directories(const Twine &Path) {
-  bool Existed;
-  return create_directories(Path, Existed);
-}
+/// @returns errc::success if is_directory(path), otherwise a platform
+///          specific error_code. If IgnoreExisting is false, also returns
+///          error if the directory already existed.
+std::error_code create_directories(const Twine &path,
+                                   bool IgnoreExisting = true);
 
 /// @brief Create the directory in path.
 ///
 /// @param path Directory to create.
-/// @param existed Set to true if \a path already existed, false otherwise.
-/// @returns errc::success if is_directory(path) and existed have been set,
-///          otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code create_directory(const Twine &path, bool &existed);
-
-/// @brief Convenience function for clients that don't need to know if the
-///        directory existed or not.
-inline error_code create_directory(const Twine &Path) {
-  bool Existed;
-  return create_directory(Path, Existed);
-}
+/// @returns errc::success if is_directory(path), otherwise a platform
+///          specific error_code. If IgnoreExisting is false, also returns
+///          error if the directory already existed.
+std::error_code create_directory(const Twine &path, bool IgnoreExisting = true);
 
-/// @brief Create a hard link from \a from to \a to.
+/// @brief Create a link from \a from to \a to.
+///
+/// The link may be a soft or a hard link, depending on the platform. The caller
+/// may not assume which one. Currently on windows it creates a hard link since
+/// soft links require extra privileges. On unix, it creates a soft link since
+/// hard links don't work on SMB file systems.
 ///
 /// @param to The path to hard link to.
 /// @param from The path to hard link from. This is created.
-/// @returns errc::success if exists(to) && exists(from) && equivalent(to, from)
-///          , otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code create_hard_link(const Twine &to, const Twine &from);
-
-/// @brief Create a symbolic link from \a from to \a to.
-///
-/// @param to The path to symbolically link to.
-/// @param from The path to symbolically link from. This is created.
-/// @returns errc::success if exists(to) && exists(from) && is_symlink(from),
-///          otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code create_symlink(const Twine &to, const Twine &from);
+/// @returns errc::success if the link was created, otherwise a platform
+/// specific error_code.
+std::error_code create_link(const Twine &to, const Twine &from);
 
 /// @brief Get the current path.
 ///
 /// @param result Holds the current path on return.
 /// @returns errc::success if the current path has been stored in result,
-///          otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code current_path(SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
+///          otherwise a platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code current_path(SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
 
 /// @brief Remove path. Equivalent to POSIX remove().
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
-/// @param existed Set to true if \a path existed, false if it did not.
-///                undefined otherwise.
-/// @returns errc::success if path has been removed and existed has been
-///          successfully set, otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code remove(const Twine &path, bool &existed);
-
-/// @brief Convenience function for clients that don't need to know if the file
-///        existed or not.
-inline error_code remove(const Twine &Path) {
-  bool Existed;
-  return remove(Path, Existed);
-}
-
-/// @brief Recursively remove all files below \a path, then \a path. Files are
-///        removed as if by POSIX remove().
-///
-/// @param path Input path.
-/// @param num_removed Number of files removed.
-/// @returns errc::success if path has been removed and num_removed has been
-///          successfully set, otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code remove_all(const Twine &path, uint32_t &num_removed);
-
-/// @brief Convenience function for clients that don't need to know how many
-///        files were removed.
-inline error_code remove_all(const Twine &Path) {
-  uint32_t Removed;
-  return remove_all(Path, Removed);
-}
+/// @returns errc::success if path has been removed or didn't exist, otherwise a
+///          platform-specific error code. If IgnoreNonExisting is false, also
+///          returns error if the file didn't exist.
+std::error_code remove(const Twine &path, bool IgnoreNonExisting = true);
 
 /// @brief Rename \a from to \a to. Files are renamed as if by POSIX rename().
 ///
 /// @param from The path to rename from.
 /// @param to The path to rename to. This is created.
-error_code rename(const Twine &from, const Twine &to);
+std::error_code rename(const Twine &from, const Twine &to);
+
+/// @brief Copy the contents of \a From to \a To.
+///
+/// @param From The path to copy from.
+/// @param To The path to copy to. This is created.
+std::error_code copy_file(const Twine &From, const Twine &To);
 
 /// @brief Resize path to size. File is resized as if by POSIX truncate().
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param size Size to resize to.
 /// @returns errc::success if \a path has been resized to \a size, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code resize_file(const Twine &path, uint64_t size);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code resize_file(const Twine &path, uint64_t size);
 
 /// @}
 /// @name Physical Observers
@@ -388,8 +366,8 @@ bool exists(file_status status);
 /// @param result Set to true if the file represented by status exists, false if
 ///               it does not. Undefined otherwise.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code exists(const Twine &path, bool &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code exists(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Simpler version of exists for clients that don't need to
 ///        differentiate between an error and false.
@@ -430,8 +408,8 @@ bool equivalent(file_status A, file_status B);
 /// @param result Set to true if stat(A) and stat(B) have the same device and
 ///               inode (or equivalent).
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code equivalent(const Twine &A, const Twine &B, bool &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code equivalent(const Twine &A, const Twine &B, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Simpler version of equivalent for clients that don't need to
 ///        differentiate between an error and false.
@@ -452,8 +430,8 @@ bool is_directory(file_status status);
 /// @param result Set to true if \a path is a directory, false if it is not.
 ///               Undefined otherwise.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code is_directory(const Twine &path, bool &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code is_directory(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Simpler version of is_directory for clients that don't need to
 ///        differentiate between an error and false.
@@ -474,8 +452,8 @@ bool is_regular_file(file_status status);
 /// @param result Set to true if \a path is a regular file, false if it is not.
 ///               Undefined otherwise.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code is_regular_file(const Twine &path, bool &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code is_regular_file(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Simpler version of is_regular_file for clients that don't need to
 ///        differentiate between an error and false.
@@ -490,8 +468,7 @@ inline bool is_regular_file(const Twine &Path) {
 ///        directory, regular file, or symlink?
 ///
 /// @param status A file_status previously returned from status.
-/// @returns exists(s) && !is_regular_file(s) && !is_directory(s) &&
-///          !is_symlink(s)
+/// @returns exists(s) && !is_regular_file(s) && !is_directory(s)
 bool is_other(file_status status);
 
 /// @brief Is path something that exists but is not a directory,
@@ -501,51 +478,41 @@ bool is_other(file_status status);
 /// @param result Set to true if \a path exists, but is not a directory, regular
 ///               file, or a symlink, false if it does not. Undefined otherwise.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code is_other(const Twine &path, bool &result);
-
-/// @brief Does status represent a symlink?
-///
-/// @param status A file_status previously returned from stat.
-/// @returns status.type() == symlink_file.
-bool is_symlink(file_status status);
-
-/// @brief Is path a symlink?
-///
-/// @param path Input path.
-/// @param result Set to true if \a path is a symlink, false if it is not.
-///               Undefined otherwise.
-/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code is_symlink(const Twine &path, bool &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code is_other(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Get file status as if by POSIX stat().
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to the file status.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code status(const Twine &path, file_status &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code status(const Twine &path, file_status &result);
 
 /// @brief A version for when a file descriptor is already available.
-error_code status(int FD, file_status &Result);
+std::error_code status(int FD, file_status &Result);
 
 /// @brief Get file size.
 ///
 /// @param Path Input path.
 /// @param Result Set to the size of the file in \a Path.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-inline error_code file_size(const Twine &Path, uint64_t &Result) {
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+inline std::error_code file_size(const Twine &Path, uint64_t &Result) {
   file_status Status;
-  error_code EC = status(Path, Status);
+  std::error_code EC = status(Path, Status);
   if (EC)
     return EC;
   Result = Status.getSize();
-  return error_code::success();
+  return std::error_code();
 }
 
-error_code setLastModificationAndAccessTime(int FD, TimeValue Time);
+/// @brief Set the file modification and access time.
+///
+/// @returns errc::success if the file times were successfully set, otherwise a
+///          platform-specific error_code or errc::function_not_supported on
+///          platforms where the functionality isn't available.
+std::error_code setLastModificationAndAccessTime(int FD, TimeValue Time);
 
 /// @brief Is status available?
 ///
@@ -558,8 +525,8 @@ bool status_known(file_status s);
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to true if status() != status_error.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code status_known(const Twine &path, bool &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code status_known(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Create a uniquely named file.
 ///
@@ -581,14 +548,14 @@ error_code status_known(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 /// @param ResultFD Set to the opened file's file descriptor.
 /// @param ResultPath Set to the opened file's absolute path.
 /// @returns errc::success if Result{FD,Path} have been successfully set,
-///          otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code createUniqueFile(const Twine &Model, int &ResultFD,
-                            SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath,
-                            unsigned Mode = all_read | all_write);
+///          otherwise a platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code createUniqueFile(const Twine &Model, int &ResultFD,
+                                 SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath,
+                                 unsigned Mode = all_read | all_write);
 
 /// @brief Simpler version for clients that don't want an open file.
-error_code createUniqueFile(const Twine &Model,
-                            SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
+std::error_code createUniqueFile(const Twine &Model,
+                                 SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
 
 /// @brief Create a file in the system temporary directory.
 ///
@@ -598,18 +565,18 @@ error_code createUniqueFile(const Twine &Model,
 ///
 /// This should be used for things like a temporary .s that is removed after
 /// running the assembler.
-error_code createTemporaryFile(const Twine &Prefix, StringRef Suffix,
-                               int &ResultFD,
-                               SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
+std::error_code createTemporaryFile(const Twine &Prefix, StringRef Suffix,
+                                    int &ResultFD,
+                                    SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
 
 /// @brief Simpler version for clients that don't want an open file.
-error_code createTemporaryFile(const Twine &Prefix, StringRef Suffix,
-                               SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
+std::error_code createTemporaryFile(const Twine &Prefix, StringRef Suffix,
+                                    SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
 
-error_code createUniqueDirectory(const Twine &Prefix,
-                                 SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
+std::error_code createUniqueDirectory(const Twine &Prefix,
+                                      SmallVectorImpl<char> &ResultPath);
 
-enum OpenFlags {
+enum OpenFlags : unsigned {
   F_None = 0,
 
   /// F_Excl - When opening a file, this flag makes raw_fd_ostream
@@ -621,9 +588,12 @@ enum OpenFlags {
   /// with F_Excl.
   F_Append = 2,
 
-  /// F_Binary - The file should be opened in binary mode on platforms that
-  /// make this distinction.
-  F_Binary = 4
+  /// The file should be opened in text mode on platforms that make this
+  /// distinction.
+  F_Text = 4,
+
+  /// Open the file for read and write.
+  F_RW = 8
 };
 
 inline OpenFlags operator|(OpenFlags A, OpenFlags B) {
@@ -635,31 +605,10 @@ inline OpenFlags &operator|=(OpenFlags &A, OpenFlags B) {
   return A;
 }
 
-error_code openFileForWrite(const Twine &Name, int &ResultFD, OpenFlags Flags,
-                            unsigned Mode = 0666);
+std::error_code openFileForWrite(const Twine &Name, int &ResultFD,
+                                 OpenFlags Flags, unsigned Mode = 0666);
 
-error_code openFileForRead(const Twine &Name, int &ResultFD);
-
-/// @brief Are \a path's first bytes \a magic?
-///
-/// @param path Input path.
-/// @param magic Byte sequence to compare \a path's first len(magic) bytes to.
-/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code has_magic(const Twine &path, const Twine &magic, bool &result);
-
-/// @brief Get \a path's first \a len bytes.
-///
-/// @param path Input path.
-/// @param len Number of magic bytes to get.
-/// @param result Set to the first \a len bytes in the file pointed to by
-///               \a path. Or the entire file if file_size(path) < len, in which
-///               case result.size() returns the size of the file.
-/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set,
-///          errc::value_too_large if len is larger then the file pointed to by
-///          \a path, otherwise a platform specific error_code.
-error_code get_magic(const Twine &path, uint32_t len,
-                     SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
+std::error_code openFileForRead(const Twine &Name, int &ResultFD);
 
 /// @brief Identify the type of a binary file based on how magical it is.
 file_magic identify_magic(StringRef magic);
@@ -669,10 +618,10 @@ file_magic identify_magic(StringRef magic);
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to the type of file, or file_magic::unknown.
 /// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code identify_magic(const Twine &path, file_magic &result);
+///          platform-specific error_code.
+std::error_code identify_magic(const Twine &path, file_magic &result);
 
-error_code getUniqueID(const Twine Path, UniqueID &Result);
+std::error_code getUniqueID(const Twine Path, UniqueID &Result);
 
 /// This class represents a memory mapped file. It is based on
 /// boost::iostreams::mapped_file.
@@ -689,7 +638,7 @@ public:
   };
 
 private:
-  /// Platform specific mapping state.
+  /// Platform-specific mapping state.
   mapmode Mode;
   uint64_t Size;
   void *Mapping;
@@ -699,15 +648,13 @@ private:
   void *FileMappingHandle;
 #endif
 
-  error_code init(int FD, bool CloseFD, uint64_t Offset);
+  std::error_code init(int FD, bool CloseFD, uint64_t Offset);
 
 public:
   typedef char char_type;
 
-#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
   mapped_file_region(mapped_file_region&&);
   mapped_file_region &operator =(mapped_file_region&&);
-#endif
 
   /// Construct a mapped_file_region at \a path starting at \a offset of length
   /// \a length and with access \a mode.
@@ -723,21 +670,14 @@ public:
   ///               mapped_file_region::alignment().
   /// \param ec This is set to errc::success if the map was constructed
   ///           successfully. Otherwise it is set to a platform dependent error.
-  mapped_file_region(const Twine &path,
-                     mapmode mode,
-                     uint64_t length,
-                     uint64_t offset,
-                     error_code &ec);
+  mapped_file_region(const Twine &path, mapmode mode, uint64_t length,
+                     uint64_t offset, std::error_code &ec);
 
   /// \param fd An open file descriptor to map. mapped_file_region takes
   ///   ownership if closefd is true. It must have been opended in the correct
   ///   mode.
-  mapped_file_region(int fd,
-                     bool closefd,
-                     mapmode mode,
-                     uint64_t length,
-                     uint64_t offset,
-                     error_code &ec);
+  mapped_file_region(int fd, bool closefd, mapmode mode, uint64_t length,
+                     uint64_t offset, std::error_code &ec);
 
   ~mapped_file_region();
 
@@ -753,30 +693,6 @@ public:
   static int alignment();
 };
 
-/// @brief Memory maps the contents of a file
-///
-/// @param path Path to file to map.
-/// @param file_offset Byte offset in file where mapping should begin.
-/// @param size Byte length of range of the file to map.
-/// @param map_writable If true, the file will be mapped in r/w such
-///        that changes to the mapped buffer will be flushed back
-///        to the file.  If false, the file will be mapped read-only
-///        and the buffer will be read-only.
-/// @param result Set to the start address of the mapped buffer.
-/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code map_file_pages(const Twine &path, off_t file_offset, size_t size,  
-                          bool map_writable, void *&result);
-
-
-/// @brief Memory unmaps the contents of a file
-///
-/// @param base Pointer to the start of the buffer.
-/// @param size Byte length of the range to unmmap.
-/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
-///          platform specific error_code.
-error_code unmap_file_pages(void *base, size_t size);
-
 /// Return the path to the main executable, given the value of argv[0] from
 /// program startup and the address of main itself. In extremis, this function
 /// may fail and return an empty path.
@@ -808,7 +724,7 @@ public:
   void replace_filename(const Twine &filename, file_status st = file_status());
 
   const std::string &path() const { return Path; }
-  error_code status(file_status &result) const;
+  std::error_code status(file_status &result) const;
 
   bool operator==(const directory_entry& rhs) const { return Path == rhs.Path; }
   bool operator!=(const directory_entry& rhs) const { return !(*this == rhs); }
@@ -821,9 +737,9 @@ public:
 namespace detail {
   struct DirIterState;
 
-  error_code directory_iterator_construct(DirIterState&, StringRef);
-  error_code directory_iterator_increment(DirIterState&);
-  error_code directory_iterator_destruct(DirIterState&);
+  std::error_code directory_iterator_construct(DirIterState &, StringRef);
+  std::error_code directory_iterator_increment(DirIterState &);
+  std::error_code directory_iterator_destruct(DirIterState &);
 
   /// DirIterState - Keeps state for the directory_iterator. It is reference
   /// counted in order to preserve InputIterator semantics on copy.
@@ -847,23 +763,23 @@ class directory_iterator {
   IntrusiveRefCntPtr<detail::DirIterState> State;
 
 public:
-  explicit directory_iterator(const Twine &path, error_code &ec) {
+  explicit directory_iterator(const Twine &path, std::error_code &ec) {
     State = new detail::DirIterState;
     SmallString<128> path_storage;
     ec = detail::directory_iterator_construct(*State,
             path.toStringRef(path_storage));
   }
 
-  explicit directory_iterator(const directory_entry &de, error_code &ec) {
+  explicit directory_iterator(const directory_entry &de, std::error_code &ec) {
     State = new detail::DirIterState;
     ec = detail::directory_iterator_construct(*State, de.path());
   }
 
   /// Construct end iterator.
-  directory_iterator() : State(0) {}
+  directory_iterator() : State(nullptr) {}
 
   // No operator++ because we need error_code.
-  directory_iterator &increment(error_code &ec) {
+  directory_iterator &increment(std::error_code &ec) {
     ec = directory_iterator_increment(*State);
     return *this;
   }
@@ -874,9 +790,9 @@ public:
   bool operator==(const directory_iterator &RHS) const {
     if (State == RHS.State)
       return true;
-    if (RHS.State == 0)
+    if (!RHS.State)
       return State->CurrentEntry == directory_entry();
-    if (State == 0)
+    if (!State)
       return RHS.State->CurrentEntry == directory_entry();
     return State->CurrentEntry == RHS.State->CurrentEntry;
   }
@@ -909,14 +825,14 @@ class recursive_directory_iterator {
 
 public:
   recursive_directory_iterator() {}
-  explicit recursive_directory_iterator(const Twine &path, error_code &ec)
-    : State(new detail::RecDirIterState) {
+  explicit recursive_directory_iterator(const Twine &path, std::error_code &ec)
+      : State(new detail::RecDirIterState) {
     State->Stack.push(directory_iterator(path, ec));
     if (State->Stack.top() == directory_iterator())
       State.reset();
   }
   // No operator++ because we need error_code.
-  recursive_directory_iterator &increment(error_code &ec) {
+  recursive_directory_iterator &increment(std::error_code &ec) {
     const directory_iterator end_itr;
 
     if (State->HasNoPushRequest)
@@ -965,7 +881,7 @@ public:
     assert(State->Level > 0 && "Cannot pop an iterator with level < 1");
 
     const directory_iterator end_itr;
-    error_code ec;
+    std::error_code ec;
     do {
       if (ec)
         report_fatal_error("Error incrementing directory iterator.");
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileUtilities.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileUtilities.h
index 79c59e4..3f2f176 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileUtilities.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FileUtilities.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ namespace llvm {
   int DiffFilesWithTolerance(StringRef FileA,
                              StringRef FileB,
                              double AbsTol, double RelTol,
-                             std::string *Error = 0);
+                             std::string *Error = nullptr);
 
 
   /// FileRemover - This class is a simple object meant to be stack allocated.
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     ~FileRemover() {
       if (DeleteIt) {
         // Ignore problems deleting the file.
-        bool existed;
-        sys::fs::remove(Filename.str(), existed);
+        sys::fs::remove(Filename.str());
       }
     }
 
@@ -62,8 +61,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     void setFile(const Twine& filename, bool deleteIt = true) {
       if (DeleteIt) {
         // Ignore problems deleting the file.
-        bool existed;
-        sys::fs::remove(Filename.str(), existed);
+        sys::fs::remove(Filename.str());
       }
 
       Filename.clear();
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Format.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Format.h
index aaa54e1..b713cc7 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Format.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Format.h
@@ -36,23 +36,23 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-/// format_object_base - This is a helper class used for handling formatted
-/// output.  It is the abstract base class of a templated derived class.
+/// This is a helper class used for handling formatted output.  It is the
+/// abstract base class of a templated derived class.
 class format_object_base {
 protected:
   const char *Fmt;
   virtual void home(); // Out of line virtual method.
 
-  /// snprint - Call snprintf() for this object, on the given buffer and size.
+  /// Call snprintf() for this object, on the given buffer and size.
   virtual int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const = 0;
 
 public:
   format_object_base(const char *fmt) : Fmt(fmt) {}
   virtual ~format_object_base() {}
 
-  /// print - Format the object into the specified buffer.  On success, this
-  /// returns the length of the formatted string.  If the buffer is too small,
-  /// this returns a length to retry with, which will be larger than BufferSize.
+  /// Format the object into the specified buffer.  On success, this returns
+  /// the length of the formatted string.  If the buffer is too small, this
+  /// returns a length to retry with, which will be larger than BufferSize.
   unsigned print(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const {
     assert(BufferSize && "Invalid buffer size!");
 
@@ -61,21 +61,23 @@ public:
 
     // VC++ and old GlibC return negative on overflow, just double the size.
     if (N < 0)
-      return BufferSize*2;
+      return BufferSize * 2;
 
-    // Other impls yield number of bytes needed, not including the final '\0'.
+    // Other implementations yield number of bytes needed, not including the
+    // final '\0'.
     if (unsigned(N) >= BufferSize)
-      return N+1;
+      return N + 1;
 
     // Otherwise N is the length of output (not including the final '\0').
     return N;
   }
 };
 
-/// format_object1 - This is a templated helper class used by the format
-/// function that captures the object to be formated and the format string. When
-/// actually printed, this synthesizes the string into a temporary buffer
-/// provided and returns whether or not it is big enough.
+/// These are templated helper classes used by the format function that
+/// capture the object to be formated and the format string. When actually
+/// printed, this synthesizes the string into a temporary buffer provided and
+/// returns whether or not it is big enough.
+
 template <typename T>
 class format_object1 : public format_object_base {
   T Val;
@@ -84,15 +86,11 @@ public:
     : format_object_base(fmt), Val(val) {
   }
 
-  virtual int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const {
+  int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const override {
     return snprintf(Buffer, BufferSize, Fmt, Val);
   }
 };
 
-/// format_object2 - This is a templated helper class used by the format
-/// function that captures the object to be formated and the format string. When
-/// actually printed, this synthesizes the string into a temporary buffer
-/// provided and returns whether or not it is big enough.
 template <typename T1, typename T2>
 class format_object2 : public format_object_base {
   T1 Val1;
@@ -102,15 +100,11 @@ public:
   : format_object_base(fmt), Val1(val1), Val2(val2) {
   }
 
-  virtual int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const {
+  int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const override {
     return snprintf(Buffer, BufferSize, Fmt, Val1, Val2);
   }
 };
 
-/// format_object3 - This is a templated helper class used by the format
-/// function that captures the object to be formated and the format string. When
-/// actually printed, this synthesizes the string into a temporary buffer
-/// provided and returns whether or not it is big enough.
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
 class format_object3 : public format_object_base {
   T1 Val1;
@@ -121,15 +115,11 @@ public:
     : format_object_base(fmt), Val1(val1), Val2(val2), Val3(val3) {
   }
 
-  virtual int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const {
+  int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const override {
     return snprintf(Buffer, BufferSize, Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3);
   }
 };
 
-/// format_object4 - This is a templated helper class used by the format
-/// function that captures the object to be formated and the format string. When
-/// actually printed, this synthesizes the string into a temporary buffer
-/// provided and returns whether or not it is big enough.
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
 class format_object4 : public format_object_base {
   T1 Val1;
@@ -142,15 +132,11 @@ public:
     : format_object_base(fmt), Val1(val1), Val2(val2), Val3(val3), Val4(val4) {
   }
 
-  virtual int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const {
+  int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const override {
     return snprintf(Buffer, BufferSize, Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3, Val4);
   }
 };
 
-/// format_object5 - This is a templated helper class used by the format
-/// function that captures the object to be formated and the format string. When
-/// actually printed, this synthesizes the string into a temporary buffer
-/// provided and returns whether or not it is big enough.
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
 class format_object5 : public format_object_base {
   T1 Val1;
@@ -165,52 +151,57 @@ public:
       Val5(val5) {
   }
 
-  virtual int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const {
+  int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const override {
     return snprintf(Buffer, BufferSize, Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3, Val4, Val5);
   }
 };
 
-/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
+template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5,
+          typename T6>
+class format_object6 : public format_object_base {
+  T1 Val1;
+  T2 Val2;
+  T3 Val3;
+  T4 Val4;
+  T5 Val5;
+  T6 Val6;
+public:
+  format_object6(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1, const T2 &Val2,
+                 const T3 &Val3, const T4 &Val4, const T5 &Val5, const T6 &Val6)
+    : format_object_base(Fmt), Val1(Val1), Val2(Val2), Val3(Val3), Val4(Val4),
+      Val5(Val5), Val6(Val6) { }
+
+  int snprint(char *Buffer, unsigned BufferSize) const override {
+    return snprintf(Buffer, BufferSize, Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3, Val4, Val5, Val6);
+  }
+};
+
+/// These are helper functions used to produce formatted output.  They use
+/// template type deduction to construct the appropriate instance of the
+/// format_object class to simplify their construction.
 ///
 /// This is typically used like:
 /// \code
 ///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
 /// \endcode
+
 template <typename T>
 inline format_object1<T> format(const char *Fmt, const T &Val) {
   return format_object1<T>(Fmt, Val);
 }
 
-/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-///
-/// This is typically used like:
-/// \code
-///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
-/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2>
 inline format_object2<T1, T2> format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1,
                                      const T2 &Val2) {
   return format_object2<T1, T2>(Fmt, Val1, Val2);
 }
 
-/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-///
-/// This is typically used like:
-/// \code
-///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
-/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   inline format_object3<T1, T2, T3> format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1,
                                            const T2 &Val2, const T3 &Val3) {
   return format_object3<T1, T2, T3>(Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3);
 }
 
-/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-///
-/// This is typically used like:
-/// \code
-///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
-/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
 inline format_object4<T1, T2, T3, T4> format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1,
                                              const T2 &Val2, const T3 &Val3,
@@ -218,12 +209,6 @@ inline format_object4<T1, T2, T3, T4> format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1,
   return format_object4<T1, T2, T3, T4>(Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3, Val4);
 }
 
-/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-///
-/// This is typically used like:
-/// \code
-///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
-/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
 inline format_object5<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5> format(const char *Fmt,const T1 &Val1,
                                              const T2 &Val2, const T3 &Val3,
@@ -231,6 +216,15 @@ inline format_object5<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5> format(const char *Fmt,const T1 &Val1,
   return format_object5<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>(Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3, Val4, Val5);
 }
 
+template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5,
+          typename T6>
+inline format_object6<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6>
+format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1, const T2 &Val2, const T3 &Val3,
+       const T4 &Val4, const T5 &Val5, const T6 &Val6) {
+  return format_object6<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6>(Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3, Val4,
+                                                Val5, Val6);
+}
+
 } // end namespace llvm
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h
index df1f218..8137daa 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h
@@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ private:
   ///
   const char *Scanned;
 
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) override;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream,
   /// not counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE {
+  uint64_t current_pos() const override {
     // Our current position in the stream is all the contents which have been
     // written to the underlying stream (*not* the current position of the
     // underlying stream).
@@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ public:
   /// underneath it.
   ///
   formatted_raw_ostream(raw_ostream &Stream, bool Delete = false) 
-    : raw_ostream(), TheStream(0), DeleteStream(false), Position(0, 0) {
+    : raw_ostream(), TheStream(nullptr), DeleteStream(false), Position(0, 0) {
     setStream(Stream, Delete);
   }
   explicit formatted_raw_ostream()
-    : raw_ostream(), TheStream(0), DeleteStream(false), Position(0, 0) {
-    Scanned = 0;
+    : raw_ostream(), TheStream(nullptr), DeleteStream(false), Position(0, 0) {
+    Scanned = nullptr;
   }
 
   ~formatted_raw_ostream() {
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
       SetUnbuffered();
     TheStream->SetUnbuffered();
 
-    Scanned = 0;
+    Scanned = nullptr;
   }
 
   /// PadToColumn - Align the output to some column number.  If the current
@@ -129,25 +129,23 @@ public:
 
   /// getLine - Return the line number
   unsigned getLine() { return Position.second; }
-  
-  raw_ostream &resetColor() {
+
+  raw_ostream &resetColor() override {
     TheStream->resetColor();
     return *this;
   }
-  
-  raw_ostream &reverseColor() {
+
+  raw_ostream &reverseColor() override {
     TheStream->reverseColor();
     return *this;
   }
-  
-  raw_ostream &changeColor(enum Colors Color,
-                           bool Bold,
-                           bool BG) {
+
+  raw_ostream &changeColor(enum Colors Color, bool Bold, bool BG) override {
     TheStream->changeColor(Color, Bold, BG);
     return *this;
   }
-  
-  bool is_displayed() const {
+
+  bool is_displayed() const override {
     return TheStream->is_displayed();
   }
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h
index 0aa716a..0cb6cfd 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/GCOV.h - LLVM coverage tool ----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//===- GCOV.h - LLVM coverage tool ----------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 //
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
-// This header provides the interface to read and write coverage files that 
+// This header provides the interface to read and write coverage files that
 // use 'gcov' format.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_GCOV_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
@@ -28,36 +29,71 @@ class GCOVBlock;
 class FileInfo;
 
 namespace GCOV {
-  enum GCOVFormat {
-    InvalidGCOV,
-    GCNO_402,
-    GCNO_404,
-    GCDA_402,
-    GCDA_404
+  enum GCOVVersion {
+    V402,
+    V404
   };
 } // end GCOV namespace
 
+/// GCOVOptions - A struct for passing gcov options between functions.
+struct GCOVOptions {
+  GCOVOptions(bool A, bool B, bool C, bool F, bool P, bool U, bool L, bool N)
+      : AllBlocks(A), BranchInfo(B), BranchCount(C), FuncCoverage(F),
+        PreservePaths(P), UncondBranch(U), LongFileNames(L), NoOutput(N) {}
+
+  bool AllBlocks;
+  bool BranchInfo;
+  bool BranchCount;
+  bool FuncCoverage;
+  bool PreservePaths;
+  bool UncondBranch;
+  bool LongFileNames;
+  bool NoOutput;
+};
+
 /// GCOVBuffer - A wrapper around MemoryBuffer to provide GCOV specific
 /// read operations.
 class GCOVBuffer {
 public:
   GCOVBuffer(MemoryBuffer *B) : Buffer(B), Cursor(0) {}
   
-  /// readGCOVFormat - Read GCOV signature at the beginning of buffer.
-  GCOV::GCOVFormat readGCOVFormat() {
-    StringRef Magic = Buffer->getBuffer().slice(0, 12);
-    Cursor = 12;
-    if (Magic == "oncg*404MVLL")
-      return GCOV::GCNO_404;
-    else if (Magic == "oncg*204MVLL")
-      return GCOV::GCNO_402;
-    else if (Magic == "adcg*404MVLL")
-      return GCOV::GCDA_404;
-    else if (Magic == "adcg*204MVLL")
-      return GCOV::GCDA_402;
-    
-    Cursor = 0;
-    return GCOV::InvalidGCOV;
+  /// readGCNOFormat - Check GCNO signature is valid at the beginning of buffer.
+  bool readGCNOFormat() {
+    StringRef File = Buffer->getBuffer().slice(0, 4);
+    if (File != "oncg") {
+      errs() << "Unexpected file type: " << File << ".\n";
+      return false;
+    }
+    Cursor = 4;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// readGCDAFormat - Check GCDA signature is valid at the beginning of buffer.
+  bool readGCDAFormat() {
+    StringRef File = Buffer->getBuffer().slice(0, 4);
+    if (File != "adcg") {
+      errs() << "Unexpected file type: " << File << ".\n";
+      return false;
+    }
+    Cursor = 4;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// readGCOVVersion - Read GCOV version.
+  bool readGCOVVersion(GCOV::GCOVVersion &Version) {
+    StringRef VersionStr = Buffer->getBuffer().slice(Cursor, Cursor+4);
+    if (VersionStr == "*204") {
+      Cursor += 4;
+      Version = GCOV::V402;
+      return true;
+    }
+    if (VersionStr == "*404") {
+      Cursor += 4;
+      Version = GCOV::V404;
+      return true;
+    }
+    errs() << "Unexpected version: " << VersionStr << ".\n";
+    return false;
   }
 
   /// readFunctionTag - If cursor points to a function tag then increment the
@@ -170,8 +206,11 @@ public:
   }
 
   bool readString(StringRef &Str) {
-    uint32_t Len;
-    if (!readInt(Len)) return false;
+    uint32_t Len = 0;
+    // Keep reading until we find a non-zero length. This emulates gcov's
+    // behaviour, which appears to do the same.
+    while (Len == 0)
+      if (!readInt(Len)) return false;
     Len *= 4;
     if (Buffer->getBuffer().size() < Cursor+Len) {
       errs() << "Unexpected end of memory buffer: " << Cursor+Len << ".\n";
@@ -193,67 +232,196 @@ private:
 /// (.gcno and .gcda).
 class GCOVFile {
 public:
-  GCOVFile() : Functions(), RunCount(0), ProgramCount(0) {}
-  ~GCOVFile();
-  bool read(GCOVBuffer &Buffer);
-  void dump();
+  GCOVFile() : GCNOInitialized(false), Checksum(0), Functions(), RunCount(0),
+               ProgramCount(0) {}
+  bool readGCNO(GCOVBuffer &Buffer);
+  bool readGCDA(GCOVBuffer &Buffer);
+  uint32_t getChecksum() const { return Checksum; }
+  void dump() const;
   void collectLineCounts(FileInfo &FI);
 private:
-  SmallVector<GCOVFunction *, 16> Functions;
+  bool GCNOInitialized;
+  GCOV::GCOVVersion Version;
+  uint32_t Checksum;
+  SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<GCOVFunction>, 16> Functions;
   uint32_t RunCount;
   uint32_t ProgramCount;
 };
 
+/// GCOVEdge - Collects edge information.
+struct GCOVEdge {
+  GCOVEdge(GCOVBlock &S, GCOVBlock &D) : Src(S), Dst(D), Count(0) {}
+
+  GCOVBlock &Src;
+  GCOVBlock &Dst;
+  uint64_t Count;
+};
+
 /// GCOVFunction - Collects function information.
 class GCOVFunction {
 public:
-  GCOVFunction() : Ident(0), LineNumber(0) {}
-  ~GCOVFunction();
-  bool read(GCOVBuffer &Buffer, GCOV::GCOVFormat Format);
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<std::unique_ptr<GCOVBlock>>::const_iterator
+  BlockIterator;
+
+  GCOVFunction(GCOVFile &P) : Parent(P), Ident(0), LineNumber(0) {}
+  bool readGCNO(GCOVBuffer &Buffer, GCOV::GCOVVersion Version);
+  bool readGCDA(GCOVBuffer &Buffer, GCOV::GCOVVersion Version);
+  StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
   StringRef getFilename() const { return Filename; }
-  void dump();
+  size_t getNumBlocks() const { return Blocks.size(); }
+  uint64_t getEntryCount() const;
+  uint64_t getExitCount() const;
+
+  BlockIterator block_begin() const { return Blocks.begin(); }
+  BlockIterator block_end() const { return Blocks.end(); }
+
+  void dump() const;
   void collectLineCounts(FileInfo &FI);
 private:
+  GCOVFile &Parent;
   uint32_t Ident;
+  uint32_t Checksum;
   uint32_t LineNumber;
   StringRef Name;
   StringRef Filename;
-  SmallVector<GCOVBlock *, 16> Blocks;
+  SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<GCOVBlock>, 16> Blocks;
+  SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<GCOVEdge>, 16> Edges;
 };
 
 /// GCOVBlock - Collects block information.
 class GCOVBlock {
+  struct EdgeWeight {
+    EdgeWeight(GCOVBlock *D): Dst(D), Count(0) {}
+
+    GCOVBlock *Dst;
+    uint64_t Count;
+  };
+
+  struct SortDstEdgesFunctor {
+    bool operator()(const GCOVEdge *E1, const GCOVEdge *E2) {
+      return E1->Dst.Number < E2->Dst.Number;
+    }
+  };
 public:
-  GCOVBlock(GCOVFunction &P, uint32_t N) :
-    Parent(P), Number(N), Counter(0), Edges(), Lines() {}
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<GCOVEdge *>::const_iterator EdgeIterator;
+
+  GCOVBlock(GCOVFunction &P, uint32_t N) : Parent(P), Number(N), Counter(0),
+    DstEdgesAreSorted(true), SrcEdges(), DstEdges(), Lines() {}
   ~GCOVBlock();
-  void addEdge(uint32_t N) { Edges.push_back(N); }
+  const GCOVFunction &getParent() const { return Parent; }
   void addLine(uint32_t N) { Lines.push_back(N); }
-  void addCount(uint64_t N) { Counter += N; }
-  size_t getNumEdges() { return Edges.size(); }
-  void dump();
+  uint32_t getLastLine() const { return Lines.back(); }
+  void addCount(size_t DstEdgeNo, uint64_t N);
+  uint64_t getCount() const { return Counter; }
+
+  void addSrcEdge(GCOVEdge *Edge) {
+    assert(&Edge->Dst == this); // up to caller to ensure edge is valid
+    SrcEdges.push_back(Edge);
+  }
+  void addDstEdge(GCOVEdge *Edge) {
+    assert(&Edge->Src == this); // up to caller to ensure edge is valid
+    // Check if adding this edge causes list to become unsorted.
+    if (DstEdges.size() && DstEdges.back()->Dst.Number > Edge->Dst.Number)
+      DstEdgesAreSorted = false;
+    DstEdges.push_back(Edge);
+  }
+  size_t getNumSrcEdges() const { return SrcEdges.size(); }
+  size_t getNumDstEdges() const { return DstEdges.size(); }
+  void sortDstEdges();
+
+  EdgeIterator src_begin() const { return SrcEdges.begin(); }
+  EdgeIterator src_end() const { return SrcEdges.end(); }
+  EdgeIterator dst_begin() const { return DstEdges.begin(); }
+  EdgeIterator dst_end() const { return DstEdges.end(); }
+
+  void dump() const;
   void collectLineCounts(FileInfo &FI);
 private:
   GCOVFunction &Parent;
   uint32_t Number;
   uint64_t Counter;
-  SmallVector<uint32_t, 16> Edges;
+  bool DstEdgesAreSorted;
+  SmallVector<GCOVEdge *, 16> SrcEdges;
+  SmallVector<GCOVEdge *, 16> DstEdges;
   SmallVector<uint32_t, 16> Lines;
 };
 
-typedef DenseMap<uint32_t, uint64_t> LineCounts;
 class FileInfo {
+  // It is unlikely--but possible--for multiple functions to be on the same line.
+  // Therefore this typedef allows LineData.Functions to store multiple functions
+  // per instance. This is rare, however, so optimize for the common case.
+  typedef SmallVector<const GCOVFunction *, 1> FunctionVector;
+  typedef DenseMap<uint32_t, FunctionVector> FunctionLines;
+  typedef SmallVector<const GCOVBlock *, 4> BlockVector;
+  typedef DenseMap<uint32_t, BlockVector> BlockLines;
+
+  struct LineData {
+    LineData() : LastLine(0) {}
+    BlockLines Blocks;
+    FunctionLines Functions;
+    uint32_t LastLine;
+  };
+
+  struct GCOVCoverage {
+    GCOVCoverage(StringRef Name) :
+      Name(Name), LogicalLines(0), LinesExec(0), Branches(0), BranchesExec(0),
+      BranchesTaken(0) {}
+
+    StringRef Name;
+
+    uint32_t LogicalLines;
+    uint32_t LinesExec;
+
+    uint32_t Branches;
+    uint32_t BranchesExec;
+    uint32_t BranchesTaken;
+  };
 public:
-  void addLineCount(StringRef Filename, uint32_t Line, uint64_t Count) {
-    LineInfo[Filename][Line-1] += Count;
+  FileInfo(const GCOVOptions &Options) :
+    Options(Options), LineInfo(), RunCount(0), ProgramCount(0) {}
+
+  void addBlockLine(StringRef Filename, uint32_t Line, const GCOVBlock *Block) {
+    if (Line > LineInfo[Filename].LastLine)
+      LineInfo[Filename].LastLine = Line;
+    LineInfo[Filename].Blocks[Line-1].push_back(Block);
+  }
+  void addFunctionLine(StringRef Filename, uint32_t Line,
+                       const GCOVFunction *Function) {
+    if (Line > LineInfo[Filename].LastLine)
+      LineInfo[Filename].LastLine = Line;
+    LineInfo[Filename].Functions[Line-1].push_back(Function);
   }
   void setRunCount(uint32_t Runs) { RunCount = Runs; }
   void setProgramCount(uint32_t Programs) { ProgramCount = Programs; }
-  void print(raw_fd_ostream &OS, StringRef gcnoFile, StringRef gcdaFile);
+  void print(StringRef MainFilename, StringRef GCNOFile, StringRef GCDAFile);
+
 private:
-  StringMap<LineCounts> LineInfo;
+  std::string getCoveragePath(StringRef Filename, StringRef MainFilename);
+  std::unique_ptr<raw_ostream> openCoveragePath(StringRef CoveragePath);
+  void printFunctionSummary(raw_ostream &OS,
+                            const FunctionVector &Funcs) const;
+  void printBlockInfo(raw_ostream &OS, const GCOVBlock &Block,
+                      uint32_t LineIndex, uint32_t &BlockNo) const;
+  void printBranchInfo(raw_ostream &OS, const GCOVBlock &Block,
+                       GCOVCoverage &Coverage, uint32_t &EdgeNo);
+  void printUncondBranchInfo(raw_ostream &OS, uint32_t &EdgeNo,
+                             uint64_t Count) const;
+
+  void printCoverage(const GCOVCoverage &Coverage) const;
+  void printFuncCoverage() const;
+  void printFileCoverage() const;
+
+  const GCOVOptions &Options;
+  StringMap<LineData> LineInfo;
   uint32_t RunCount;
   uint32_t ProgramCount;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<std::string, GCOVCoverage>, 4>
+      FileCoverageList;
+  typedef MapVector<const GCOVFunction *, GCOVCoverage> FuncCoverageMap;
+
+  FileCoverageList FileCoverages;
+  FuncCoverageMap FuncCoverages;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GenericDomTree.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GenericDomTree.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..876ab6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GenericDomTree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,736 @@
+//===- GenericDomTree.h - Generic dominator trees for graphs ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+///
+/// This file defines a set of templates that efficiently compute a dominator
+/// tree over a generic graph. This is used typically in LLVM for fast
+/// dominance queries on the CFG, but is fully generic w.r.t. the underlying
+/// graph types.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_GENERIC_DOM_TREE_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_GENERIC_DOM_TREE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// DominatorBase - Base class that other, more interesting dominator analyses
+/// inherit from.
+///
+template <class NodeT>
+class DominatorBase {
+protected:
+  std::vector<NodeT*> Roots;
+  const bool IsPostDominators;
+  inline explicit DominatorBase(bool isPostDom) :
+    Roots(), IsPostDominators(isPostDom) {}
+public:
+
+  /// getRoots - Return the root blocks of the current CFG.  This may include
+  /// multiple blocks if we are computing post dominators.  For forward
+  /// dominators, this will always be a single block (the entry node).
+  ///
+  inline const std::vector<NodeT*> &getRoots() const { return Roots; }
+
+  /// isPostDominator - Returns true if analysis based of postdoms
+  ///
+  bool isPostDominator() const { return IsPostDominators; }
+};
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// DomTreeNodeBase - Dominator Tree Node
+template<class NodeT> class DominatorTreeBase;
+struct PostDominatorTree;
+
+template <class NodeT>
+class DomTreeNodeBase {
+  NodeT *TheBB;
+  DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDom;
+  std::vector<DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *> Children;
+  mutable int DFSNumIn, DFSNumOut;
+
+  template<class N> friend class DominatorTreeBase;
+  friend struct PostDominatorTree;
+public:
+  typedef typename std::vector<DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *>::iterator iterator;
+  typedef typename std::vector<DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *>::const_iterator
+                   const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin()             { return Children.begin(); }
+  iterator end()               { return Children.end(); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Children.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end()   const { return Children.end(); }
+
+  NodeT *getBlock() const { return TheBB; }
+  DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *getIDom() const { return IDom; }
+  const std::vector<DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>*> &getChildren() const {
+    return Children;
+  }
+
+  DomTreeNodeBase(NodeT *BB, DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *iDom)
+    : TheBB(BB), IDom(iDom), DFSNumIn(-1), DFSNumOut(-1) { }
+
+  DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *addChild(DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *C) {
+    Children.push_back(C);
+    return C;
+  }
+
+  size_t getNumChildren() const {
+    return Children.size();
+  }
+
+  void clearAllChildren() {
+    Children.clear();
+  }
+
+  bool compare(const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *Other) const {
+    if (getNumChildren() != Other->getNumChildren())
+      return true;
+
+    SmallPtrSet<const NodeT *, 4> OtherChildren;
+    for (const_iterator I = Other->begin(), E = Other->end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      const NodeT *Nd = (*I)->getBlock();
+      OtherChildren.insert(Nd);
+    }
+
+    for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      const NodeT *N = (*I)->getBlock();
+      if (OtherChildren.count(N) == 0)
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  void setIDom(DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *NewIDom) {
+    assert(IDom && "No immediate dominator?");
+    if (IDom != NewIDom) {
+      typename std::vector<DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>*>::iterator I =
+                  std::find(IDom->Children.begin(), IDom->Children.end(), this);
+      assert(I != IDom->Children.end() &&
+             "Not in immediate dominator children set!");
+      // I am no longer your child...
+      IDom->Children.erase(I);
+
+      // Switch to new dominator
+      IDom = NewIDom;
+      IDom->Children.push_back(this);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// getDFSNumIn/getDFSNumOut - These are an internal implementation detail, do
+  /// not call them.
+  unsigned getDFSNumIn() const { return DFSNumIn; }
+  unsigned getDFSNumOut() const { return DFSNumOut; }
+private:
+  // Return true if this node is dominated by other. Use this only if DFS info
+  // is valid.
+  bool DominatedBy(const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *other) const {
+    return this->DFSNumIn >= other->DFSNumIn &&
+      this->DFSNumOut <= other->DFSNumOut;
+  }
+};
+
+template<class NodeT>
+inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &o,
+                               const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *Node) {
+  if (Node->getBlock())
+    Node->getBlock()->printAsOperand(o, false);
+  else
+    o << " <<exit node>>";
+
+  o << " {" << Node->getDFSNumIn() << "," << Node->getDFSNumOut() << "}";
+
+  return o << "\n";
+}
+
+template<class NodeT>
+inline void PrintDomTree(const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *N, raw_ostream &o,
+                         unsigned Lev) {
+  o.indent(2*Lev) << "[" << Lev << "] " << N;
+  for (typename DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>::const_iterator I = N->begin(),
+       E = N->end(); I != E; ++I)
+    PrintDomTree<NodeT>(*I, o, Lev+1);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// DominatorTree - Calculate the immediate dominator tree for a function.
+///
+
+template<class FuncT, class N>
+void Calculate(DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphTraits<N>::NodeType>& DT,
+               FuncT& F);
+
+template<class NodeT>
+class DominatorTreeBase : public DominatorBase<NodeT> {
+  bool dominatedBySlowTreeWalk(const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *A,
+                               const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *B) const {
+    assert(A != B);
+    assert(isReachableFromEntry(B));
+    assert(isReachableFromEntry(A));
+
+    const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDom;
+    while ((IDom = B->getIDom()) != nullptr && IDom != A && IDom != B)
+      B = IDom;   // Walk up the tree
+    return IDom != nullptr;
+  }
+
+protected:
+  typedef DenseMap<NodeT*, DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>*> DomTreeNodeMapType;
+  DomTreeNodeMapType DomTreeNodes;
+  DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *RootNode;
+
+  mutable bool DFSInfoValid;
+  mutable unsigned int SlowQueries;
+  // Information record used during immediate dominators computation.
+  struct InfoRec {
+    unsigned DFSNum;
+    unsigned Parent;
+    unsigned Semi;
+    NodeT *Label;
+
+    InfoRec() : DFSNum(0), Parent(0), Semi(0), Label(nullptr) {}
+  };
+
+  DenseMap<NodeT*, NodeT*> IDoms;
+
+  // Vertex - Map the DFS number to the NodeT*
+  std::vector<NodeT*> Vertex;
+
+  // Info - Collection of information used during the computation of idoms.
+  DenseMap<NodeT*, InfoRec> Info;
+
+  void reset() {
+    for (typename DomTreeNodeMapType::iterator I = this->DomTreeNodes.begin(),
+           E = DomTreeNodes.end(); I != E; ++I)
+      delete I->second;
+    DomTreeNodes.clear();
+    IDoms.clear();
+    this->Roots.clear();
+    Vertex.clear();
+    RootNode = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // NewBB is split and now it has one successor. Update dominator tree to
+  // reflect this change.
+  template<class N, class GraphT>
+  void Split(DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>& DT,
+             typename GraphT::NodeType* NewBB) {
+    assert(std::distance(GraphT::child_begin(NewBB),
+                         GraphT::child_end(NewBB)) == 1 &&
+           "NewBB should have a single successor!");
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* NewBBSucc = *GraphT::child_begin(NewBB);
+
+    std::vector<typename GraphT::NodeType*> PredBlocks;
+    typedef GraphTraits<Inverse<N> > InvTraits;
+    for (typename InvTraits::ChildIteratorType PI =
+         InvTraits::child_begin(NewBB),
+         PE = InvTraits::child_end(NewBB); PI != PE; ++PI)
+      PredBlocks.push_back(*PI);
+
+    assert(!PredBlocks.empty() && "No predblocks?");
+
+    bool NewBBDominatesNewBBSucc = true;
+    for (typename InvTraits::ChildIteratorType PI =
+         InvTraits::child_begin(NewBBSucc),
+         E = InvTraits::child_end(NewBBSucc); PI != E; ++PI) {
+      typename InvTraits::NodeType *ND = *PI;
+      if (ND != NewBB && !DT.dominates(NewBBSucc, ND) &&
+          DT.isReachableFromEntry(ND)) {
+        NewBBDominatesNewBBSucc = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Find NewBB's immediate dominator and create new dominator tree node for
+    // NewBB.
+    NodeT *NewBBIDom = nullptr;
+    unsigned i = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < PredBlocks.size(); ++i)
+      if (DT.isReachableFromEntry(PredBlocks[i])) {
+        NewBBIDom = PredBlocks[i];
+        break;
+      }
+
+    // It's possible that none of the predecessors of NewBB are reachable;
+    // in that case, NewBB itself is unreachable, so nothing needs to be
+    // changed.
+    if (!NewBBIDom)
+      return;
+
+    for (i = i + 1; i < PredBlocks.size(); ++i) {
+      if (DT.isReachableFromEntry(PredBlocks[i]))
+        NewBBIDom = DT.findNearestCommonDominator(NewBBIDom, PredBlocks[i]);
+    }
+
+    // Create the new dominator tree node... and set the idom of NewBB.
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *NewBBNode = DT.addNewBlock(NewBB, NewBBIDom);
+
+    // If NewBB strictly dominates other blocks, then it is now the immediate
+    // dominator of NewBBSucc.  Update the dominator tree as appropriate.
+    if (NewBBDominatesNewBBSucc) {
+      DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *NewBBSuccNode = DT.getNode(NewBBSucc);
+      DT.changeImmediateDominator(NewBBSuccNode, NewBBNode);
+    }
+  }
+
+public:
+  explicit DominatorTreeBase(bool isPostDom)
+    : DominatorBase<NodeT>(isPostDom), DFSInfoValid(false), SlowQueries(0) {}
+  virtual ~DominatorTreeBase() { reset(); }
+
+  /// compare - Return false if the other dominator tree base matches this
+  /// dominator tree base. Otherwise return true.
+  bool compare(const DominatorTreeBase &Other) const {
+
+    const DomTreeNodeMapType &OtherDomTreeNodes = Other.DomTreeNodes;
+    if (DomTreeNodes.size() != OtherDomTreeNodes.size())
+      return true;
+
+    for (typename DomTreeNodeMapType::const_iterator
+           I = this->DomTreeNodes.begin(),
+           E = this->DomTreeNodes.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      NodeT *BB = I->first;
+      typename DomTreeNodeMapType::const_iterator OI = OtherDomTreeNodes.find(BB);
+      if (OI == OtherDomTreeNodes.end())
+        return true;
+
+      DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>* MyNd = I->second;
+      DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>* OtherNd = OI->second;
+
+      if (MyNd->compare(OtherNd))
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  virtual void releaseMemory() { reset(); }
+
+  /// getNode - return the (Post)DominatorTree node for the specified basic
+  /// block.  This is the same as using operator[] on this class.
+  ///
+  inline DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *getNode(NodeT *BB) const {
+    return DomTreeNodes.lookup(BB);
+  }
+
+  inline DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *operator[](NodeT *BB) const {
+    return getNode(BB);
+  }
+
+  /// getRootNode - This returns the entry node for the CFG of the function.  If
+  /// this tree represents the post-dominance relations for a function, however,
+  /// this root may be a node with the block == NULL.  This is the case when
+  /// there are multiple exit nodes from a particular function.  Consumers of
+  /// post-dominance information must be capable of dealing with this
+  /// possibility.
+  ///
+  DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *getRootNode() { return RootNode; }
+  const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *getRootNode() const { return RootNode; }
+
+  /// Get all nodes dominated by R, including R itself.
+  void getDescendants(NodeT *R, SmallVectorImpl<NodeT *> &Result) const {
+    Result.clear();
+    const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *RN = getNode(R);
+    if (!RN)
+      return; // If R is unreachable, it will not be present in the DOM tree.
+    SmallVector<const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *, 8> WL;
+    WL.push_back(RN);
+
+    while (!WL.empty()) {
+      const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *N = WL.pop_back_val();
+      Result.push_back(N->getBlock());
+      WL.append(N->begin(), N->end());
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// properlyDominates - Returns true iff A dominates B and A != B.
+  /// Note that this is not a constant time operation!
+  ///
+  bool properlyDominates(const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *A,
+                         const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *B) const {
+    if (!A || !B)
+      return false;
+    if (A == B)
+      return false;
+    return dominates(A, B);
+  }
+
+  bool properlyDominates(const NodeT *A, const NodeT *B) const;
+
+  /// isReachableFromEntry - Return true if A is dominated by the entry
+  /// block of the function containing it.
+  bool isReachableFromEntry(const NodeT* A) const {
+    assert(!this->isPostDominator() &&
+           "This is not implemented for post dominators");
+    return isReachableFromEntry(getNode(const_cast<NodeT *>(A)));
+  }
+
+  inline bool isReachableFromEntry(const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *A) const {
+    return A;
+  }
+
+  /// dominates - Returns true iff A dominates B.  Note that this is not a
+  /// constant time operation!
+  ///
+  inline bool dominates(const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *A,
+                        const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *B) const {
+    // A node trivially dominates itself.
+    if (B == A)
+      return true;
+
+    // An unreachable node is dominated by anything.
+    if (!isReachableFromEntry(B))
+      return true;
+
+    // And dominates nothing.
+    if (!isReachableFromEntry(A))
+      return false;
+
+    // Compare the result of the tree walk and the dfs numbers, if expensive
+    // checks are enabled.
+#ifdef XDEBUG
+    assert((!DFSInfoValid ||
+            (dominatedBySlowTreeWalk(A, B) == B->DominatedBy(A))) &&
+           "Tree walk disagrees with dfs numbers!");
+#endif
+
+    if (DFSInfoValid)
+      return B->DominatedBy(A);
+
+    // If we end up with too many slow queries, just update the
+    // DFS numbers on the theory that we are going to keep querying.
+    SlowQueries++;
+    if (SlowQueries > 32) {
+      updateDFSNumbers();
+      return B->DominatedBy(A);
+    }
+
+    return dominatedBySlowTreeWalk(A, B);
+  }
+
+  bool dominates(const NodeT *A, const NodeT *B) const;
+
+  NodeT *getRoot() const {
+    assert(this->Roots.size() == 1 && "Should always have entry node!");
+    return this->Roots[0];
+  }
+
+  /// findNearestCommonDominator - Find nearest common dominator basic block
+  /// for basic block A and B. If there is no such block then return NULL.
+  NodeT *findNearestCommonDominator(NodeT *A, NodeT *B) {
+    assert(A->getParent() == B->getParent() &&
+           "Two blocks are not in same function");
+
+    // If either A or B is a entry block then it is nearest common dominator
+    // (for forward-dominators).
+    if (!this->isPostDominator()) {
+      NodeT &Entry = A->getParent()->front();
+      if (A == &Entry || B == &Entry)
+        return &Entry;
+    }
+
+    // If B dominates A then B is nearest common dominator.
+    if (dominates(B, A))
+      return B;
+
+    // If A dominates B then A is nearest common dominator.
+    if (dominates(A, B))
+      return A;
+
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *NodeA = getNode(A);
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *NodeB = getNode(B);
+
+    // If we have DFS info, then we can avoid all allocations by just querying
+    // it from each IDom. Note that because we call 'dominates' twice above, we
+    // expect to call through this code at most 16 times in a row without
+    // building valid DFS information. This is important as below is a *very*
+    // slow tree walk.
+    if (DFSInfoValid) {
+      DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDomA = NodeA->getIDom();
+      while (IDomA) {
+        if (NodeB->DominatedBy(IDomA))
+          return IDomA->getBlock();
+        IDomA = IDomA->getIDom();
+      }
+      return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    // Collect NodeA dominators set.
+    SmallPtrSet<DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>*, 16> NodeADoms;
+    NodeADoms.insert(NodeA);
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDomA = NodeA->getIDom();
+    while (IDomA) {
+      NodeADoms.insert(IDomA);
+      IDomA = IDomA->getIDom();
+    }
+
+    // Walk NodeB immediate dominators chain and find common dominator node.
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDomB = NodeB->getIDom();
+    while (IDomB) {
+      if (NodeADoms.count(IDomB) != 0)
+        return IDomB->getBlock();
+
+      IDomB = IDomB->getIDom();
+    }
+
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  const NodeT *findNearestCommonDominator(const NodeT *A, const NodeT *B) {
+    // Cast away the const qualifiers here. This is ok since
+    // const is re-introduced on the return type.
+    return findNearestCommonDominator(const_cast<NodeT *>(A),
+                                      const_cast<NodeT *>(B));
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // API to update (Post)DominatorTree information based on modifications to
+  // the CFG...
+
+  /// addNewBlock - Add a new node to the dominator tree information.  This
+  /// creates a new node as a child of DomBB dominator node,linking it into
+  /// the children list of the immediate dominator.
+  DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *addNewBlock(NodeT *BB, NodeT *DomBB) {
+    assert(getNode(BB) == nullptr && "Block already in dominator tree!");
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDomNode = getNode(DomBB);
+    assert(IDomNode && "Not immediate dominator specified for block!");
+    DFSInfoValid = false;
+    return DomTreeNodes[BB] =
+      IDomNode->addChild(new DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>(BB, IDomNode));
+  }
+
+  /// changeImmediateDominator - This method is used to update the dominator
+  /// tree information when a node's immediate dominator changes.
+  ///
+  void changeImmediateDominator(DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *N,
+                                DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *NewIDom) {
+    assert(N && NewIDom && "Cannot change null node pointers!");
+    DFSInfoValid = false;
+    N->setIDom(NewIDom);
+  }
+
+  void changeImmediateDominator(NodeT *BB, NodeT *NewBB) {
+    changeImmediateDominator(getNode(BB), getNode(NewBB));
+  }
+
+  /// eraseNode - Removes a node from the dominator tree. Block must not
+  /// dominate any other blocks. Removes node from its immediate dominator's
+  /// children list. Deletes dominator node associated with basic block BB.
+  void eraseNode(NodeT *BB) {
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *Node = getNode(BB);
+    assert(Node && "Removing node that isn't in dominator tree.");
+    assert(Node->getChildren().empty() && "Node is not a leaf node.");
+
+      // Remove node from immediate dominator's children list.
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDom = Node->getIDom();
+    if (IDom) {
+      typename std::vector<DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>*>::iterator I =
+        std::find(IDom->Children.begin(), IDom->Children.end(), Node);
+      assert(I != IDom->Children.end() &&
+             "Not in immediate dominator children set!");
+      // I am no longer your child...
+      IDom->Children.erase(I);
+    }
+
+    DomTreeNodes.erase(BB);
+    delete Node;
+  }
+
+  /// removeNode - Removes a node from the dominator tree.  Block must not
+  /// dominate any other blocks.  Invalidates any node pointing to removed
+  /// block.
+  void removeNode(NodeT *BB) {
+    assert(getNode(BB) && "Removing node that isn't in dominator tree.");
+    DomTreeNodes.erase(BB);
+  }
+
+  /// splitBlock - BB is split and now it has one successor. Update dominator
+  /// tree to reflect this change.
+  void splitBlock(NodeT* NewBB) {
+    if (this->IsPostDominators)
+      this->Split<Inverse<NodeT*>, GraphTraits<Inverse<NodeT*> > >(*this, NewBB);
+    else
+      this->Split<NodeT*, GraphTraits<NodeT*> >(*this, NewBB);
+  }
+
+  /// print - Convert to human readable form
+  ///
+  void print(raw_ostream &o) const {
+    o << "=============================--------------------------------\n";
+    if (this->isPostDominator())
+      o << "Inorder PostDominator Tree: ";
+    else
+      o << "Inorder Dominator Tree: ";
+    if (!this->DFSInfoValid)
+      o << "DFSNumbers invalid: " << SlowQueries << " slow queries.";
+    o << "\n";
+
+    // The postdom tree can have a null root if there are no returns.
+    if (getRootNode())
+      PrintDomTree<NodeT>(getRootNode(), o, 1);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  template<class GraphT>
+  friend typename GraphT::NodeType* Eval(
+                               DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>& DT,
+                                         typename GraphT::NodeType* V,
+                                         unsigned LastLinked);
+
+  template<class GraphT>
+  friend unsigned DFSPass(DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>& DT,
+                          typename GraphT::NodeType* V,
+                          unsigned N);
+
+  template<class FuncT, class N>
+  friend void Calculate(DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphTraits<N>::NodeType>& DT,
+                        FuncT& F);
+
+  /// updateDFSNumbers - Assign In and Out numbers to the nodes while walking
+  /// dominator tree in dfs order.
+  void updateDFSNumbers() const {
+    unsigned DFSNum = 0;
+
+    SmallVector<std::pair<const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>*,
+                typename DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>::const_iterator>, 32> WorkStack;
+
+    const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *ThisRoot = getRootNode();
+
+    if (!ThisRoot)
+      return;
+
+    // Even in the case of multiple exits that form the post dominator root
+    // nodes, do not iterate over all exits, but start from the virtual root
+    // node. Otherwise bbs, that are not post dominated by any exit but by the
+    // virtual root node, will never be assigned a DFS number.
+    WorkStack.push_back(std::make_pair(ThisRoot, ThisRoot->begin()));
+    ThisRoot->DFSNumIn = DFSNum++;
+
+    while (!WorkStack.empty()) {
+      const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *Node = WorkStack.back().first;
+      typename DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>::const_iterator ChildIt =
+        WorkStack.back().second;
+
+      // If we visited all of the children of this node, "recurse" back up the
+      // stack setting the DFOutNum.
+      if (ChildIt == Node->end()) {
+        Node->DFSNumOut = DFSNum++;
+        WorkStack.pop_back();
+      } else {
+        // Otherwise, recursively visit this child.
+        const DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *Child = *ChildIt;
+        ++WorkStack.back().second;
+
+        WorkStack.push_back(std::make_pair(Child, Child->begin()));
+        Child->DFSNumIn = DFSNum++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    SlowQueries = 0;
+    DFSInfoValid = true;
+  }
+
+  DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *getNodeForBlock(NodeT *BB) {
+    if (DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *Node = getNode(BB))
+      return Node;
+
+    // Haven't calculated this node yet?  Get or calculate the node for the
+    // immediate dominator.
+    NodeT *IDom = getIDom(BB);
+
+    assert(IDom || this->DomTreeNodes[nullptr]);
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *IDomNode = getNodeForBlock(IDom);
+
+    // Add a new tree node for this NodeT, and link it as a child of
+    // IDomNode
+    DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT> *C = new DomTreeNodeBase<NodeT>(BB, IDomNode);
+    return this->DomTreeNodes[BB] = IDomNode->addChild(C);
+  }
+
+  inline NodeT *getIDom(NodeT *BB) const {
+    return IDoms.lookup(BB);
+  }
+
+  inline void addRoot(NodeT* BB) {
+    this->Roots.push_back(BB);
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// recalculate - compute a dominator tree for the given function
+  template<class FT>
+  void recalculate(FT& F) {
+    typedef GraphTraits<FT*> TraitsTy;
+    reset();
+    this->Vertex.push_back(nullptr);
+
+    if (!this->IsPostDominators) {
+      // Initialize root
+      NodeT *entry = TraitsTy::getEntryNode(&F);
+      this->Roots.push_back(entry);
+      this->IDoms[entry] = nullptr;
+      this->DomTreeNodes[entry] = nullptr;
+
+      Calculate<FT, NodeT*>(*this, F);
+    } else {
+      // Initialize the roots list
+      for (typename TraitsTy::nodes_iterator I = TraitsTy::nodes_begin(&F),
+                                        E = TraitsTy::nodes_end(&F); I != E; ++I) {
+        if (TraitsTy::child_begin(I) == TraitsTy::child_end(I))
+          addRoot(I);
+
+        // Prepopulate maps so that we don't get iterator invalidation issues later.
+        this->IDoms[I] = nullptr;
+        this->DomTreeNodes[I] = nullptr;
+      }
+
+      Calculate<FT, Inverse<NodeT*> >(*this, F);
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+// These two functions are declared out of line as a workaround for building
+// with old (< r147295) versions of clang because of pr11642.
+template<class NodeT>
+bool DominatorTreeBase<NodeT>::dominates(const NodeT *A, const NodeT *B) const {
+  if (A == B)
+    return true;
+
+  // Cast away the const qualifiers here. This is ok since
+  // this function doesn't actually return the values returned
+  // from getNode.
+  return dominates(getNode(const_cast<NodeT *>(A)),
+                   getNode(const_cast<NodeT *>(B)));
+}
+template<class NodeT>
+bool
+DominatorTreeBase<NodeT>::properlyDominates(const NodeT *A, const NodeT *B) const {
+  if (A == B)
+    return false;
+
+  // Cast away the const qualifiers here. This is ok since
+  // this function doesn't actually return the values returned
+  // from getNode.
+  return dominates(getNode(const_cast<NodeT *>(A)),
+                   getNode(const_cast<NodeT *>(B)));
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GenericDomTreeConstruction.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GenericDomTreeConstruction.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcba5e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GenericDomTreeConstruction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+//===- GenericDomTreeConstruction.h - Dominator Calculation ------*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+///
+/// Generic dominator tree construction - This file provides routines to
+/// construct immediate dominator information for a flow-graph based on the
+/// algorithm described in this document:
+///
+///   A Fast Algorithm for Finding Dominators in a Flowgraph
+///   T. Lengauer & R. Tarjan, ACM TOPLAS July 1979, pgs 121-141.
+///
+/// This implements the O(n*log(n)) versions of EVAL and LINK, because it turns
+/// out that the theoretically slower O(n*log(n)) implementation is actually
+/// faster than the almost-linear O(n*alpha(n)) version, even for large CFGs.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_GENERIC_DOM_TREE_CONSTRUCTION_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_GENERIC_DOM_TREE_CONSTRUCTION_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/GenericDomTree.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template<class GraphT>
+unsigned DFSPass(DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>& DT,
+                 typename GraphT::NodeType* V, unsigned N) {
+  // This is more understandable as a recursive algorithm, but we can't use the
+  // recursive algorithm due to stack depth issues.  Keep it here for
+  // documentation purposes.
+#if 0
+  InfoRec &VInfo = DT.Info[DT.Roots[i]];
+  VInfo.DFSNum = VInfo.Semi = ++N;
+  VInfo.Label = V;
+
+  Vertex.push_back(V);        // Vertex[n] = V;
+
+  for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(V), E = succ_end(V); SI != E; ++SI) {
+    InfoRec &SuccVInfo = DT.Info[*SI];
+    if (SuccVInfo.Semi == 0) {
+      SuccVInfo.Parent = V;
+      N = DTDFSPass(DT, *SI, N);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  bool IsChildOfArtificialExit = (N != 0);
+
+  SmallVector<std::pair<typename GraphT::NodeType*,
+                        typename GraphT::ChildIteratorType>, 32> Worklist;
+  Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(V, GraphT::child_begin(V)));
+  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* BB = Worklist.back().first;
+    typename GraphT::ChildIteratorType NextSucc = Worklist.back().second;
+
+    typename DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>::InfoRec &BBInfo =
+                                                                    DT.Info[BB];
+
+    // First time we visited this BB?
+    if (NextSucc == GraphT::child_begin(BB)) {
+      BBInfo.DFSNum = BBInfo.Semi = ++N;
+      BBInfo.Label = BB;
+
+      DT.Vertex.push_back(BB);       // Vertex[n] = V;
+
+      if (IsChildOfArtificialExit)
+        BBInfo.Parent = 1;
+
+      IsChildOfArtificialExit = false;
+    }
+
+    // store the DFS number of the current BB - the reference to BBInfo might
+    // get invalidated when processing the successors.
+    unsigned BBDFSNum = BBInfo.DFSNum;
+
+    // If we are done with this block, remove it from the worklist.
+    if (NextSucc == GraphT::child_end(BB)) {
+      Worklist.pop_back();
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // Increment the successor number for the next time we get to it.
+    ++Worklist.back().second;
+    
+    // Visit the successor next, if it isn't already visited.
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* Succ = *NextSucc;
+
+    typename DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>::InfoRec &SuccVInfo =
+                                                                  DT.Info[Succ];
+    if (SuccVInfo.Semi == 0) {
+      SuccVInfo.Parent = BBDFSNum;
+      Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(Succ, GraphT::child_begin(Succ)));
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+    return N;
+}
+
+template<class GraphT>
+typename GraphT::NodeType* 
+Eval(DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>& DT,
+     typename GraphT::NodeType *VIn, unsigned LastLinked) {
+  typename DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>::InfoRec &VInInfo =
+                                                                  DT.Info[VIn];
+  if (VInInfo.DFSNum < LastLinked)
+    return VIn;
+
+  SmallVector<typename GraphT::NodeType*, 32> Work;
+  SmallPtrSet<typename GraphT::NodeType*, 32> Visited;
+
+  if (VInInfo.Parent >= LastLinked)
+    Work.push_back(VIn);
+  
+  while (!Work.empty()) {
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* V = Work.back();
+    typename DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>::InfoRec &VInfo =
+                                                                     DT.Info[V];
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* VAncestor = DT.Vertex[VInfo.Parent];
+
+    // Process Ancestor first
+    if (Visited.insert(VAncestor) && VInfo.Parent >= LastLinked) {
+      Work.push_back(VAncestor);
+      continue;
+    } 
+    Work.pop_back(); 
+
+    // Update VInfo based on Ancestor info
+    if (VInfo.Parent < LastLinked)
+      continue;
+
+    typename DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>::InfoRec &VAInfo =
+                                                             DT.Info[VAncestor];
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* VAncestorLabel = VAInfo.Label;
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* VLabel = VInfo.Label;
+    if (DT.Info[VAncestorLabel].Semi < DT.Info[VLabel].Semi)
+      VInfo.Label = VAncestorLabel;
+    VInfo.Parent = VAInfo.Parent;
+  }
+
+  return VInInfo.Label;
+}
+
+template<class FuncT, class NodeT>
+void Calculate(DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphTraits<NodeT>::NodeType>& DT,
+               FuncT& F) {
+  typedef GraphTraits<NodeT> GraphT;
+
+  unsigned N = 0;
+  bool MultipleRoots = (DT.Roots.size() > 1);
+  if (MultipleRoots) {
+    typename DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>::InfoRec &BBInfo =
+        DT.Info[nullptr];
+    BBInfo.DFSNum = BBInfo.Semi = ++N;
+    BBInfo.Label = nullptr;
+
+    DT.Vertex.push_back(nullptr);       // Vertex[n] = V;
+  }
+
+  // Step #1: Number blocks in depth-first order and initialize variables used
+  // in later stages of the algorithm.
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = static_cast<unsigned>(DT.Roots.size());
+       i != e; ++i)
+    N = DFSPass<GraphT>(DT, DT.Roots[i], N);
+
+  // it might be that some blocks did not get a DFS number (e.g., blocks of 
+  // infinite loops). In these cases an artificial exit node is required.
+  MultipleRoots |= (DT.isPostDominator() && N != GraphTraits<FuncT*>::size(&F));
+
+  // When naively implemented, the Lengauer-Tarjan algorithm requires a separate
+  // bucket for each vertex. However, this is unnecessary, because each vertex
+  // is only placed into a single bucket (that of its semidominator), and each
+  // vertex's bucket is processed before it is added to any bucket itself.
+  //
+  // Instead of using a bucket per vertex, we use a single array Buckets that
+  // has two purposes. Before the vertex V with preorder number i is processed,
+  // Buckets[i] stores the index of the first element in V's bucket. After V's
+  // bucket is processed, Buckets[i] stores the index of the next element in the
+  // bucket containing V, if any.
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 32> Buckets;
+  Buckets.resize(N + 1);
+  for (unsigned i = 1; i <= N; ++i)
+    Buckets[i] = i;
+
+  for (unsigned i = N; i >= 2; --i) {
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* W = DT.Vertex[i];
+    typename DominatorTreeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>::InfoRec &WInfo =
+                                                                     DT.Info[W];
+
+    // Step #2: Implicitly define the immediate dominator of vertices
+    for (unsigned j = i; Buckets[j] != i; j = Buckets[j]) {
+      typename GraphT::NodeType* V = DT.Vertex[Buckets[j]];
+      typename GraphT::NodeType* U = Eval<GraphT>(DT, V, i + 1);
+      DT.IDoms[V] = DT.Info[U].Semi < i ? U : W;
+    }
+
+    // Step #3: Calculate the semidominators of all vertices
+
+    // initialize the semi dominator to point to the parent node
+    WInfo.Semi = WInfo.Parent;
+    typedef GraphTraits<Inverse<NodeT> > InvTraits;
+    for (typename InvTraits::ChildIteratorType CI =
+         InvTraits::child_begin(W),
+         E = InvTraits::child_end(W); CI != E; ++CI) {
+      typename InvTraits::NodeType *N = *CI;
+      if (DT.Info.count(N)) {  // Only if this predecessor is reachable!
+        unsigned SemiU = DT.Info[Eval<GraphT>(DT, N, i + 1)].Semi;
+        if (SemiU < WInfo.Semi)
+          WInfo.Semi = SemiU;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // If V is a non-root vertex and sdom(V) = parent(V), then idom(V) is
+    // necessarily parent(V). In this case, set idom(V) here and avoid placing
+    // V into a bucket.
+    if (WInfo.Semi == WInfo.Parent) {
+      DT.IDoms[W] = DT.Vertex[WInfo.Parent];
+    } else {
+      Buckets[i] = Buckets[WInfo.Semi];
+      Buckets[WInfo.Semi] = i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (N >= 1) {
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* Root = DT.Vertex[1];
+    for (unsigned j = 1; Buckets[j] != 1; j = Buckets[j]) {
+      typename GraphT::NodeType* V = DT.Vertex[Buckets[j]];
+      DT.IDoms[V] = Root;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Step #4: Explicitly define the immediate dominator of each vertex
+  for (unsigned i = 2; i <= N; ++i) {
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* W = DT.Vertex[i];
+    typename GraphT::NodeType*& WIDom = DT.IDoms[W];
+    if (WIDom != DT.Vertex[DT.Info[W].Semi])
+      WIDom = DT.IDoms[WIDom];
+  }
+
+  if (DT.Roots.empty()) return;
+
+  // Add a node for the root.  This node might be the actual root, if there is
+  // one exit block, or it may be the virtual exit (denoted by (BasicBlock *)0)
+  // which postdominates all real exits if there are multiple exit blocks, or
+  // an infinite loop.
+  typename GraphT::NodeType* Root = !MultipleRoots ? DT.Roots[0] : nullptr;
+
+  DT.DomTreeNodes[Root] = DT.RootNode =
+                  new DomTreeNodeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>(Root, nullptr);
+
+  // Loop over all of the reachable blocks in the function...
+  for (unsigned i = 2; i <= N; ++i) {
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* W = DT.Vertex[i];
+
+    DomTreeNodeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType> *BBNode = DT.DomTreeNodes[W];
+    if (BBNode) continue;  // Haven't calculated this node yet?
+
+    typename GraphT::NodeType* ImmDom = DT.getIDom(W);
+
+    assert(ImmDom || DT.DomTreeNodes[nullptr]);
+
+    // Get or calculate the node for the immediate dominator
+    DomTreeNodeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType> *IDomNode =
+                                                     DT.getNodeForBlock(ImmDom);
+
+    // Add a new tree node for this BasicBlock, and link it as a child of
+    // IDomNode
+    DomTreeNodeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType> *C =
+                    new DomTreeNodeBase<typename GraphT::NodeType>(W, IDomNode);
+    DT.DomTreeNodes[W] = IDomNode->addChild(C);
+  }
+
+  // Free temporary memory used to construct idom's
+  DT.IDoms.clear();
+  DT.Info.clear();
+  std::vector<typename GraphT::NodeType*>().swap(DT.Vertex);
+
+  DT.updateDFSNumbers();
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aacb531..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h -----------------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file implements an iterator for walking through the types indexed by
-// getelementptr instructions.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_GETELEMENTPTRTYPEITERATOR_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_GETELEMENTPTRTYPEITERATOR_H
-
-#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-  template<typename ItTy = User::const_op_iterator>
-  class generic_gep_type_iterator
-    : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, Type *, ptrdiff_t> {
-    typedef std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag,
-                          Type *, ptrdiff_t> super;
-
-    ItTy OpIt;
-    Type *CurTy;
-    generic_gep_type_iterator() {}
-  public:
-
-    static generic_gep_type_iterator begin(Type *Ty, ItTy It) {
-      generic_gep_type_iterator I;
-      I.CurTy = Ty;
-      I.OpIt = It;
-      return I;
-    }
-    static generic_gep_type_iterator end(ItTy It) {
-      generic_gep_type_iterator I;
-      I.CurTy = 0;
-      I.OpIt = It;
-      return I;
-    }
-
-    bool operator==(const generic_gep_type_iterator& x) const {
-      return OpIt == x.OpIt;
-    }
-    bool operator!=(const generic_gep_type_iterator& x) const {
-      return !operator==(x);
-    }
-
-    Type *operator*() const {
-      return CurTy;
-    }
-
-    Type *getIndexedType() const {
-      CompositeType *CT = cast<CompositeType>(CurTy);
-      return CT->getTypeAtIndex(getOperand());
-    }
-
-    // This is a non-standard operator->.  It allows you to call methods on the
-    // current type directly.
-    Type *operator->() const { return operator*(); }
-
-    Value *getOperand() const { return *OpIt; }
-
-    generic_gep_type_iterator& operator++() {   // Preincrement
-      if (CompositeType *CT = dyn_cast<CompositeType>(CurTy)) {
-        CurTy = CT->getTypeAtIndex(getOperand());
-      } else {
-        CurTy = 0;
-      }
-      ++OpIt;
-      return *this;
-    }
-
-    generic_gep_type_iterator operator++(int) { // Postincrement
-      generic_gep_type_iterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
-    }
-  };
-
-  typedef generic_gep_type_iterator<> gep_type_iterator;
-
-  inline gep_type_iterator gep_type_begin(const User *GEP) {
-    return gep_type_iterator::begin
-      (GEP->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarType(), GEP->op_begin()+1);
-  }
-  inline gep_type_iterator gep_type_end(const User *GEP) {
-    return gep_type_iterator::end(GEP->op_end());
-  }
-  inline gep_type_iterator gep_type_begin(const User &GEP) {
-    return gep_type_iterator::begin
-      (GEP.getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarType(), GEP.op_begin()+1);
-  }
-  inline gep_type_iterator gep_type_end(const User &GEP) {
-    return gep_type_iterator::end(GEP.op_end());
-  }
-
-  template<typename T>
-  inline generic_gep_type_iterator<const T *>
-  gep_type_begin(Type *Op0, ArrayRef<T> A) {
-    return generic_gep_type_iterator<const T *>::begin(Op0, A.begin());
-  }
-
-  template<typename T>
-  inline generic_gep_type_iterator<const T *>
-  gep_type_end(Type * /*Op0*/, ArrayRef<T> A) {
-    return generic_gep_type_iterator<const T *>::end(A.end());
-  }
-} // end namespace llvm
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GraphWriter.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GraphWriter.h
index 62547dd..2f02aa7 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GraphWriter.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/GraphWriter.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ namespace GraphProgram {
    };
 }
 
-void DisplayGraph(StringRef Filename, bool wait = true,
+bool DisplayGraph(StringRef Filename, bool wait = true,
                   GraphProgram::Name program = GraphProgram::DOT);
 
 template<typename GraphType>
@@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ public:
 
   /// emitSimpleNode - Outputs a simple (non-record) node
   void emitSimpleNode(const void *ID, const std::string &Attr,
-                      const std::string &Label, unsigned NumEdgeSources = 0,
-                      const std::vector<std::string> *EdgeSourceLabels = 0) {
+                   const std::string &Label, unsigned NumEdgeSources = 0,
+                   const std::vector<std::string> *EdgeSourceLabels = nullptr) {
     O << "\tNode" << ID << "[ ";
     if (!Attr.empty())
       O << Attr << ",";
@@ -325,7 +325,10 @@ template <typename GraphType>
 std::string WriteGraph(const GraphType &G, const Twine &Name,
                        bool ShortNames = false, const Twine &Title = "") {
   int FD;
-  std::string Filename = createGraphFilename(Name, FD);
+  // Windows can't always handle long paths, so limit the length of the name.
+  std::string N = Name.str();
+  N = N.substr(0, std::min<std::size_t>(N.size(), 140));
+  std::string Filename = createGraphFilename(N, FD);
   raw_fd_ostream O(FD, /*shouldClose=*/ true);
 
   if (FD == -1) {
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Host.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Host.h
index 28c4cc7..8f4bf3c 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Host.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Host.h
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ namespace sys {
   /// target which matches the host.
   ///
   /// \return - The host CPU name, or empty if the CPU could not be determined.
-  std::string getHostCPUName();
+  StringRef getHostCPUName();
 
   /// getHostCPUFeatures - Get the LLVM names for the host CPU features.
   /// The particular format of the names are target dependent, and suitable for
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/InstIterator.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/InstIterator.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ac936a1..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/InstIterator.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Support/InstIterator.h - Classes for inst iteration -*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file contains definitions of two iterators for iterating over the
-// instructions in a function.  This is effectively a wrapper around a two level
-// iterator that can probably be genericized later.
-//
-// Note that this iterator gets invalidated any time that basic blocks or
-// instructions are moved around.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_INSTITERATOR_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_INSTITERATOR_H
-
-#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-// This class implements inst_begin() & inst_end() for
-// inst_iterator and const_inst_iterator's.
-//
-template <class _BB_t, class _BB_i_t, class _BI_t, class _II_t>
-class InstIterator {
-  typedef _BB_t   BBty;
-  typedef _BB_i_t BBIty;
-  typedef _BI_t   BIty;
-  typedef _II_t   IIty;
-  _BB_t  *BBs;      // BasicBlocksType
-  _BB_i_t BB;       // BasicBlocksType::iterator
-  _BI_t   BI;       // BasicBlock::iterator
-public:
-  typedef std::bidirectional_iterator_tag iterator_category;
-  typedef IIty                            value_type;
-  typedef signed                        difference_type;
-  typedef IIty*                           pointer;
-  typedef IIty&                           reference;
-
-  // Default constructor
-  InstIterator() {}
-
-  // Copy constructor...
-  template<typename A, typename B, typename C, typename D>
-  InstIterator(const InstIterator<A,B,C,D> &II)
-    : BBs(II.BBs), BB(II.BB), BI(II.BI) {}
-
-  template<typename A, typename B, typename C, typename D>
-  InstIterator(InstIterator<A,B,C,D> &II)
-    : BBs(II.BBs), BB(II.BB), BI(II.BI) {}
-
-  template<class M> InstIterator(M &m)
-    : BBs(&m.getBasicBlockList()), BB(BBs->begin()) {    // begin ctor
-    if (BB != BBs->end()) {
-      BI = BB->begin();
-      advanceToNextBB();
-    }
-  }
-
-  template<class M> InstIterator(M &m, bool)
-    : BBs(&m.getBasicBlockList()), BB(BBs->end()) {    // end ctor
-  }
-
-  // Accessors to get at the underlying iterators...
-  inline BBIty &getBasicBlockIterator()  { return BB; }
-  inline BIty  &getInstructionIterator() { return BI; }
-
-  inline reference operator*()  const { return *BI; }
-  inline pointer operator->() const { return &operator*(); }
-
-  inline bool operator==(const InstIterator &y) const {
-    return BB == y.BB && (BB == BBs->end() || BI == y.BI);
-  }
-  inline bool operator!=(const InstIterator& y) const {
-    return !operator==(y);
-  }
-
-  InstIterator& operator++() {
-    ++BI;
-    advanceToNextBB();
-    return *this;
-  }
-  inline InstIterator operator++(int) {
-    InstIterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
-  }
-
-  InstIterator& operator--() {
-    while (BB == BBs->end() || BI == BB->begin()) {
-      --BB;
-      BI = BB->end();
-    }
-    --BI;
-    return *this;
-  }
-  inline InstIterator  operator--(int) {
-    InstIterator tmp = *this; --*this; return tmp;
-  }
-
-  inline bool atEnd() const { return BB == BBs->end(); }
-
-private:
-  inline void advanceToNextBB() {
-    // The only way that the II could be broken is if it is now pointing to
-    // the end() of the current BasicBlock and there are successor BBs.
-    while (BI == BB->end()) {
-      ++BB;
-      if (BB == BBs->end()) break;
-      BI = BB->begin();
-    }
-  }
-};
-
-
-typedef InstIterator<iplist<BasicBlock>,
-                     Function::iterator, BasicBlock::iterator,
-                     Instruction> inst_iterator;
-typedef InstIterator<const iplist<BasicBlock>,
-                     Function::const_iterator,
-                     BasicBlock::const_iterator,
-                     const Instruction> const_inst_iterator;
-
-inline inst_iterator inst_begin(Function *F) { return inst_iterator(*F); }
-inline inst_iterator inst_end(Function *F)   { return inst_iterator(*F, true); }
-inline const_inst_iterator inst_begin(const Function *F) {
-  return const_inst_iterator(*F);
-}
-inline const_inst_iterator inst_end(const Function *F) {
-  return const_inst_iterator(*F, true);
-}
-inline inst_iterator inst_begin(Function &F) { return inst_iterator(F); }
-inline inst_iterator inst_end(Function &F)   { return inst_iterator(F, true); }
-inline const_inst_iterator inst_begin(const Function &F) {
-  return const_inst_iterator(F);
-}
-inline const_inst_iterator inst_end(const Function &F) {
-  return const_inst_iterator(F, true);
-}
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h
index 3d73792..ea76c9b 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ inline unsigned encodeULEB128(uint64_t Value, uint8_t *p,
 
 
 /// Utility function to decode a ULEB128 value.
-inline uint64_t decodeULEB128(const uint8_t *p, unsigned *n = 0) {
+inline uint64_t decodeULEB128(const uint8_t *p, unsigned *n = nullptr) {
   const uint8_t *orig_p = p;
   uint64_t Value = 0;
   unsigned Shift = 0;
@@ -90,6 +90,12 @@ inline uint64_t decodeULEB128(const uint8_t *p, unsigned *n = 0) {
   return Value;
 }
 
+/// Utility function to get the size of the ULEB128-encoded value.
+extern unsigned getULEB128Size(uint64_t Value);
+
+/// Utility function to get the size of the SLEB128-encoded value.
+extern unsigned getSLEB128Size(int64_t Value);
+
 }  // namespace llvm
 
 #endif  // LLVM_SYSTEM_LEB128_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LeakDetector.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LeakDetector.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 501a9db..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LeakDetector.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/LeakDetector.h - Provide leak detection ----*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines a class that can be used to provide very simple memory leak
-// checks for an API.  Basically LLVM uses this to make sure that Instructions,
-// for example, are deleted when they are supposed to be, and not leaked away.
-//
-// When compiling with NDEBUG (Release build), this class does nothing, thus
-// adding no checking overhead to release builds.  Note that this class is
-// implemented in a very simple way, requiring completely manual manipulation
-// and checking for garbage, but this is intentional: users should not be using
-// this API, only other APIs should.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_LEAKDETECTOR_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_LEAKDETECTOR_H
-
-#include <string>
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-class LLVMContext;
-class Value;
-
-struct LeakDetector {
-  /// addGarbageObject - Add a pointer to the internal set of "garbage" object
-  /// pointers.  This should be called when objects are created, or if they are
-  /// taken out of an owning collection.
-  ///
-  static void addGarbageObject(void *Object) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    addGarbageObjectImpl(Object);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /// removeGarbageObject - Remove a pointer from our internal representation of
-  /// our "garbage" objects.  This should be called when an object is added to
-  /// an "owning" collection.
-  ///
-  static void removeGarbageObject(void *Object) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    removeGarbageObjectImpl(Object);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /// checkForGarbage - Traverse the internal representation of garbage
-  /// pointers.  If there are any pointers that have been add'ed, but not
-  /// remove'd, big obnoxious warnings about memory leaks are issued.
-  ///
-  /// The specified message will be printed indicating when the check was
-  /// performed.
-  ///
-  static void checkForGarbage(LLVMContext &C, const std::string &Message) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    checkForGarbageImpl(C, Message);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /// Overload the normal methods to work better with Value*'s because they are
-  /// by far the most common in LLVM.  This does not affect the actual
-  /// functioning of this class, it just makes the warning messages nicer.
-  ///
-  static void addGarbageObject(const Value *Object) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    addGarbageObjectImpl(Object);
-#endif
-  }
-  static void removeGarbageObject(const Value *Object) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    removeGarbageObjectImpl(Object);
-#endif
-  }
-
-private:
-  // If we are debugging, the actual implementations will be called...
-  static void addGarbageObjectImpl(const Value *Object);
-  static void removeGarbageObjectImpl(const Value *Object);
-  static void addGarbageObjectImpl(void *Object);
-  static void removeGarbageObjectImpl(void *Object);
-  static void checkForGarbageImpl(LLVMContext &C, const std::string &Message);
-};
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LineIterator.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LineIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a58262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LineIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+//===- LineIterator.h - Iterator to read a text buffer's lines --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_LINEITERATOR_H__
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_LINEITERATOR_H__
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class MemoryBuffer;
+
+/// \brief A forward iterator which reads non-blank text lines from a buffer.
+///
+/// This class provides a forward iterator interface for reading one line at
+/// a time from a buffer. When default constructed the iterator will be the
+/// "end" iterator.
+///
+/// The iterator also is aware of what line number it is currently processing
+/// and can strip comment lines given the comment-starting character.
+///
+/// Note that this iterator requires the buffer to be nul terminated.
+class line_iterator
+    : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, StringRef> {
+  const MemoryBuffer *Buffer;
+  char CommentMarker;
+
+  unsigned LineNumber;
+  StringRef CurrentLine;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Default construct an "end" iterator.
+  line_iterator() : Buffer(nullptr) {}
+
+  /// \brief Construct a new iterator around some memory buffer.
+  explicit line_iterator(const MemoryBuffer &Buffer, char CommentMarker = '\0');
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we've reached EOF or are an "end" iterator.
+  bool is_at_eof() const { return !Buffer; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we're an "end" iterator or have reached EOF.
+  bool is_at_end() const { return is_at_eof(); }
+
+  /// \brief Return the current line number. May return any number at EOF.
+  int64_t line_number() const { return LineNumber; }
+
+  /// \brief Advance to the next (non-empty, non-comment) line.
+  line_iterator &operator++() {
+    advance();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  line_iterator operator++(int) {
+    line_iterator tmp(*this);
+    advance();
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the current line as a \c StringRef.
+  StringRef operator*() const { return CurrentLine; }
+  const StringRef *operator->() const { return &CurrentLine; }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const line_iterator &LHS, const line_iterator &RHS) {
+    return LHS.Buffer == RHS.Buffer &&
+           LHS.CurrentLine.begin() == RHS.CurrentLine.begin();
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator!=(const line_iterator &LHS, const line_iterator &RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Advance the iterator to the next line.
+  void advance();
+};
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_LINEITERATOR_H__
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h
index 9df8675..61c65da 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h
@@ -12,11 +12,10 @@
 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
+#include <system_error>
 #include <utility> // for std::pair
 
 namespace llvm {
-
 /// \brief Class that manages the creation of a lock file to aid
 /// implicit coordination between different processes.
 ///
@@ -40,13 +39,23 @@ public:
     LFS_Error
   };
 
+  /// \brief Describes the result of waiting for the owner to release the lock.
+  enum WaitForUnlockResult {
+    /// \brief The lock was released successfully.
+    Res_Success,
+    /// \brief Owner died while holding the lock.
+    Res_OwnerDied,
+    /// \brief Reached timeout while waiting for the owner to release the lock.
+    Res_Timeout
+  };
+
 private:
   SmallString<128> FileName;
   SmallString<128> LockFileName;
   SmallString<128> UniqueLockFileName;
 
   Optional<std::pair<std::string, int> > Owner;
-  Optional<error_code> Error;
+  Optional<std::error_code> Error;
 
   LockFileManager(const LockFileManager &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   LockFileManager &operator=(const LockFileManager &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
@@ -67,7 +76,7 @@ public:
   operator LockFileState() const { return getState(); }
 
   /// \brief For a shared lock, wait until the owner releases the lock.
-  void waitForUnlock();
+  WaitForUnlockResult waitForUnlock();
 };
 
 } // end namespace llvm
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MD5.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MD5.h
index b2b8c2d..4eb8507 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MD5.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MD5.h
@@ -28,13 +28,12 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SYSTEM_MD5_H
 #define LLVM_SYSTEM_MD5_H
 
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-template <typename T> class ArrayRef;
-
 class MD5 {
   // Any 32-bit or wider unsigned integer data type will do.
   typedef uint32_t MD5_u32plus;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MachO.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MachO.h
index 897a611..90df1f4 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MachO.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MachO.h
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 namespace llvm {
   namespace MachO {
     // Enums from <mach-o/loader.h>
-    enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum : uint32_t {
       // Constants for the "magic" field in llvm::MachO::mach_header and
       // llvm::MachO::mach_header_64
       MH_MAGIC    = 0xFEEDFACEu,
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ namespace llvm {
       MH_DEAD_STRIPPABLE_DYLIB   = 0x00400000u
     };
 
-    enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum : uint32_t {
       // Flags for the "cmd" field in llvm::MachO::load_command
       LC_REQ_DYLD    = 0x80000000u
     };
 
-    enum LoadCommandType LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum LoadCommandType : uint32_t {
       // Constants for the "cmd" field in llvm::MachO::load_command
       LC_SEGMENT              = 0x00000001u,
       LC_SYMTAB               = 0x00000002u,
@@ -128,10 +128,11 @@ namespace llvm {
       LC_SOURCE_VERSION       = 0x0000002Au,
       LC_DYLIB_CODE_SIGN_DRS  = 0x0000002Bu,
       //                        0x0000002Cu,
-      LC_LINKER_OPTIONS       = 0x0000002Du
+      LC_LINKER_OPTIONS       = 0x0000002Du,
+      LC_LINKER_OPTIMIZATION_HINT = 0x0000002Eu
     };
 
-    enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum : uint32_t {
       // Constant bits for the "flags" field in llvm::MachO::segment_command
       SG_HIGHVM              = 0x1u,
       SG_FVMLIB              = 0x2u,
@@ -147,48 +148,100 @@ namespace llvm {
       SECTION_ATTRIBUTES_SYS = 0x00ffff00u  // SECTION_ATTRIBUTES_SYS
     };
 
-    enum SectionType {
+    /// These are the section type and attributes fields.  A MachO section can
+    /// have only one Type, but can have any of the attributes specified.
+    enum SectionType : uint32_t {
       // Constant masks for the "flags[7:0]" field in llvm::MachO::section and
       // llvm::MachO::section_64 (mask "flags" with SECTION_TYPE)
+
+      /// S_REGULAR - Regular section.
       S_REGULAR                             = 0x00u,
+      /// S_ZEROFILL - Zero fill on demand section.
       S_ZEROFILL                            = 0x01u,
+      /// S_CSTRING_LITERALS - Section with literal C strings.
       S_CSTRING_LITERALS                    = 0x02u,
+      /// S_4BYTE_LITERALS - Section with 4 byte literals.
       S_4BYTE_LITERALS                      = 0x03u,
+      /// S_8BYTE_LITERALS - Section with 8 byte literals.
       S_8BYTE_LITERALS                      = 0x04u,
+      /// S_LITERAL_POINTERS - Section with pointers to literals.
       S_LITERAL_POINTERS                    = 0x05u,
+      /// S_NON_LAZY_SYMBOL_POINTERS - Section with non-lazy symbol pointers.
       S_NON_LAZY_SYMBOL_POINTERS            = 0x06u,
+      /// S_LAZY_SYMBOL_POINTERS - Section with lazy symbol pointers.
       S_LAZY_SYMBOL_POINTERS                = 0x07u,
+      /// S_SYMBOL_STUBS - Section with symbol stubs, byte size of stub in
+      /// the Reserved2 field.
       S_SYMBOL_STUBS                        = 0x08u,
+      /// S_MOD_INIT_FUNC_POINTERS - Section with only function pointers for
+      /// initialization.
       S_MOD_INIT_FUNC_POINTERS              = 0x09u,
+      /// S_MOD_TERM_FUNC_POINTERS - Section with only function pointers for
+      /// termination.
       S_MOD_TERM_FUNC_POINTERS              = 0x0au,
+      /// S_COALESCED - Section contains symbols that are to be coalesced.
       S_COALESCED                           = 0x0bu,
+      /// S_GB_ZEROFILL - Zero fill on demand section (that can be larger than 4
+      /// gigabytes).
       S_GB_ZEROFILL                         = 0x0cu,
+      /// S_INTERPOSING - Section with only pairs of function pointers for
+      /// interposing.
       S_INTERPOSING                         = 0x0du,
+      /// S_16BYTE_LITERALS - Section with only 16 byte literals.
       S_16BYTE_LITERALS                     = 0x0eu,
+      /// S_DTRACE_DOF - Section contains DTrace Object Format.
       S_DTRACE_DOF                          = 0x0fu,
+      /// S_LAZY_DYLIB_SYMBOL_POINTERS - Section with lazy symbol pointers to
+      /// lazy loaded dylibs.
       S_LAZY_DYLIB_SYMBOL_POINTERS          = 0x10u,
+      /// S_THREAD_LOCAL_REGULAR - Thread local data section.
       S_THREAD_LOCAL_REGULAR                = 0x11u,
+      /// S_THREAD_LOCAL_ZEROFILL - Thread local zerofill section.
       S_THREAD_LOCAL_ZEROFILL               = 0x12u,
+      /// S_THREAD_LOCAL_VARIABLES - Section with thread local variable
+      /// structure data.
       S_THREAD_LOCAL_VARIABLES              = 0x13u,
+      /// S_THREAD_LOCAL_VARIABLE_POINTERS - Section with pointers to thread
+      /// local structures.
       S_THREAD_LOCAL_VARIABLE_POINTERS      = 0x14u,
-      S_THREAD_LOCAL_INIT_FUNCTION_POINTERS = 0x15u
+      /// S_THREAD_LOCAL_INIT_FUNCTION_POINTERS - Section with thread local
+      /// variable initialization pointers to functions.
+      S_THREAD_LOCAL_INIT_FUNCTION_POINTERS = 0x15u,
+
+      LAST_KNOWN_SECTION_TYPE = S_THREAD_LOCAL_INIT_FUNCTION_POINTERS
     };
 
-    enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum : uint32_t {
       // Constant masks for the "flags[31:24]" field in llvm::MachO::section and
       // llvm::MachO::section_64 (mask "flags" with SECTION_ATTRIBUTES_USR)
+
+      /// S_ATTR_PURE_INSTRUCTIONS - Section contains only true machine
+      /// instructions.
       S_ATTR_PURE_INSTRUCTIONS   = 0x80000000u,
+      /// S_ATTR_NO_TOC - Section contains coalesced symbols that are not to be
+      /// in a ranlib table of contents.
       S_ATTR_NO_TOC              = 0x40000000u,
+      /// S_ATTR_STRIP_STATIC_SYMS - Ok to strip static symbols in this section
+      /// in files with the MY_DYLDLINK flag.
       S_ATTR_STRIP_STATIC_SYMS   = 0x20000000u,
+      /// S_ATTR_NO_DEAD_STRIP - No dead stripping.
       S_ATTR_NO_DEAD_STRIP       = 0x10000000u,
+      /// S_ATTR_LIVE_SUPPORT - Blocks are live if they reference live blocks.
       S_ATTR_LIVE_SUPPORT        = 0x08000000u,
+      /// S_ATTR_SELF_MODIFYING_CODE - Used with i386 code stubs written on by
+      /// dyld.
       S_ATTR_SELF_MODIFYING_CODE = 0x04000000u,
+      /// S_ATTR_DEBUG - A debug section.
       S_ATTR_DEBUG               = 0x02000000u,
 
       // Constant masks for the "flags[23:8]" field in llvm::MachO::section and
       // llvm::MachO::section_64 (mask "flags" with SECTION_ATTRIBUTES_SYS)
+
+      /// S_ATTR_SOME_INSTRUCTIONS - Section contains some machine instructions.
       S_ATTR_SOME_INSTRUCTIONS   = 0x00000400u,
+      /// S_ATTR_EXT_RELOC - Section has external relocation entries.
       S_ATTR_EXT_RELOC           = 0x00000200u,
+      /// S_ATTR_LOC_RELOC - Section has local relocation entries.
       S_ATTR_LOC_RELOC           = 0x00000100u,
 
       // Constant masks for the value of an indirect symbol in an indirect
@@ -307,22 +360,41 @@ namespace llvm {
     enum {
       // Constant masks for the "n_desc" field in llvm::MachO::nlist and
       // llvm::MachO::nlist_64
+      // The low 3 bits are the for the REFERENCE_TYPE.
+      REFERENCE_TYPE                            = 0x7,
+      REFERENCE_FLAG_UNDEFINED_NON_LAZY         = 0,
+      REFERENCE_FLAG_UNDEFINED_LAZY             = 1,
+      REFERENCE_FLAG_DEFINED                    = 2,
+      REFERENCE_FLAG_PRIVATE_DEFINED            = 3,
+      REFERENCE_FLAG_PRIVATE_UNDEFINED_NON_LAZY = 4,
+      REFERENCE_FLAG_PRIVATE_UNDEFINED_LAZY     = 5,
+      // Flag bits (some overlap with the library ordinal bits).
       N_ARM_THUMB_DEF   = 0x0008u,
+      REFERENCED_DYNAMICALLY = 0x0010u,
       N_NO_DEAD_STRIP   = 0x0020u,
       N_WEAK_REF        = 0x0040u,
       N_WEAK_DEF        = 0x0080u,
-      N_SYMBOL_RESOLVER = 0x0100u
+      N_SYMBOL_RESOLVER = 0x0100u,
+      N_ALT_ENTRY       = 0x0200u,
+      // For undefined symbols coming from libraries, see GET_LIBRARY_ORDINAL()
+      // as these are in the top 8 bits.
+      SELF_LIBRARY_ORDINAL   = 0x0,
+      MAX_LIBRARY_ORDINAL    = 0xfd,
+      DYNAMIC_LOOKUP_ORDINAL = 0xfe,
+      EXECUTABLE_ORDINAL     = 0xff 
     };
 
     enum StabType {
       // Constant values for the "n_type" field in llvm::MachO::nlist and
-      // llvm::MachO::nlist_64 when "(n_type & NlistMaskStab) != 0"
+      // llvm::MachO::nlist_64 when "(n_type & N_STAB) != 0"
       N_GSYM    = 0x20u,
       N_FNAME   = 0x22u,
       N_FUN     = 0x24u,
       N_STSYM   = 0x26u,
       N_LCSYM   = 0x28u,
       N_BNSYM   = 0x2Eu,
+      N_PC      = 0x30u,
+      N_AST     = 0x32u,
       N_OPT     = 0x3Cu,
       N_RSYM    = 0x40u,
       N_SLINE   = 0x44u,
@@ -348,7 +420,7 @@ namespace llvm {
       N_LENG    = 0xFEu
     };
 
-    enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum : uint32_t {
       // Constant values for the r_symbolnum field in an
       // llvm::MachO::relocation_info structure when r_extern is 0.
       R_ABS = 0,
@@ -403,6 +475,34 @@ namespace llvm {
       ARM_RELOC_HALF               = 8,
       ARM_RELOC_HALF_SECTDIFF      = 9,
 
+      // Constant values for the r_type field in an ARM64 architecture
+      // llvm::MachO::relocation_info or llvm::MachO::scattered_relocation_info
+      // structure.
+
+      // For pointers.
+      ARM64_RELOC_UNSIGNED            = 0,
+      // Must be followed by an ARM64_RELOC_UNSIGNED
+      ARM64_RELOC_SUBTRACTOR          = 1,
+      // A B/BL instruction with 26-bit displacement.
+      ARM64_RELOC_BRANCH26            = 2,
+      // PC-rel distance to page of target.
+      ARM64_RELOC_PAGE21              = 3,
+      // Offset within page, scaled by r_length.
+      ARM64_RELOC_PAGEOFF12           = 4,
+      // PC-rel distance to page of GOT slot.
+      ARM64_RELOC_GOT_LOAD_PAGE21     = 5,
+      // Offset within page of GOT slot, scaled by r_length.
+      ARM64_RELOC_GOT_LOAD_PAGEOFF12  = 6,
+      // For pointers to GOT slots.
+      ARM64_RELOC_POINTER_TO_GOT      = 7,
+      // PC-rel distance to page of TLVP slot.
+      ARM64_RELOC_TLVP_LOAD_PAGE21    = 8,
+      // Offset within page of TLVP slot, scaled by r_length.
+      ARM64_RELOC_TLVP_LOAD_PAGEOFF12 = 9,
+      // Must be followed by ARM64_RELOC_PAGE21 or ARM64_RELOC_PAGEOFF12.
+      ARM64_RELOC_ADDEND              = 10,
+
+
       // Constant values for the r_type field in an x86_64 architecture
       // llvm::MachO::relocation_info or llvm::MachO::scattered_relocation_info
       // structure
@@ -739,9 +839,10 @@ namespace llvm {
     };
 
     struct version_min_command {
-      uint32_t cmd;
-      uint32_t cmdsize;
-      uint32_t version;
+      uint32_t cmd;       // LC_VERSION_MIN_MACOSX or
+                          // LC_VERSION_MIN_IPHONEOS
+      uint32_t cmdsize;   // sizeof(struct version_min_command)
+      uint32_t version;   // X.Y.Z is encoded in nibbles xxxx.yy.zz
       uint32_t reserved;
     };
 
@@ -858,6 +959,13 @@ namespace llvm {
     };
 
     // Structs from <mach-o/nlist.h>
+    struct nlist_base {
+      uint32_t n_strx;
+      uint8_t n_type;
+      uint8_t n_sect;
+      uint16_t n_desc;
+    };
+
     struct nlist {
       uint32_t n_strx;
       uint8_t n_type;
@@ -874,6 +982,206 @@ namespace llvm {
       uint64_t n_value;
     };
 
+
+    // Byte order swapping functions for MachO structs
+
+    inline void swapStruct(mach_header &mh) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(mh.magic);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(mh.cputype);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(mh.cpusubtype);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(mh.filetype);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(mh.ncmds);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(mh.sizeofcmds);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(mh.flags);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(mach_header_64 &H) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.magic);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.cputype);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.cpusubtype);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.filetype);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.ncmds);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.sizeofcmds);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.flags);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(H.reserved);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(load_command &lc) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.cmdsize);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(symtab_command &lc) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.symoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.nsyms);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.stroff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(lc.strsize);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(segment_command_64 &seg) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.vmaddr);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.vmsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.fileoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.filesize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.maxprot);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.initprot);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.nsects);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.flags);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(segment_command &seg) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.vmaddr);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.vmsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.fileoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.filesize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.maxprot);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.initprot);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.nsects);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(seg.flags);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(section_64 &sect) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.addr);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.size);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.offset);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.align);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.reloff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.nreloc);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.flags);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.reserved1);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.reserved2);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(section &sect) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.addr);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.size);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.offset);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.align);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.reloff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.nreloc);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.flags);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.reserved1);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sect.reserved2);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(dyld_info_command &info) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.rebase_off);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.rebase_size);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.bind_off);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.bind_size);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.weak_bind_off);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.weak_bind_size);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.lazy_bind_off);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.lazy_bind_size);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.export_off);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(info.export_size);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(dylib_command &d) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.dylib.name);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.dylib.timestamp);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.dylib.current_version);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.dylib.compatibility_version);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(dylinker_command &d) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(d.name);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(entry_point_command &e) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(e.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(e.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(e.entryoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(e.stacksize);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(dysymtab_command &dst) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.ilocalsym);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nlocalsym);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.iextdefsym);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nextdefsym);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.iundefsym);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nundefsym);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.tocoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.ntoc);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.modtaboff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nmodtab);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.extrefsymoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nextrefsyms);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.indirectsymoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nindirectsyms);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.extreloff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nextrel);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.locreloff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(dst.nlocrel);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(any_relocation_info &reloc) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(reloc.r_word0);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(reloc.r_word1);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(nlist_base &S) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(S.n_strx);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(S.n_desc);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(nlist &sym) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sym.n_strx);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sym.n_desc);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sym.n_value);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(nlist_64 &sym) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sym.n_strx);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sym.n_desc);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(sym.n_value);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(linkedit_data_command &C) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.dataoff);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.datasize);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(linker_options_command &C) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.count);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(version_min_command&C) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.cmd);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.cmdsize);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.version);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.reserved);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(data_in_code_entry &C) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.offset);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.length);
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C.kind);
+    }
+
+    inline void swapStruct(uint32_t &C) {
+      sys::swapByteOrder(C);
+    }
+
     // Get/Set functions from <mach-o/nlist.h>
 
     static inline uint16_t GET_LIBRARY_ORDINAL(uint16_t n_desc) {
@@ -893,7 +1201,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     }
 
     // Enums from <mach/machine.h>
-    enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum : uint32_t {
       // Capability bits used in the definition of cpu_type.
       CPU_ARCH_MASK  = 0xff000000,   // Mask for architecture bits
       CPU_ARCH_ABI64 = 0x01000000    // 64 bit ABI
@@ -908,15 +1216,16 @@ namespace llvm {
    /* CPU_TYPE_MIPS      = 8, */
       CPU_TYPE_MC98000   = 10, // Old Motorola PowerPC
       CPU_TYPE_ARM       = 12,
+      CPU_TYPE_ARM64     = CPU_TYPE_ARM | CPU_ARCH_ABI64,
       CPU_TYPE_SPARC     = 14,
       CPU_TYPE_POWERPC   = 18,
       CPU_TYPE_POWERPC64 = CPU_TYPE_POWERPC | CPU_ARCH_ABI64
     };
 
-    enum LLVM_ENUM_INT_TYPE(uint32_t) {
+    enum : uint32_t {
       // Capability bits used in the definition of cpusubtype.
-      CPU_SUB_TYPE_MASK  = 0xff000000,   // Mask for architecture bits
-      CPU_SUB_TYPE_LIB64 = 0x80000000,   // 64 bit libraries
+      CPU_SUBTYPE_MASK  = 0xff000000,   // Mask for architecture bits
+      CPU_SUBTYPE_LIB64 = 0x80000000,   // 64 bit libraries
 
       // Special CPU subtype constants.
       CPU_SUBTYPE_MULTIPLE = ~0u
@@ -973,7 +1282,7 @@ namespace llvm {
       CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_V5TEJ   = 7,
       CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_XSCALE  = 8,
       CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_V7      = 9,
-      CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_V7F     = 10,
+      //  unused  ARM_V7F     = 10,
       CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_V7S     = 11,
       CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_V7K     = 12,
       CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_V6M     = 14,
@@ -981,6 +1290,10 @@ namespace llvm {
       CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM_V7EM    = 16
     };
 
+    enum CPUSubTypeARM64 {
+      CPU_SUBTYPE_ARM64_ALL   = 0
+    };
+
     enum CPUSubTypeSPARC {
       CPU_SUBTYPE_SPARC_ALL   = 0
     };
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ManagedStatic.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ManagedStatic.h
index 5587618..d8fbfeb 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ManagedStatic.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ManagedStatic.h
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ protected:
   void RegisterManagedStatic(void *(*creator)(), void (*deleter)(void*)) const;
 public:
   /// isConstructed - Return true if this object has not been created yet.
-  bool isConstructed() const { return Ptr != 0; }
+  bool isConstructed() const { return Ptr != nullptr; }
 
   void destroy() const;
 };
@@ -103,9 +103,6 @@ void llvm_shutdown();
 /// llvm_shutdown() when it is destroyed.
 struct llvm_shutdown_obj {
   llvm_shutdown_obj() { }
-  explicit llvm_shutdown_obj(bool multithreaded) {
-    if (multithreaded) llvm_start_multithreaded();
-  }
   ~llvm_shutdown_obj() { llvm_shutdown(); }
 };
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h
index ff41608..0abba62 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
 
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/SwapByteOrder.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
-
+#include <cassert>
 #include <cstring>
+#include <type_traits>
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #include <intrin.h>
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ enum ZeroBehavior {
 /// \param ZB the behavior on an input of 0. Only ZB_Width and ZB_Undefined are
 ///   valid arguments.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                        !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
 countTrailingZeros(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Width) {
   (void)ZB;
 
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ countTrailingZeros(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Width) {
 
 // Disable signed.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                        std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
 countTrailingZeros(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Width) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 #if __GNUC__ >= 4 || _MSC_VER
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ inline std::size_t countTrailingZeros<uint64_t>(uint64_t Val, ZeroBehavior ZB) {
 /// \param ZB the behavior on an input of 0. Only ZB_Width and ZB_Undefined are
 ///   valid arguments.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                        !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
 countLeadingZeros(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Width) {
   (void)ZB;
 
@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ countLeadingZeros(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Width) {
 
 // Disable signed.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                        std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, std::size_t>::type
 countLeadingZeros(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Width) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 #if __GNUC__ >= 4 || _MSC_VER
@@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ inline std::size_t countLeadingZeros<uint64_t>(uint64_t Val, ZeroBehavior ZB) {
 /// \param ZB the behavior on an input of 0. Only ZB_Max and ZB_Undefined are
 ///   valid arguments.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                       !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
 findFirstSet(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Max) {
   if (ZB == ZB_Max && Val == 0)
     return std::numeric_limits<T>::max();
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ findFirstSet(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Max) {
 
 // Disable signed.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                        std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
 findFirstSet(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Max) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 /// \brief Get the index of the last set bit starting from the least
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ findFirstSet(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Max) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 /// \param ZB the behavior on an input of 0. Only ZB_Max and ZB_Undefined are
 ///   valid arguments.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                        !std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
 findLastSet(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Max) {
   if (ZB == ZB_Max && Val == 0)
     return std::numeric_limits<T>::max();
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ findLastSet(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Max) {
 
 // Disable signed.
 template <typename T>
-typename enable_if_c<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
-                     std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
+typename std::enable_if<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_integer &&
+                        std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, T>::type
 findLastSet(T Val, ZeroBehavior ZB = ZB_Max) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 /// \brief Macro compressed bit reversal table for 256 bits.
@@ -230,6 +230,9 @@ static const unsigned char BitReverseTable256[256] = {
 #define R4(n) R2(n), R2(n + 2 * 16), R2(n + 1 * 16), R2(n + 3 * 16)
 #define R6(n) R4(n), R4(n + 2 * 4), R4(n + 1 * 4), R4(n + 3 * 4)
   R6(0), R6(2), R6(1), R6(3)
+#undef R2
+#undef R4
+#undef R6
 };
 
 /// \brief Reverse the bits in \p Val.
@@ -258,6 +261,12 @@ inline uint32_t Lo_32(uint64_t Value) {
   return static_cast<uint32_t>(Value);
 }
 
+/// Make_64 - This functions makes a 64-bit integer from a high / low pair of
+///           32-bit integers.
+inline uint64_t Make_64(uint32_t High, uint32_t Low) {
+  return ((uint64_t)High << 32) | (uint64_t)Low;
+}
+
 /// isInt - Checks if an integer fits into the given bit width.
 template<unsigned N>
 inline bool isInt(int64_t x) {
@@ -541,6 +550,18 @@ inline uint64_t MinAlign(uint64_t A, uint64_t B) {
   return (A | B) & (1 + ~(A | B));
 }
 
+/// \brief Aligns \c Ptr to \c Alignment bytes, rounding up.
+///
+/// Alignment should be a power of two.  This method rounds up, so
+/// AlignPtr(7, 4) == 8 and AlignPtr(8, 4) == 8.
+inline char *alignPtr(char *Ptr, size_t Alignment) {
+  assert(Alignment && isPowerOf2_64((uint64_t)Alignment) &&
+         "Alignment is not a power of two!");
+
+  return (char *)(((uintptr_t)Ptr + Alignment - 1) &
+                  ~(uintptr_t)(Alignment - 1));
+}
+
 /// NextPowerOf2 - Returns the next power of two (in 64-bits)
 /// that is strictly greater than A.  Returns zero on overflow.
 inline uint64_t NextPowerOf2(uint64_t A) {
@@ -553,6 +574,13 @@ inline uint64_t NextPowerOf2(uint64_t A) {
   return A + 1;
 }
 
+/// Returns the power of two which is less than or equal to the given value.
+/// Essentially, it is a floor operation across the domain of powers of two.
+inline uint64_t PowerOf2Floor(uint64_t A) {
+  if (!A) return 0;
+  return 1ull << (63 - countLeadingZeros(A, ZB_Undefined));
+}
+
 /// Returns the next integer (mod 2**64) that is greater than or equal to
 /// \p Value and is a multiple of \p Align. \p Align must be non-zero.
 ///
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h
index a08c796..b4305cb 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_MEMORY_H
 
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
 #include <string>
+#include <system_error>
 
 namespace llvm {
 namespace sys {
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ namespace sys {
   /// @brief Memory block abstraction.
   class MemoryBlock {
   public:
-    MemoryBlock() : Address(0), Size(0) { }
+    MemoryBlock() : Address(nullptr), Size(0) { }
     MemoryBlock(void *addr, size_t size) : Address(addr), Size(size) { }
     void *base() const { return Address; }
     size_t size() const { return Size; }
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ namespace sys {
     static MemoryBlock allocateMappedMemory(size_t NumBytes,
                                             const MemoryBlock *const NearBlock,
                                             unsigned Flags,
-                                            error_code &EC);
+                                            std::error_code &EC);
 
     /// This method releases a block of memory that was allocated with the
     /// allocateMappedMemory method. It should not be used to release any
@@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ namespace sys {
     /// describing the failure if an error occurred.
     /// 
     /// @brief Release mapped memory.
-    static error_code releaseMappedMemory(MemoryBlock &Block);
+    static std::error_code releaseMappedMemory(MemoryBlock &Block);
 
     /// This method sets the protection flags for a block of memory to the
     /// state specified by /p Flags.  The behavior is not specified if the
     /// memory was not allocated using the allocateMappedMemory method.
     /// \p Block describes the memory block to be protected.
     /// \p Flags specifies the new protection state to be assigned to the block.
-    /// \p ErrMsg [out] returns a string describing any error that occured.
+    /// \p ErrMsg [out] returns a string describing any error that occurred.
     ///
     /// If \p Flags is MF_WRITE, the actual behavior varies
     /// with the operating system (i.e. MF_READ | MF_WRITE on Windows) and the
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ namespace sys {
     /// describing the failure if an error occurred.
     ///
     /// @brief Set memory protection state.
-    static error_code protectMappedMemory(const MemoryBlock &Block,
-                                          unsigned Flags);
+    static std::error_code protectMappedMemory(const MemoryBlock &Block,
+                                               unsigned Flags);
 
     /// This method allocates a block of Read/Write/Execute memory that is
     /// suitable for executing dynamically generated code (e.g. JIT). An
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ namespace sys {
     /// @brief Allocate Read/Write/Execute memory.
     static MemoryBlock AllocateRWX(size_t NumBytes,
                                    const MemoryBlock *NearBlock,
-                                   std::string *ErrMsg = 0);
+                                   std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr);
 
     /// This method releases a block of Read/Write/Execute memory that was
     /// allocated with the AllocateRWX method. It should not be used to
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ namespace sys {
     /// On success, this returns false, otherwise it returns true and fills
     /// in *ErrMsg.
     /// @brief Release Read/Write/Execute memory.
-    static bool ReleaseRWX(MemoryBlock &block, std::string *ErrMsg = 0);
+    static bool ReleaseRWX(MemoryBlock &block, std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr);
 
 
     /// InvalidateInstructionCache - Before the JIT can run a block of code
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@ namespace sys {
     /// setExecutable - Before the JIT can run a block of code, it has to be
     /// given read and executable privilege. Return true if it is already r-x
     /// or the system is able to change its previlege.
-    static bool setExecutable(MemoryBlock &M, std::string *ErrMsg = 0);
+    static bool setExecutable(MemoryBlock &M, std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr);
 
     /// setWritable - When adding to a block of code, the JIT may need
     /// to mark a block of code as RW since the protections are on page
     /// boundaries, and the JIT internal allocations are not page aligned.
-    static bool setWritable(MemoryBlock &M, std::string *ErrMsg = 0);
+    static bool setWritable(MemoryBlock &M, std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr);
 
     /// setRangeExecutable - Mark the page containing a range of addresses
     /// as executable.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h
index ff22fb6..147be47 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h
@@ -14,17 +14,16 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_MEMORYBUFFER_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_MEMORYBUFFER_H
 
+#include "llvm-c/Support.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CBindingWrapping.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
-#include "llvm-c/Core.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorOr.h"
+#include <memory>
+#include <system_error>
 
 namespace llvm {
-
-class error_code;
-template<class T> class OwningPtr;
-
 /// MemoryBuffer - This interface provides simple read-only access to a block
 /// of memory, and provides simple methods for reading files and standard input
 /// into a memory buffer.  In addition to basic access to the characters in the
@@ -62,27 +61,38 @@ public:
     return "Unknown buffer";
   }
 
-  /// getFile - Open the specified file as a MemoryBuffer, returning a new
-  /// MemoryBuffer if successful, otherwise returning null.  If FileSize is
-  /// specified, this means that the client knows that the file exists and that
-  /// it has the specified size.
-  static error_code getFile(Twine Filename, OwningPtr<MemoryBuffer> &result,
-                            int64_t FileSize = -1,
-                            bool RequiresNullTerminator = true);
+  /// Open the specified file as a MemoryBuffer, returning a new MemoryBuffer
+  /// if successful, otherwise returning null. If FileSize is specified, this
+  /// means that the client knows that the file exists and that it has the
+  /// specified size.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsVolatileSize Set to true to indicate that the file size may be
+  /// changing, e.g. when libclang tries to parse while the user is
+  /// editing/updating the file.
+  static ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>>
+  getFile(Twine Filename, int64_t FileSize = -1,
+          bool RequiresNullTerminator = true, bool IsVolatileSize = false);
 
   /// Given an already-open file descriptor, map some slice of it into a
   /// MemoryBuffer. The slice is specified by an \p Offset and \p MapSize.
   /// Since this is in the middle of a file, the buffer is not null terminated.
-  static error_code getOpenFileSlice(int FD, const char *Filename,
-                                     OwningPtr<MemoryBuffer> &Result,
-                                     uint64_t MapSize, int64_t Offset);
+  ///
+  /// \param IsVolatileSize Set to true to indicate that the file size may be
+  /// changing, e.g. when libclang tries to parse while the user is
+  /// editing/updating the file.
+  static ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>>
+  getOpenFileSlice(int FD, const char *Filename, uint64_t MapSize,
+                   int64_t Offset, bool IsVolatileSize = false);
 
   /// Given an already-open file descriptor, read the file and return a
   /// MemoryBuffer.
-  static error_code getOpenFile(int FD, const char *Filename,
-                                OwningPtr<MemoryBuffer> &Result,
-                                uint64_t FileSize,
-                                bool RequiresNullTerminator = true);
+  ///
+  /// \param IsVolatileSize Set to true to indicate that the file size may be
+  /// changing, e.g. when libclang tries to parse while the user is
+  /// editing/updating the file.
+  static ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>>
+  getOpenFile(int FD, const char *Filename, uint64_t FileSize,
+              bool RequiresNullTerminator = true, bool IsVolatileSize = false);
 
   /// getMemBuffer - Open the specified memory range as a MemoryBuffer.  Note
   /// that InputData must be null terminated if RequiresNullTerminator is true.
@@ -109,17 +119,13 @@ public:
   static MemoryBuffer *getNewUninitMemBuffer(size_t Size,
                                              StringRef BufferName = "");
 
-  /// getSTDIN - Read all of stdin into a file buffer, and return it.
-  /// If an error occurs, this returns null and sets ec.
-  static error_code getSTDIN(OwningPtr<MemoryBuffer> &result);
-
+  /// Read all of stdin into a file buffer, and return it.
+  static ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>> getSTDIN();
 
-  /// getFileOrSTDIN - Open the specified file as a MemoryBuffer, or open stdin
-  /// if the Filename is "-".  If an error occurs, this returns null and sets
-  /// ec.
-  static error_code getFileOrSTDIN(StringRef Filename,
-                                   OwningPtr<MemoryBuffer> &result,
-                                   int64_t FileSize = -1);
+  /// Open the specified file as a MemoryBuffer, or open stdin if the Filename
+  /// is "-".
+  static ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>>
+  getFileOrSTDIN(StringRef Filename, int64_t FileSize = -1);
 
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   // Provided for performance analysis.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/NoFolder.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/NoFolder.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ecfbbaa..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/NoFolder.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-//======-- llvm/Support/NoFolder.h - Constant folding helper -*- C++ -*-======//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the NoFolder class, a helper for IRBuilder.  It provides
-// IRBuilder with a set of methods for creating unfolded constants.  This is
-// useful for learners trying to understand how LLVM IR works, and who don't
-// want details to be hidden by the constant folder.  For general constant
-// creation and folding, use ConstantExpr and the routines in
-// llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h.
-//
-// Note: since it is not actually possible to create unfolded constants, this
-// class returns instructions rather than constants.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_NOFOLDER_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_NOFOLDER_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-/// NoFolder - Create "constants" (actually, instructions) with no folding.
-class NoFolder {
-public:
-  explicit NoFolder() {}
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Binary Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Instruction *CreateAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                         bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    BinaryOperator *BO = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS);
-    if (HasNUW) BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap();
-    if (HasNSW) BO->setHasNoSignedWrap();
-    return BO;
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNSWAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNSWAdd(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNUWAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNUWAdd(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateFAdd(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                         bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    BinaryOperator *BO = BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, RHS);
-    if (HasNUW) BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap();
-    if (HasNSW) BO->setHasNoSignedWrap();
-    return BO;
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNSWSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNSWSub(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNUWSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNUWSub(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                         bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    BinaryOperator *BO = BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, RHS);
-    if (HasNUW) BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap();
-    if (HasNSW) BO->setHasNoSignedWrap();
-    return BO;
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNSWMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNSWMul(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNUWMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNUWMul(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateFMul(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateUDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                          bool isExact = false) const {
-    if (!isExact)
-      return BinaryOperator::CreateUDiv(LHS, RHS);
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateExactUDiv(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateExactUDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateExactUDiv(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateSDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                          bool isExact = false) const {
-    if (!isExact)
-      return BinaryOperator::CreateSDiv(LHS, RHS);
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateExactSDiv(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateExactSDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateExactSDiv(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateFDiv(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateURem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateURem(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateSRem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateSRem(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFRem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateFRem(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateShl(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, bool HasNUW = false,
-                         bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    BinaryOperator *BO = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(LHS, RHS);
-    if (HasNUW) BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap();
-    if (HasNSW) BO->setHasNoSignedWrap();
-    return BO;
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateLShr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                          bool isExact = false) const {
-    if (!isExact)
-      return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(LHS, RHS);
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateExactLShr(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateAShr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                          bool isExact = false) const {
-    if (!isExact)
-      return BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(LHS, RHS);
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateExactAShr(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateAnd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateOr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateXor(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateBinOp(Instruction::BinaryOps Opc,
-                           Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::Create(Opc, LHS, RHS);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Unary Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Instruction *CreateNeg(Constant *C,
-                         bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    BinaryOperator *BO = BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(C);
-    if (HasNUW) BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap();
-    if (HasNSW) BO->setHasNoSignedWrap();
-    return BO;
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNSWNeg(Constant *C) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNSWNeg(C);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNUWNeg(Constant *C) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNUWNeg(C);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFNeg(Constant *C) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(C);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateNot(Constant *C) const {
-    return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(C);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Memory Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
-    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
-    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
-    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
-    return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, Idx);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                   ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
-    return GetElementPtrInst::Create(C, IdxList);
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                        ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
-    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
-    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
-    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
-    return ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, Idx);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                           ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
-    return GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(C, IdxList);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Cast/Conversion Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Instruction *CreateCast(Instruction::CastOps Op, Constant *C,
-                    Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CastInst::Create(Op, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreatePointerCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CastInst::CreatePointerCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateIntCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy,
-                       bool isSigned) const {
-    return CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(C, DestTy, isSigned);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFPCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CastInst::CreateFPCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::BitCast, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateIntToPtr(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::IntToPtr, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreatePtrToInt(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::PtrToInt, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateZExtOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CastInst::CreateZExtOrBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateSExtOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CastInst::CreateSExtOrBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateTruncOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CastInst::CreateTruncOrBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Compare Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Instruction *CreateICmp(CmpInst::Predicate P,
-                          Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return new ICmpInst(P, LHS, RHS);
-  }
-  Instruction *CreateFCmp(CmpInst::Predicate P,
-                          Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return new FCmpInst(P, LHS, RHS);
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Other Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Instruction *CreateSelect(Constant *C,
-                            Constant *True, Constant *False) const {
-    return SelectInst::Create(C, True, False);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateExtractElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *Idx) const {
-    return ExtractElementInst::Create(Vec, Idx);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateInsertElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *NewElt,
-                                   Constant *Idx) const {
-    return InsertElementInst::Create(Vec, NewElt, Idx);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateShuffleVector(Constant *V1, Constant *V2,
-                                   Constant *Mask) const {
-    return new ShuffleVectorInst(V1, V2, Mask);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateExtractValue(Constant *Agg,
-                                  ArrayRef<unsigned> IdxList) const {
-    return ExtractValueInst::Create(Agg, IdxList);
-  }
-
-  Instruction *CreateInsertValue(Constant *Agg, Constant *Val,
-                                 ArrayRef<unsigned> IdxList) const {
-    return InsertValueInst::Create(Agg, Val, IdxList);
-  }
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/OnDiskHashTable.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/OnDiskHashTable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6d43a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/OnDiskHashTable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+//===--- OnDiskHashTable.h - On-Disk Hash Table Implementation --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines facilities for reading and writing on-disk hash tables.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_ON_DISK_HASH_TABLE_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_ON_DISK_HASH_TABLE_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/EndianStream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Host.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// \brief Generates an on disk hash table.
+///
+/// This needs an \c Info that handles storing values into the hash table's
+/// payload and computes the hash for a given key. This should provide the
+/// following interface:
+///
+/// \code
+/// class ExampleInfo {
+/// public:
+///   typedef ExampleKey key_type;   // Must be copy constructible
+///   typedef ExampleKey &key_type_ref;
+///   typedef ExampleData data_type; // Must be copy constructible
+///   typedef ExampleData &data_type_ref;
+///   typedef uint32_t hash_value_type; // The type the hash function returns.
+///   typedef uint32_t offset_type; // The type for offsets into the table.
+///
+///   /// Calculate the hash for Key
+///   static hash_value_type ComputeHash(key_type_ref Key);
+///   /// Return the lengths, in bytes, of the given Key/Data pair.
+///   static std::pair<offset_type, offset_type>
+///   EmitKeyDataLength(raw_ostream &Out, key_type_ref Key, data_type_ref Data);
+///   /// Write Key to Out.  KeyLen is the length from EmitKeyDataLength.
+///   static void EmitKey(raw_ostream &Out, key_type_ref Key,
+///                       offset_type KeyLen);
+///   /// Write Data to Out.  DataLen is the length from EmitKeyDataLength.
+///   static void EmitData(raw_ostream &Out, key_type_ref Key,
+///                        data_type_ref Data, offset_type DataLen);
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+template <typename Info> class OnDiskChainedHashTableGenerator {
+  /// \brief A single item in the hash table.
+  class Item {
+  public:
+    typename Info::key_type Key;
+    typename Info::data_type Data;
+    Item *Next;
+    const typename Info::hash_value_type Hash;
+
+    Item(typename Info::key_type_ref Key, typename Info::data_type_ref Data,
+         Info &InfoObj)
+        : Key(Key), Data(Data), Next(nullptr), Hash(InfoObj.ComputeHash(Key)) {}
+  };
+
+  typedef typename Info::offset_type offset_type;
+  offset_type NumBuckets;
+  offset_type NumEntries;
+  llvm::SpecificBumpPtrAllocator<Item> BA;
+
+  /// \brief A linked list of values in a particular hash bucket.
+  class Bucket {
+  public:
+    offset_type Off;
+    Item *Head;
+    unsigned Length;
+
+    Bucket() {}
+  };
+
+  Bucket *Buckets;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Insert an item into the appropriate hash bucket.
+  void insert(Bucket *Buckets, size_t Size, Item *E) {
+    Bucket &B = Buckets[E->Hash & (Size - 1)];
+    E->Next = B.Head;
+    ++B.Length;
+    B.Head = E;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Resize the hash table, moving the old entries into the new buckets.
+  void resize(size_t NewSize) {
+    Bucket *NewBuckets = (Bucket *)std::calloc(NewSize, sizeof(Bucket));
+    // Populate NewBuckets with the old entries.
+    for (size_t I = 0; I < NumBuckets; ++I)
+      for (Item *E = Buckets[I].Head; E;) {
+        Item *N = E->Next;
+        E->Next = nullptr;
+        insert(NewBuckets, NewSize, E);
+        E = N;
+      }
+
+    free(Buckets);
+    NumBuckets = NewSize;
+    Buckets = NewBuckets;
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Insert an entry into the table.
+  void insert(typename Info::key_type_ref Key,
+              typename Info::data_type_ref Data) {
+    Info InfoObj;
+    insert(Key, Data, InfoObj);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Insert an entry into the table.
+  ///
+  /// Uses the provided Info instead of a stack allocated one.
+  void insert(typename Info::key_type_ref Key,
+              typename Info::data_type_ref Data, Info &InfoObj) {
+
+    ++NumEntries;
+    if (4 * NumEntries >= 3 * NumBuckets)
+      resize(NumBuckets * 2);
+    insert(Buckets, NumBuckets, new (BA.Allocate()) Item(Key, Data, InfoObj));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Emit the table to Out, which must not be at offset 0.
+  offset_type Emit(raw_ostream &Out) {
+    Info InfoObj;
+    return Emit(Out, InfoObj);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Emit the table to Out, which must not be at offset 0.
+  ///
+  /// Uses the provided Info instead of a stack allocated one.
+  offset_type Emit(raw_ostream &Out, Info &InfoObj) {
+    using namespace llvm::support;
+    endian::Writer<little> LE(Out);
+
+    // Emit the payload of the table.
+    for (offset_type I = 0; I < NumBuckets; ++I) {
+      Bucket &B = Buckets[I];
+      if (!B.Head)
+        continue;
+
+      // Store the offset for the data of this bucket.
+      B.Off = Out.tell();
+      assert(B.Off && "Cannot write a bucket at offset 0. Please add padding.");
+
+      // Write out the number of items in the bucket.
+      LE.write<uint16_t>(B.Length);
+      assert(B.Length != 0 && "Bucket has a head but zero length?");
+
+      // Write out the entries in the bucket.
+      for (Item *I = B.Head; I; I = I->Next) {
+        LE.write<typename Info::hash_value_type>(I->Hash);
+        const std::pair<offset_type, offset_type> &Len =
+            InfoObj.EmitKeyDataLength(Out, I->Key, I->Data);
+        InfoObj.EmitKey(Out, I->Key, Len.first);
+        InfoObj.EmitData(Out, I->Key, I->Data, Len.second);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Pad with zeros so that we can start the hashtable at an aligned address.
+    offset_type TableOff = Out.tell();
+    uint64_t N = llvm::OffsetToAlignment(TableOff, alignOf<offset_type>());
+    TableOff += N;
+    while (N--)
+      LE.write<uint8_t>(0);
+
+    // Emit the hashtable itself.
+    LE.write<offset_type>(NumBuckets);
+    LE.write<offset_type>(NumEntries);
+    for (offset_type I = 0; I < NumBuckets; ++I)
+      LE.write<offset_type>(Buckets[I].Off);
+
+    return TableOff;
+  }
+
+  OnDiskChainedHashTableGenerator() {
+    NumEntries = 0;
+    NumBuckets = 64;
+    // Note that we do not need to run the constructors of the individual
+    // Bucket objects since 'calloc' returns bytes that are all 0.
+    Buckets = (Bucket *)std::calloc(NumBuckets, sizeof(Bucket));
+  }
+
+  ~OnDiskChainedHashTableGenerator() { std::free(Buckets); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides lookup on an on disk hash table.
+///
+/// This needs an \c Info that handles reading values from the hash table's
+/// payload and computes the hash for a given key. This should provide the
+/// following interface:
+///
+/// \code
+/// class ExampleLookupInfo {
+/// public:
+///   typedef ExampleData data_type;
+///   typedef ExampleInternalKey internal_key_type; // The stored key type.
+///   typedef ExampleKey external_key_type; // The type to pass to find().
+///   typedef uint32_t hash_value_type; // The type the hash function returns.
+///   typedef uint32_t offset_type; // The type for offsets into the table.
+///
+///   /// Compare two keys for equality.
+///   static bool EqualKey(internal_key_type &Key1, internal_key_type &Key2);
+///   /// Calculate the hash for the given key.
+///   static hash_value_type ComputeHash(internal_key_type &IKey);
+///   /// Translate from the semantic type of a key in the hash table to the
+///   /// type that is actually stored and used for hashing and comparisons.
+///   /// The internal and external types are often the same, in which case this
+///   /// can simply return the passed in value.
+///   static const internal_key_type &GetInternalKey(external_key_type &EKey);
+///   /// Read the key and data length from Buffer, leaving it pointing at the
+///   /// following byte.
+///   static std::pair<offset_type, offset_type>
+///   ReadKeyDataLength(const unsigned char *&Buffer);
+///   /// Read the key from Buffer, given the KeyLen as reported from
+///   /// ReadKeyDataLength.
+///   const internal_key_type &ReadKey(const unsigned char *Buffer,
+///                                    offset_type KeyLen);
+///   /// Read the data for Key from Buffer, given the DataLen as reported from
+///   /// ReadKeyDataLength.
+///   data_type ReadData(StringRef Key, const unsigned char *Buffer,
+///                      offset_type DataLen);
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+template <typename Info> class OnDiskChainedHashTable {
+  const typename Info::offset_type NumBuckets;
+  const typename Info::offset_type NumEntries;
+  const unsigned char *const Buckets;
+  const unsigned char *const Base;
+  Info InfoObj;
+
+public:
+  typedef typename Info::internal_key_type internal_key_type;
+  typedef typename Info::external_key_type external_key_type;
+  typedef typename Info::data_type         data_type;
+  typedef typename Info::hash_value_type   hash_value_type;
+  typedef typename Info::offset_type       offset_type;
+
+  OnDiskChainedHashTable(offset_type NumBuckets, offset_type NumEntries,
+                         const unsigned char *Buckets,
+                         const unsigned char *Base,
+                         const Info &InfoObj = Info())
+      : NumBuckets(NumBuckets), NumEntries(NumEntries), Buckets(Buckets),
+        Base(Base), InfoObj(InfoObj) {
+    assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Buckets) & 0x3) == 0 &&
+           "'buckets' must have a 4-byte alignment");
+  }
+
+  offset_type getNumBuckets() const { return NumBuckets; }
+  offset_type getNumEntries() const { return NumEntries; }
+  const unsigned char *getBase() const { return Base; }
+  const unsigned char *getBuckets() const { return Buckets; }
+
+  bool isEmpty() const { return NumEntries == 0; }
+
+  class iterator {
+    internal_key_type Key;
+    const unsigned char *const Data;
+    const offset_type Len;
+    Info *InfoObj;
+
+  public:
+    iterator() : Data(nullptr), Len(0) {}
+    iterator(const internal_key_type K, const unsigned char *D, offset_type L,
+             Info *InfoObj)
+        : Key(K), Data(D), Len(L), InfoObj(InfoObj) {}
+
+    data_type operator*() const { return InfoObj->ReadData(Key, Data, Len); }
+    bool operator==(const iterator &X) const { return X.Data == Data; }
+    bool operator!=(const iterator &X) const { return X.Data != Data; }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Look up the stored data for a particular key.
+  iterator find(const external_key_type &EKey, Info *InfoPtr = 0) {
+    if (!InfoPtr)
+      InfoPtr = &InfoObj;
+
+    using namespace llvm::support;
+    const internal_key_type &IKey = InfoObj.GetInternalKey(EKey);
+    hash_value_type KeyHash = InfoObj.ComputeHash(IKey);
+
+    // Each bucket is just an offset into the hash table file.
+    offset_type Idx = KeyHash & (NumBuckets - 1);
+    const unsigned char *Bucket = Buckets + sizeof(offset_type) * Idx;
+
+    offset_type Offset = endian::readNext<offset_type, little, aligned>(Bucket);
+    if (Offset == 0)
+      return iterator(); // Empty bucket.
+    const unsigned char *Items = Base + Offset;
+
+    // 'Items' starts with a 16-bit unsigned integer representing the
+    // number of items in this bucket.
+    unsigned Len = endian::readNext<uint16_t, little, unaligned>(Items);
+
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < Len; ++i) {
+      // Read the hash.
+      hash_value_type ItemHash =
+          endian::readNext<hash_value_type, little, unaligned>(Items);
+
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<offset_type, offset_type> &L =
+          Info::ReadKeyDataLength(Items);
+      offset_type ItemLen = L.first + L.second;
+
+      // Compare the hashes.  If they are not the same, skip the entry entirely.
+      if (ItemHash != KeyHash) {
+        Items += ItemLen;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // Read the key.
+      const internal_key_type &X =
+          InfoPtr->ReadKey((const unsigned char *const)Items, L.first);
+
+      // If the key doesn't match just skip reading the value.
+      if (!InfoPtr->EqualKey(X, IKey)) {
+        Items += ItemLen;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // The key matches!
+      return iterator(X, Items + L.first, L.second, InfoPtr);
+    }
+
+    return iterator();
+  }
+
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  Info &getInfoObj() { return InfoObj; }
+
+  /// \brief Create the hash table.
+  ///
+  /// \param Buckets is the beginning of the hash table itself, which follows
+  /// the payload of entire structure. This is the value returned by
+  /// OnDiskHashTableGenerator::Emit.
+  ///
+  /// \param Base is the point from which all offsets into the structure are
+  /// based. This is offset 0 in the stream that was used when Emitting the
+  /// table.
+  static OnDiskChainedHashTable *Create(const unsigned char *Buckets,
+                                        const unsigned char *const Base,
+                                        const Info &InfoObj = Info()) {
+    using namespace llvm::support;
+    assert(Buckets > Base);
+    assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Buckets) & 0x3) == 0 &&
+           "buckets should be 4-byte aligned.");
+
+    offset_type NumBuckets =
+        endian::readNext<offset_type, little, aligned>(Buckets);
+    offset_type NumEntries =
+        endian::readNext<offset_type, little, aligned>(Buckets);
+    return new OnDiskChainedHashTable<Info>(NumBuckets, NumEntries, Buckets,
+                                            Base, InfoObj);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides lookup and iteration over an on disk hash table.
+///
+/// \copydetails llvm::OnDiskChainedHashTable
+template <typename Info>
+class OnDiskIterableChainedHashTable : public OnDiskChainedHashTable<Info> {
+  const unsigned char *Payload;
+
+public:
+  typedef OnDiskChainedHashTable<Info>          base_type;
+  typedef typename base_type::internal_key_type internal_key_type;
+  typedef typename base_type::external_key_type external_key_type;
+  typedef typename base_type::data_type         data_type;
+  typedef typename base_type::hash_value_type   hash_value_type;
+  typedef typename base_type::offset_type       offset_type;
+
+  OnDiskIterableChainedHashTable(offset_type NumBuckets, offset_type NumEntries,
+                                 const unsigned char *Buckets,
+                                 const unsigned char *Payload,
+                                 const unsigned char *Base,
+                                 const Info &InfoObj = Info())
+      : base_type(NumBuckets, NumEntries, Buckets, Base, InfoObj),
+        Payload(Payload) {}
+
+  /// \brief Iterates over all of the keys in the table.
+  class key_iterator {
+    const unsigned char *Ptr;
+    offset_type NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+    offset_type NumEntriesLeft;
+    Info *InfoObj;
+
+  public:
+    typedef external_key_type value_type;
+
+    key_iterator(const unsigned char *const Ptr, offset_type NumEntries,
+                 Info *InfoObj)
+        : Ptr(Ptr), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(NumEntries),
+          InfoObj(InfoObj) {}
+    key_iterator()
+        : Ptr(nullptr), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(0),
+          InfoObj(0) {}
+
+    friend bool operator==(const key_iterator &X, const key_iterator &Y) {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft == Y.NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(const key_iterator &X, const key_iterator &Y) {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft != Y.NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+
+    key_iterator &operator++() { // Preincrement
+      using namespace llvm::support;
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft) {
+        // 'Items' starts with a 16-bit unsigned integer representing the
+        // number of items in this bucket.
+        NumItemsInBucketLeft =
+            endian::readNext<uint16_t, little, unaligned>(Ptr);
+      }
+      Ptr += sizeof(hash_value_type); // Skip the hash.
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<offset_type, offset_type> &L =
+          Info::ReadKeyDataLength(Ptr);
+      Ptr += L.first + L.second;
+      assert(NumItemsInBucketLeft);
+      --NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+      assert(NumEntriesLeft);
+      --NumEntriesLeft;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    key_iterator operator++(int) { // Postincrement
+      key_iterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+    }
+
+    value_type operator*() const {
+      const unsigned char *LocalPtr = Ptr;
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft)
+        LocalPtr += 2; // number of items in bucket
+      LocalPtr += sizeof(hash_value_type); // Skip the hash.
+
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<offset_type, offset_type> &L =
+          Info::ReadKeyDataLength(LocalPtr);
+
+      // Read the key.
+      const internal_key_type &Key = InfoObj->ReadKey(LocalPtr, L.first);
+      return InfoObj->GetExternalKey(Key);
+    }
+  };
+
+  key_iterator key_begin() {
+    return key_iterator(Payload, this->getNumEntries(), &this->getInfoObj());
+  }
+  key_iterator key_end() { return key_iterator(); }
+
+  iterator_range<key_iterator> keys() {
+    return make_range(key_begin(), key_end());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Iterates over all the entries in the table, returning the data.
+  class data_iterator {
+    const unsigned char *Ptr;
+    offset_type NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+    offset_type NumEntriesLeft;
+    Info *InfoObj;
+
+  public:
+    typedef data_type value_type;
+
+    data_iterator(const unsigned char *const Ptr, offset_type NumEntries,
+                  Info *InfoObj)
+        : Ptr(Ptr), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(NumEntries),
+          InfoObj(InfoObj) {}
+    data_iterator()
+        : Ptr(nullptr), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(0),
+          InfoObj(nullptr) {}
+
+    bool operator==(const data_iterator &X) const {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft == NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const data_iterator &X) const {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft != NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+
+    data_iterator &operator++() { // Preincrement
+      using namespace llvm::support;
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft) {
+        // 'Items' starts with a 16-bit unsigned integer representing the
+        // number of items in this bucket.
+        NumItemsInBucketLeft =
+            endian::readNext<uint16_t, little, unaligned>(Ptr);
+      }
+      Ptr += sizeof(hash_value_type); // Skip the hash.
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<offset_type, offset_type> &L =
+          Info::ReadKeyDataLength(Ptr);
+      Ptr += L.first + L.second;
+      assert(NumItemsInBucketLeft);
+      --NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+      assert(NumEntriesLeft);
+      --NumEntriesLeft;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    data_iterator operator++(int) { // Postincrement
+      data_iterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+    }
+
+    value_type operator*() const {
+      const unsigned char *LocalPtr = Ptr;
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft)
+        LocalPtr += 2; // number of items in bucket
+      LocalPtr += sizeof(hash_value_type); // Skip the hash.
+
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<offset_type, offset_type> &L =
+          Info::ReadKeyDataLength(LocalPtr);
+
+      // Read the key.
+      const internal_key_type &Key = InfoObj->ReadKey(LocalPtr, L.first);
+      return InfoObj->ReadData(Key, LocalPtr + L.first, L.second);
+    }
+  };
+
+  data_iterator data_begin() {
+    return data_iterator(Payload, this->getNumEntries(), &this->getInfoObj());
+  }
+  data_iterator data_end() { return data_iterator(); }
+
+  iterator_range<data_iterator> data() {
+    return make_range(data_begin(), data_end());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the hash table.
+  ///
+  /// \param Buckets is the beginning of the hash table itself, which follows
+  /// the payload of entire structure. This is the value returned by
+  /// OnDiskHashTableGenerator::Emit.
+  ///
+  /// \param Payload is the beginning of the data contained in the table.  This
+  /// is Base plus any padding or header data that was stored, ie, the offset
+  /// that the stream was at when calling Emit.
+  ///
+  /// \param Base is the point from which all offsets into the structure are
+  /// based. This is offset 0 in the stream that was used when Emitting the
+  /// table.
+  static OnDiskIterableChainedHashTable *
+  Create(const unsigned char *Buckets, const unsigned char *const Payload,
+         const unsigned char *const Base, const Info &InfoObj = Info()) {
+    using namespace llvm::support;
+    assert(Buckets > Base);
+    assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Buckets) & 0x3) == 0 &&
+           "buckets should be 4-byte aligned.");
+
+    offset_type NumBuckets =
+        endian::readNext<offset_type, little, aligned>(Buckets);
+    offset_type NumEntries =
+        endian::readNext<offset_type, little, aligned>(Buckets);
+    return new OnDiskIterableChainedHashTable<Info>(
+        NumBuckets, NumEntries, Buckets, Payload, Base, InfoObj);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_ON_DISK_HASH_TABLE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PassNameParser.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PassNameParser.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c0914b1..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PassNameParser.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Support/PassNameParser.h ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file contains the PassNameParser and FilteredPassNameParser<> classes,
-// which are used to add command line arguments to a utility for all of the
-// passes that have been registered into the system.
-//
-// The PassNameParser class adds ALL passes linked into the system (that are
-// creatable) as command line arguments to the tool (when instantiated with the
-// appropriate command line option template).  The FilteredPassNameParser<>
-// template is used for the same purposes as PassNameParser, except that it only
-// includes passes that have a PassType that are compatible with the filter
-// (which is the template argument).
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_PASSNAMEPARSER_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_PASSNAMEPARSER_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/Pass.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include <cstring>
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// PassNameParser class - Make use of the pass registration mechanism to
-// automatically add a command line argument to opt for each pass.
-//
-class PassNameParser : public PassRegistrationListener,
-                       public cl::parser<const PassInfo*> {
-  cl::Option *Opt;
-public:
-  PassNameParser() : Opt(0) {}
-  virtual ~PassNameParser();
-
-  void initialize(cl::Option &O) {
-    Opt = &O;
-    cl::parser<const PassInfo*>::initialize(O);
-
-    // Add all of the passes to the map that got initialized before 'this' did.
-    enumeratePasses();
-  }
-
-  // ignorablePassImpl - Can be overriden in subclasses to refine the list of
-  // which passes we want to include.
-  //
-  virtual bool ignorablePassImpl(const PassInfo *P) const { return false; }
-
-  inline bool ignorablePass(const PassInfo *P) const {
-    // Ignore non-selectable and non-constructible passes!  Ignore
-    // non-optimizations.
-    return P->getPassArgument() == 0 || *P->getPassArgument() == 0 ||
-           P->getNormalCtor() == 0 || ignorablePassImpl(P);
-  }
-
-  // Implement the PassRegistrationListener callbacks used to populate our map
-  //
-  virtual void passRegistered(const PassInfo *P) {
-    if (ignorablePass(P) || !Opt) return;
-    if (findOption(P->getPassArgument()) != getNumOptions()) {
-      errs() << "Two passes with the same argument (-"
-           << P->getPassArgument() << ") attempted to be registered!\n";
-      llvm_unreachable(0);
-    }
-    addLiteralOption(P->getPassArgument(), P, P->getPassName());
-  }
-  virtual void passEnumerate(const PassInfo *P) { passRegistered(P); }
-
-  // printOptionInfo - Print out information about this option.  Override the
-  // default implementation to sort the table before we print...
-  virtual void printOptionInfo(const cl::Option &O, size_t GlobalWidth) const {
-    PassNameParser *PNP = const_cast<PassNameParser*>(this);
-    array_pod_sort(PNP->Values.begin(), PNP->Values.end(), ValLessThan);
-    cl::parser<const PassInfo*>::printOptionInfo(O, GlobalWidth);
-  }
-
-private:
-  // ValLessThan - Provide a sorting comparator for Values elements...
-  static int ValLessThan(const PassNameParser::OptionInfo *VT1,
-                         const PassNameParser::OptionInfo *VT2) {
-    return std::strcmp(VT1->Name, VT2->Name);
-  }
-};
-
-///===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-/// FilteredPassNameParser class - Make use of the pass registration
-/// mechanism to automatically add a command line argument to opt for
-/// each pass that satisfies a filter criteria.  Filter should return
-/// true for passes to be registered as command-line options.
-///
-template<typename Filter>
-class FilteredPassNameParser : public PassNameParser {
-private:
-  Filter filter;
-
-public:
-  bool ignorablePassImpl(const PassInfo *P) const { return !filter(*P); }
-};
-
-///===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-/// PassArgFilter - A filter for use with PassNameFilterParser that only
-/// accepts a Pass whose Arg matches certain strings.
-///
-/// Use like this:
-///
-/// extern const char AllowedPassArgs[] = "-anders_aa -dse";
-///
-/// static cl::list<
-///   const PassInfo*,
-///   bool,
-///   FilteredPassNameParser<PassArgFilter<AllowedPassArgs> > >
-/// PassList(cl::desc("Passes available:"));
-///
-/// Only the -anders_aa and -dse options will be available to the user.
-///
-template<const char *Args>
-class PassArgFilter {
-public:
-  bool operator()(const PassInfo &P) const {
-    return(std::strstr(Args, P.getPassArgument()));
-  }
-};
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Path.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Path.h
index b2afe1b..cf821f0 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Path.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Path.h
@@ -295,6 +295,11 @@ const StringRef extension(StringRef path);
 /// @result true if \a value is a path separator character on the host OS
 bool is_separator(char value);
 
+/// @brief Return the preferred separator for this platform.
+///
+/// @result StringRef of the preferred separator, null-terminated.
+const StringRef get_separator();
+
 /// @brief Get the typical temporary directory for the system, e.g., 
 /// "/var/tmp" or "C:/TEMP"
 ///
@@ -306,6 +311,12 @@ bool is_separator(char value);
 /// @param result Holds the resulting path name.
 void system_temp_directory(bool erasedOnReboot, SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
 
+/// @brief Get the user's home directory.
+///
+/// @param result Holds the resulting path name.
+/// @result True if a home directory is set, false otherwise.
+bool home_directory(SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
+
 /// @brief Has root name?
 ///
 /// root_name != ""
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 240bb81..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1121 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h - Match on the LLVM IR ------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file provides a simple and efficient mechanism for performing general
-// tree-based pattern matches on the LLVM IR.  The power of these routines is
-// that it allows you to write concise patterns that are expressive and easy to
-// understand.  The other major advantage of this is that it allows you to
-// trivially capture/bind elements in the pattern to variables.  For example,
-// you can do something like this:
-//
-//  Value *Exp = ...
-//  Value *X, *Y;  ConstantInt *C1, *C2;      // (X & C1) | (Y & C2)
-//  if (match(Exp, m_Or(m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1)),
-//                      m_And(m_Value(Y), m_ConstantInt(C2))))) {
-//    ... Pattern is matched and variables are bound ...
-//  }
-//
-// This is primarily useful to things like the instruction combiner, but can
-// also be useful for static analysis tools or code generators.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_PATTERNMATCH_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_PATTERNMATCH_H
-
-#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-namespace PatternMatch {
-
-template<typename Val, typename Pattern>
-bool match(Val *V, const Pattern &P) {
-  return const_cast<Pattern&>(P).match(V);
-}
-
-
-template<typename SubPattern_t>
-struct OneUse_match {
-  SubPattern_t SubPattern;
-
-  OneUse_match(const SubPattern_t &SP) : SubPattern(SP) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    return V->hasOneUse() && SubPattern.match(V);
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-inline OneUse_match<T> m_OneUse(const T &SubPattern) { return SubPattern; }
-
-
-template<typename Class>
-struct class_match {
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) { return isa<Class>(V); }
-};
-
-/// m_Value() - Match an arbitrary value and ignore it.
-inline class_match<Value> m_Value() { return class_match<Value>(); }
-/// m_ConstantInt() - Match an arbitrary ConstantInt and ignore it.
-inline class_match<ConstantInt> m_ConstantInt() {
-  return class_match<ConstantInt>();
-}
-/// m_Undef() - Match an arbitrary undef constant.
-inline class_match<UndefValue> m_Undef() { return class_match<UndefValue>(); }
-
-inline class_match<Constant> m_Constant() { return class_match<Constant>(); }
-
-/// Matching combinators
-template<typename LTy, typename RTy>
-struct match_combine_or {
-  LTy L;
-  RTy R;
-
-  match_combine_or(const LTy &Left, const RTy &Right) : L(Left), R(Right) { }
-
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (L.match(V))
-      return true;
-    if (R.match(V))
-      return true;
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename LTy, typename RTy>
-struct match_combine_and {
-  LTy L;
-  RTy R;
-
-  match_combine_and(const LTy &Left, const RTy &Right) : L(Left), R(Right) { }
-
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (L.match(V))
-      if (R.match(V))
-        return true;
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// Combine two pattern matchers matching L || R
-template<typename LTy, typename RTy>
-inline match_combine_or<LTy, RTy> m_CombineOr(const LTy &L, const RTy &R) {
-  return match_combine_or<LTy, RTy>(L, R);
-}
-
-/// Combine two pattern matchers matching L && R
-template<typename LTy, typename RTy>
-inline match_combine_and<LTy, RTy> m_CombineAnd(const LTy &L, const RTy &R) {
-  return match_combine_and<LTy, RTy>(L, R);
-}
-
-struct match_zero {
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
-      return C->isNullValue();
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_Zero() - Match an arbitrary zero/null constant.  This includes
-/// zero_initializer for vectors and ConstantPointerNull for pointers.
-inline match_zero m_Zero() { return match_zero(); }
-
-struct match_neg_zero {
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
-      return C->isNegativeZeroValue();
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_NegZero() - Match an arbitrary zero/null constant.  This includes
-/// zero_initializer for vectors and ConstantPointerNull for pointers. For
-/// floating point constants, this will match negative zero but not positive
-/// zero
-inline match_neg_zero m_NegZero() { return match_neg_zero(); }
-
-/// m_AnyZero() - Match an arbitrary zero/null constant.  This includes
-/// zero_initializer for vectors and ConstantPointerNull for pointers. For
-/// floating point constants, this will match negative zero and positive zero
-inline match_combine_or<match_zero, match_neg_zero> m_AnyZero() {
-  return m_CombineOr(m_Zero(), m_NegZero());
-}
-
-struct apint_match {
-  const APInt *&Res;
-  apint_match(const APInt *&R) : Res(R) {}
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
-      Res = &CI->getValue();
-      return true;
-    }
-    if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
-      if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
-        if (ConstantInt *CI =
-            dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(C->getSplatValue())) {
-          Res = &CI->getValue();
-          return true;
-        }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_APInt - Match a ConstantInt or splatted ConstantVector, binding the
-/// specified pointer to the contained APInt.
-inline apint_match m_APInt(const APInt *&Res) { return Res; }
-
-
-template<int64_t Val>
-struct constantint_match {
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
-      const APInt &CIV = CI->getValue();
-      if (Val >= 0)
-        return CIV == static_cast<uint64_t>(Val);
-      // If Val is negative, and CI is shorter than it, truncate to the right
-      // number of bits.  If it is larger, then we have to sign extend.  Just
-      // compare their negated values.
-      return -CIV == -Val;
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_ConstantInt<int64_t> - Match a ConstantInt with a specific value.
-template<int64_t Val>
-inline constantint_match<Val> m_ConstantInt() {
-  return constantint_match<Val>();
-}
-
-/// cst_pred_ty - This helper class is used to match scalar and vector constants
-/// that satisfy a specified predicate.
-template<typename Predicate>
-struct cst_pred_ty : public Predicate {
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
-      return this->isValue(CI->getValue());
-    if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
-      if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
-        if (const ConstantInt *CI =
-            dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(C->getSplatValue()))
-          return this->isValue(CI->getValue());
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// api_pred_ty - This helper class is used to match scalar and vector constants
-/// that satisfy a specified predicate, and bind them to an APInt.
-template<typename Predicate>
-struct api_pred_ty : public Predicate {
-  const APInt *&Res;
-  api_pred_ty(const APInt *&R) : Res(R) {}
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
-      if (this->isValue(CI->getValue())) {
-        Res = &CI->getValue();
-        return true;
-      }
-    if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
-      if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
-        if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(C->getSplatValue()))
-          if (this->isValue(CI->getValue())) {
-            Res = &CI->getValue();
-            return true;
-          }
-
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-
-struct is_one {
-  bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C == 1; }
-};
-
-/// m_One() - Match an integer 1 or a vector with all elements equal to 1.
-inline cst_pred_ty<is_one> m_One() { return cst_pred_ty<is_one>(); }
-inline api_pred_ty<is_one> m_One(const APInt *&V) { return V; }
-
-struct is_all_ones {
-  bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isAllOnesValue(); }
-};
-
-/// m_AllOnes() - Match an integer or vector with all bits set to true.
-inline cst_pred_ty<is_all_ones> m_AllOnes() {return cst_pred_ty<is_all_ones>();}
-inline api_pred_ty<is_all_ones> m_AllOnes(const APInt *&V) { return V; }
-
-struct is_sign_bit {
-  bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isSignBit(); }
-};
-
-/// m_SignBit() - Match an integer or vector with only the sign bit(s) set.
-inline cst_pred_ty<is_sign_bit> m_SignBit() {return cst_pred_ty<is_sign_bit>();}
-inline api_pred_ty<is_sign_bit> m_SignBit(const APInt *&V) { return V; }
-
-struct is_power2 {
-  bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isPowerOf2(); }
-};
-
-/// m_Power2() - Match an integer or vector power of 2.
-inline cst_pred_ty<is_power2> m_Power2() { return cst_pred_ty<is_power2>(); }
-inline api_pred_ty<is_power2> m_Power2(const APInt *&V) { return V; }
-
-template<typename Class>
-struct bind_ty {
-  Class *&VR;
-  bind_ty(Class *&V) : VR(V) {}
-
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (Class *CV = dyn_cast<Class>(V)) {
-      VR = CV;
-      return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_Value - Match a value, capturing it if we match.
-inline bind_ty<Value> m_Value(Value *&V) { return V; }
-
-/// m_ConstantInt - Match a ConstantInt, capturing the value if we match.
-inline bind_ty<ConstantInt> m_ConstantInt(ConstantInt *&CI) { return CI; }
-
-/// m_Constant - Match a Constant, capturing the value if we match.
-inline bind_ty<Constant> m_Constant(Constant *&C) { return C; }
-
-/// m_ConstantFP - Match a ConstantFP, capturing the value if we match.
-inline bind_ty<ConstantFP> m_ConstantFP(ConstantFP *&C) { return C; }
-
-/// specificval_ty - Match a specified Value*.
-struct specificval_ty {
-  const Value *Val;
-  specificval_ty(const Value *V) : Val(V) {}
-
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    return V == Val;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_Specific - Match if we have a specific specified value.
-inline specificval_ty m_Specific(const Value *V) { return V; }
-
-/// Match a specified floating point value or vector of all elements of that
-/// value.
-struct specific_fpval {
-  double Val;
-  specific_fpval(double V) : Val(V) {}
-
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
-      return CFP->isExactlyValue(Val);
-    if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
-      if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
-        if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantFP>(C->getSplatValue()))
-          return CFP->isExactlyValue(Val);
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// Match a specific floating point value or vector with all elements equal to
-/// the value.
-inline specific_fpval m_SpecificFP(double V) { return specific_fpval(V); }
-
-/// Match a float 1.0 or vector with all elements equal to 1.0.
-inline specific_fpval m_FPOne() { return m_SpecificFP(1.0); }
-
-struct bind_const_intval_ty {
-  uint64_t &VR;
-  bind_const_intval_ty(uint64_t &V) : VR(V) {}
-
-  template<typename ITy>
-  bool match(ITy *V) {
-    if (ConstantInt *CV = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
-      if (CV->getBitWidth() <= 64) {
-        VR = CV->getZExtValue();
-        return true;
-      }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_ConstantInt - Match a ConstantInt and bind to its value.  This does not
-/// match ConstantInts wider than 64-bits.
-inline bind_const_intval_ty m_ConstantInt(uint64_t &V) { return V; }
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Matchers for specific binary operators.
-//
-
-template<typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, unsigned Opcode>
-struct BinaryOp_match {
-  LHS_t L;
-  RHS_t R;
-
-  BinaryOp_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS) : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (V->getValueID() == Value::InstructionVal + Opcode) {
-      BinaryOperator *I = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
-      return L.match(I->getOperand(0)) && R.match(I->getOperand(1));
-    }
-    if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
-      return CE->getOpcode() == Opcode && L.match(CE->getOperand(0)) &&
-             R.match(CE->getOperand(1));
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add>
-m_Add(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FAdd>
-m_FAdd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FAdd>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub>
-m_Sub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FSub>
-m_FSub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FSub>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul>
-m_Mul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FMul>
-m_FMul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FMul>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::UDiv>
-m_UDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::UDiv>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv>
-m_SDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FDiv>
-m_FDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FDiv>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::URem>
-m_URem(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::URem>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SRem>
-m_SRem(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SRem>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FRem>
-m_FRem(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FRem>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And>
-m_And(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or>
-m_Or(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor>
-m_Xor(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl>
-m_Shl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr>
-m_LShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::AShr>
-m_AShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::AShr>(L, R);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Class that matches two different binary ops.
-//
-template<typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, unsigned Opc1, unsigned Opc2>
-struct BinOp2_match {
-  LHS_t L;
-  RHS_t R;
-
-  BinOp2_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS) : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (V->getValueID() == Value::InstructionVal + Opc1 ||
-        V->getValueID() == Value::InstructionVal + Opc2) {
-      BinaryOperator *I = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
-      return L.match(I->getOperand(0)) && R.match(I->getOperand(1));
-    }
-    if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
-      return (CE->getOpcode() == Opc1 || CE->getOpcode() == Opc2) &&
-             L.match(CE->getOperand(0)) && R.match(CE->getOperand(1));
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_Shr - Matches LShr or AShr.
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinOp2_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr, Instruction::AShr>
-m_Shr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinOp2_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr, Instruction::AShr>(L, R);
-}
-
-/// m_LogicalShift - Matches LShr or Shl.
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinOp2_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr, Instruction::Shl>
-m_LogicalShift(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinOp2_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr, Instruction::Shl>(L, R);
-}
-
-/// m_IDiv - Matches UDiv and SDiv.
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline BinOp2_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv, Instruction::UDiv>
-m_IDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return BinOp2_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv, Instruction::UDiv>(L, R);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Class that matches exact binary ops.
-//
-template<typename SubPattern_t>
-struct Exact_match {
-  SubPattern_t SubPattern;
-
-  Exact_match(const SubPattern_t &SP) : SubPattern(SP) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (PossiblyExactOperator *PEO = dyn_cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(V))
-      return PEO->isExact() && SubPattern.match(V);
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-inline Exact_match<T> m_Exact(const T &SubPattern) { return SubPattern; }
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Matchers for CmpInst classes
-//
-
-template<typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, typename Class, typename PredicateTy>
-struct CmpClass_match {
-  PredicateTy &Predicate;
-  LHS_t L;
-  RHS_t R;
-
-  CmpClass_match(PredicateTy &Pred, const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS)
-    : Predicate(Pred), L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (Class *I = dyn_cast<Class>(V))
-      if (L.match(I->getOperand(0)) && R.match(I->getOperand(1))) {
-        Predicate = I->getPredicate();
-        return true;
-      }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate>
-m_ICmp(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS,
-                        ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate>(Pred, L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, FCmpInst, FCmpInst::Predicate>
-m_FCmp(FCmpInst::Predicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS,
-                        FCmpInst, FCmpInst::Predicate>(Pred, L, R);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Matchers for SelectInst classes
-//
-
-template<typename Cond_t, typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t>
-struct SelectClass_match {
-  Cond_t C;
-  LHS_t L;
-  RHS_t R;
-
-  SelectClass_match(const Cond_t &Cond, const LHS_t &LHS,
-                    const RHS_t &RHS)
-    : C(Cond), L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (SelectInst *I = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V))
-      return C.match(I->getOperand(0)) &&
-             L.match(I->getOperand(1)) &&
-             R.match(I->getOperand(2));
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename Cond, typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline SelectClass_match<Cond, LHS, RHS>
-m_Select(const Cond &C, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return SelectClass_match<Cond, LHS, RHS>(C, L, R);
-}
-
-/// m_SelectCst - This matches a select of two constants, e.g.:
-///    m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Value(V))
-template<int64_t L, int64_t R, typename Cond>
-inline SelectClass_match<Cond, constantint_match<L>, constantint_match<R> >
-m_SelectCst(const Cond &C) {
-  return m_Select(C, m_ConstantInt<L>(), m_ConstantInt<R>());
-}
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Matchers for CastInst classes
-//
-
-template<typename Op_t, unsigned Opcode>
-struct CastClass_match {
-  Op_t Op;
-
-  CastClass_match(const Op_t &OpMatch) : Op(OpMatch) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V))
-      return O->getOpcode() == Opcode && Op.match(O->getOperand(0));
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_BitCast
-template<typename OpTy>
-inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::BitCast>
-m_BitCast(const OpTy &Op) {
-  return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::BitCast>(Op);
-}
-
-/// m_PtrToInt
-template<typename OpTy>
-inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::PtrToInt>
-m_PtrToInt(const OpTy &Op) {
-  return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::PtrToInt>(Op);
-}
-
-/// m_Trunc
-template<typename OpTy>
-inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::Trunc>
-m_Trunc(const OpTy &Op) {
-  return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::Trunc>(Op);
-}
-
-/// m_SExt
-template<typename OpTy>
-inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SExt>
-m_SExt(const OpTy &Op) {
-  return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SExt>(Op);
-}
-
-/// m_ZExt
-template<typename OpTy>
-inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::ZExt>
-m_ZExt(const OpTy &Op) {
-  return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::ZExt>(Op);
-}
-
-/// m_UIToFP
-template<typename OpTy>
-inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::UIToFP>
-m_UIToFP(const OpTy &Op) {
-  return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::UIToFP>(Op);
-}
-
-/// m_SIToFP
-template<typename OpTy>
-inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SIToFP>
-m_SIToFP(const OpTy &Op) {
-  return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SIToFP>(Op);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Matchers for unary operators
-//
-
-template<typename LHS_t>
-struct not_match {
-  LHS_t L;
-
-  not_match(const LHS_t &LHS) : L(LHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V))
-      if (O->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor)
-        return matchIfNot(O->getOperand(0), O->getOperand(1));
-    return false;
-  }
-private:
-  bool matchIfNot(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
-    return (isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) || isa<ConstantDataVector>(RHS) ||
-            // FIXME: Remove CV.
-            isa<ConstantVector>(RHS)) &&
-           cast<Constant>(RHS)->isAllOnesValue() &&
-           L.match(LHS);
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename LHS>
-inline not_match<LHS> m_Not(const LHS &L) { return L; }
-
-
-template<typename LHS_t>
-struct neg_match {
-  LHS_t L;
-
-  neg_match(const LHS_t &LHS) : L(LHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V))
-      if (O->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
-        return matchIfNeg(O->getOperand(0), O->getOperand(1));
-    return false;
-  }
-private:
-  bool matchIfNeg(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
-    return ((isa<ConstantInt>(LHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(LHS)->isZero()) ||
-            isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS)) &&
-           L.match(RHS);
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_Neg - Match an integer negate.
-template<typename LHS>
-inline neg_match<LHS> m_Neg(const LHS &L) { return L; }
-
-
-template<typename LHS_t>
-struct fneg_match {
-  LHS_t L;
-
-  fneg_match(const LHS_t &LHS) : L(LHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V))
-      if (O->getOpcode() == Instruction::FSub)
-        return matchIfFNeg(O->getOperand(0), O->getOperand(1));
-    return false;
-  }
-private:
-  bool matchIfFNeg(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
-    if (ConstantFP *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS))
-      return C->isNegativeZeroValue() && L.match(RHS);
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-/// m_FNeg - Match a floating point negate.
-template<typename LHS>
-inline fneg_match<LHS> m_FNeg(const LHS &L) { return L; }
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Matchers for control flow.
-//
-
-struct br_match {
-  BasicBlock *&Succ;
-  br_match(BasicBlock *&Succ)
-    : Succ(Succ) {
-  }
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(V))
-      if (BI->isUnconditional()) {
-        Succ = BI->getSuccessor(0);
-        return true;
-      }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-inline br_match m_UnconditionalBr(BasicBlock *&Succ) { return br_match(Succ); }
-
-template<typename Cond_t>
-struct brc_match {
-  Cond_t Cond;
-  BasicBlock *&T, *&F;
-  brc_match(const Cond_t &C, BasicBlock *&t, BasicBlock *&f)
-    : Cond(C), T(t), F(f) {
-  }
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(V))
-      if (BI->isConditional() && Cond.match(BI->getCondition())) {
-        T = BI->getSuccessor(0);
-        F = BI->getSuccessor(1);
-        return true;
-      }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename Cond_t>
-inline brc_match<Cond_t> m_Br(const Cond_t &C, BasicBlock *&T, BasicBlock *&F) {
-  return brc_match<Cond_t>(C, T, F);
-}
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Matchers for max/min idioms, eg: "select (sgt x, y), x, y" -> smax(x,y).
-//
-
-template<typename CmpInst_t, typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, typename Pred_t>
-struct MaxMin_match {
-  LHS_t L;
-  RHS_t R;
-
-  MaxMin_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS)
-    : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    // Look for "(x pred y) ? x : y" or "(x pred y) ? y : x".
-    SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V);
-    if (!SI)
-      return false;
-    CmpInst_t *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst_t>(SI->getCondition());
-    if (!Cmp)
-      return false;
-    // At this point we have a select conditioned on a comparison.  Check that
-    // it is the values returned by the select that are being compared.
-    Value *TrueVal = SI->getTrueValue();
-    Value *FalseVal = SI->getFalseValue();
-    Value *LHS = Cmp->getOperand(0);
-    Value *RHS = Cmp->getOperand(1);
-    if ((TrueVal != LHS || FalseVal != RHS) &&
-        (TrueVal != RHS || FalseVal != LHS))
-      return false;
-    typename CmpInst_t::Predicate Pred = LHS == TrueVal ?
-      Cmp->getPredicate() : Cmp->getSwappedPredicate();
-    // Does "(x pred y) ? x : y" represent the desired max/min operation?
-    if (!Pred_t::match(Pred))
-      return false;
-    // It does!  Bind the operands.
-    return L.match(LHS) && R.match(RHS);
-  }
-};
-
-/// smax_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying signed max predicates.
-struct smax_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
-  }
-};
-
-/// smin_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying signed min predicates.
-struct smin_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
-  }
-};
-
-/// umax_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying unsigned max predicates.
-struct umax_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
-  }
-};
-
-/// umin_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying unsigned min predicates.
-struct umin_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
-  }
-};
-
-/// ofmax_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying ordered max predicates.
-struct ofmax_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OGT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OGE;
-  }
-};
-
-/// ofmin_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying ordered min predicates.
-struct ofmin_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OLT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OLE;
-  }
-};
-
-/// ufmax_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying unordered max predicates.
-struct ufmax_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_UGT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_UGE;
-  }
-};
-
-/// ufmin_pred_ty - Helper class for identifying unordered min predicates.
-struct ufmin_pred_ty {
-  static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
-    return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_ULT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_ULE;
-  }
-};
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty>
-m_SMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty>
-m_SMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty>
-m_UMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty>
-m_UMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-/// \brief Match an 'ordered' floating point maximum function.
-/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
-/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
-/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'maximum'
-/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
-/// select(fcmp(ogt/ge, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
-///
-///                         max(L, R)  iff L and R are not NaN
-///  m_OrdFMax(L, R) =      R          iff L or R are NaN
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmax_pred_ty>
-m_OrdFMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmax_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-/// \brief Match an 'ordered' floating point minimum function.
-/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
-/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
-/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'minimum'
-/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
-/// select(fcmp(olt/le, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
-///
-///                         max(L, R)  iff L and R are not NaN
-///  m_OrdFMin(L, R) =      R          iff L or R are NaN
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmin_pred_ty>
-m_OrdFMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmin_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-/// \brief Match an 'unordered' floating point maximum function.
-/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
-/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
-/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'maximum'
-/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
-/// select(fcmp(ugt/ge, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
-///
-///                         max(L, R)  iff L and R are not NaN
-///  m_UnordFMin(L, R) =    L          iff L or R are NaN
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmax_pred_ty>
-m_UnordFMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmax_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-/// \brief Match an 'unordered' floating point minimum function.
-/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
-/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
-/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'minimum'
-/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
-/// select(fcmp(ult/le, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
-///
-///                          max(L, R)  iff L and R are not NaN
-///  m_UnordFMin(L, R) =     L          iff L or R are NaN
-template<typename LHS, typename RHS>
-inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmin_pred_ty>
-m_UnordFMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
-  return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmin_pred_ty>(L, R);
-}
-
-template<typename Opnd_t>
-struct Argument_match {
-  unsigned OpI;
-  Opnd_t Val;
-  Argument_match(unsigned OpIdx, const Opnd_t &V) : OpI(OpIdx), Val(V) { }
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    CallSite CS(V);
-    return CS.isCall() && Val.match(CS.getArgument(OpI));
-  }
-};
-
-/// Match an argument
-template<unsigned OpI, typename Opnd_t>
-inline Argument_match<Opnd_t> m_Argument(const Opnd_t &Op) {
-  return Argument_match<Opnd_t>(OpI, Op);
-}
-
-/// Intrinsic matchers.
-struct IntrinsicID_match {
-  unsigned ID;
-  IntrinsicID_match(Intrinsic::ID IntrID) : ID(IntrID) { }
-
-  template<typename OpTy>
-  bool match(OpTy *V) {
-    IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V);
-    return II && II->getIntrinsicID() == ID;
-  }
-};
-
-/// Intrinsic matches are combinations of ID matchers, and argument
-/// matchers. Higher arity matcher are defined recursively in terms of and-ing
-/// them with lower arity matchers. Here's some convenient typedefs for up to
-/// several arguments, and more can be added as needed
-template <typename T0 = void, typename T1 = void, typename T2 = void,
-          typename T3 = void, typename T4 = void, typename T5 = void,
-          typename T6 = void, typename T7 = void, typename T8 = void,
-          typename T9 = void, typename T10 = void> struct m_Intrinsic_Ty;
-template <typename T0>
-struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0> {
-  typedef match_combine_and<IntrinsicID_match, Argument_match<T0> > Ty;
-};
-template <typename T0, typename T1>
-struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1> {
-  typedef match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0>::Ty,
-                            Argument_match<T1> > Ty;
-};
-template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2>
-struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2> {
-  typedef match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1>::Ty,
-                            Argument_match<T2> > Ty;
-};
-template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
-struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3> {
-  typedef match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2>::Ty,
-                            Argument_match<T3> > Ty;
-};
-
-/// Match intrinsic calls like this:
-///   m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fabs>(m_Value(X))
-template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID>
-inline IntrinsicID_match
-m_Intrinsic() { return IntrinsicID_match(IntrID); }
-
-template<Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0>
-inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0>::Ty
-m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0) {
-  return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(), m_Argument<0>(Op0));
-}
-
-template<Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1>
-inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1>::Ty
-m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1) {
-  return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0), m_Argument<1>(Op1));
-}
-
-template<Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1, typename T2>
-inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2>::Ty
-m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1, const T2 &Op2) {
-  return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0, Op1), m_Argument<2>(Op2));
-}
-
-template<Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
-inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3>::Ty
-m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1, const T2 &Op2, const T3 &Op3) {
-  return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0, Op1, Op2), m_Argument<3>(Op3));
-}
-
-// Helper intrinsic matching specializations
-template<typename Opnd0>
-inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0>::Ty
-m_BSwap(const Opnd0 &Op0) {
-  return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::bswap>(Op0);
-}
-
-} // end namespace PatternMatch
-} // end namespace llvm
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PredIteratorCache.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PredIteratorCache.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c5fb780..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PredIteratorCache.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Support/PredIteratorCache.h - pred_iterator Cache ---*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the PredIteratorCache class.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CFG.h"
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_PREDITERATORCACHE_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_PREDITERATORCACHE_H
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-  /// PredIteratorCache - This class is an extremely trivial cache for
-  /// predecessor iterator queries.  This is useful for code that repeatedly
-  /// wants the predecessor list for the same blocks.
-  class PredIteratorCache {
-    /// BlockToPredsMap - Pointer to null-terminated list.
-    DenseMap<BasicBlock*, BasicBlock**> BlockToPredsMap;
-    DenseMap<BasicBlock*, unsigned> BlockToPredCountMap;
-
-    /// Memory - This is the space that holds cached preds.
-    BumpPtrAllocator Memory;
-  public:
-
-    /// GetPreds - Get a cached list for the null-terminated predecessor list of
-    /// the specified block.  This can be used in a loop like this:
-    ///   for (BasicBlock **PI = PredCache->GetPreds(BB); *PI; ++PI)
-    ///      use(*PI);
-    /// instead of:
-    /// for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI)
-    BasicBlock **GetPreds(BasicBlock *BB) {
-      BasicBlock **&Entry = BlockToPredsMap[BB];
-      if (Entry) return Entry;
-
-      SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 32> PredCache(pred_begin(BB), pred_end(BB));
-      PredCache.push_back(0); // null terminator.
-      
-      BlockToPredCountMap[BB] = PredCache.size()-1;
-
-      Entry = Memory.Allocate<BasicBlock*>(PredCache.size());
-      std::copy(PredCache.begin(), PredCache.end(), Entry);
-      return Entry;
-    }
-    
-    unsigned GetNumPreds(BasicBlock *BB) {
-      GetPreds(BB);
-      return BlockToPredCountMap[BB];
-    }
-
-    /// clear - Remove all information.
-    void clear() {
-      BlockToPredsMap.clear();
-      BlockToPredCountMap.clear();
-      Memory.Reset();
-    }
-  };
-} // end namespace llvm
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h
index 4f68fca2..914141a 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     const char *Str;
   public:
     PrettyStackTraceString(const char *str) : Str(str) {}
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+    void print(raw_ostream &OS) const override;
   };
 
   /// PrettyStackTraceProgram - This object prints a specified program arguments
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ namespace llvm {
       : ArgC(argc), ArgV(argv) {
       EnablePrettyStackTrace();
     }
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+    void print(raw_ostream &OS) const override;
   };
 
 } // end namespace llvm
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Process.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Process.h
index 2172036..30973de 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Process.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Process.h
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
+#include <system_error>
 
 namespace llvm {
 class StringRef;
@@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ class self_process : public process {
   virtual ~self_process();
 
 public:
-  virtual id_type get_id();
-  virtual TimeValue get_user_time() const;
-  virtual TimeValue get_system_time() const;
-  virtual TimeValue get_wall_time() const;
+  id_type get_id() override;
+  TimeValue get_user_time() const override;
+  TimeValue get_system_time() const override;
+  TimeValue get_wall_time() const override;
 
   /// \name Process configuration (sysconf on POSIX)
   /// @{
@@ -171,10 +171,17 @@ public:
   // string. \arg Name is assumed to be in UTF-8 encoding too.
   static Optional<std::string> GetEnv(StringRef name);
 
+  /// This function searches for an existing file in the list of directories
+  /// in a PATH like environment variable, and returns the first file found,
+  /// according to the order of the entries in the PATH like environment
+  /// variable.
+  static Optional<std::string> FindInEnvPath(const std::string& EnvName,
+                                             const std::string& FileName);
+
   /// This function returns a SmallVector containing the arguments passed from
   /// the operating system to the program.  This function expects to be handed
   /// the vector passed in from main.
-  static error_code
+  static std::error_code
   GetArgumentVector(SmallVectorImpl<const char *> &Args,
                     ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsFromMain,
                     SpecificBumpPtrAllocator<char> &ArgAllocator);
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Program.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Program.h
index 00571a4..51279a9 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Program.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Program.h
@@ -16,10 +16,9 @@
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
+#include <system_error>
 
 namespace llvm {
-class error_code;
 namespace sys {
 
   /// This is the OS-specific separator for PATH like environment variables:
@@ -52,27 +51,31 @@ struct ProcessInfo {
   ProcessInfo();
 };
 
-  /// This static constructor (factory) will attempt to locate a program in
-  /// the operating system's file system using some pre-determined set of
-  /// locations to search (e.g. the PATH on Unix). Paths with slashes are
-  /// returned unmodified.
-  /// @returns A Path object initialized to the path of the program or a
-  /// Path object that is empty (invalid) if the program could not be found.
-  /// @brief Construct a Program by finding it by name.
+  /// This function attempts to locate a program in the operating
+  /// system's file system using some pre-determined set of locations to search
+  /// (e.g. the PATH on Unix). Paths with slashes are returned unmodified.
+  ///
+  /// It does not perform hashing as a shell would but instead stats each PATH
+  /// entry individually so should generally be avoided. Core LLVM library
+  /// functions and options should instead require fully specified paths.
+  ///
+  /// @returns A string containing the path of the program or an empty string if
+  /// the program could not be found.
   std::string FindProgramByName(const std::string& name);
 
-  // These functions change the specified standard stream (stdin, stdout, or
-  // stderr) to binary mode. They return errc::success if the specified stream
+  // These functions change the specified standard stream (stdin or stdout) to
+  // binary mode. They return errc::success if the specified stream
   // was changed. Otherwise a platform dependent error is returned.
-  error_code ChangeStdinToBinary();
-  error_code ChangeStdoutToBinary();
-  error_code ChangeStderrToBinary();
+  std::error_code ChangeStdinToBinary();
+  std::error_code ChangeStdoutToBinary();
 
   /// This function executes the program using the arguments provided.  The
   /// invoked program will inherit the stdin, stdout, and stderr file
   /// descriptors, the environment and other configuration settings of the
   /// invoking program.
-  /// This function waits the program to finish.
+  /// This function waits for the program to finish, so should be avoided in
+  /// library functions that aren't expected to block. Consider using
+  /// ExecuteNoWait() instead.
   /// @returns an integer result code indicating the status of the program.
   /// A zero or positive value indicates the result code of the program.
   /// -1 indicates failure to execute
@@ -83,11 +86,11 @@ struct ProcessInfo {
       const char **args, ///< A vector of strings that are passed to the
       ///< program.  The first element should be the name of the program.
       ///< The list *must* be terminated by a null char* entry.
-      const char **env = 0, ///< An optional vector of strings to use for
+      const char **env = nullptr, ///< An optional vector of strings to use for
       ///< the program's environment. If not provided, the current program's
       ///< environment will be used.
-      const StringRef **redirects = 0, ///< An optional array of pointers to
-      ///< paths. If the array is null, no redirection is done. The array
+      const StringRef **redirects = nullptr, ///< An optional array of pointers
+      ///< to paths. If the array is null, no redirection is done. The array
       ///< should have a size of at least three. The inferior process's
       ///< stdin(0), stdout(1), and stderr(2) will be redirected to the
       ///< corresponding paths.
@@ -103,11 +106,11 @@ struct ProcessInfo {
       ///< of memory can be allocated by process. If memory usage will be
       ///< higher limit, the child is killed and this call returns. If zero
       ///< - no memory limit.
-      std::string *ErrMsg = 0, ///< If non-zero, provides a pointer to a string
-      ///< instance in which error messages will be returned. If the string
-      ///< is non-empty upon return an error occurred while invoking the
+      std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr, ///< If non-zero, provides a pointer to a
+      ///< string instance in which error messages will be returned. If the
+      ///< string is non-empty upon return an error occurred while invoking the
       ///< program.
-      bool *ExecutionFailed = 0);
+      bool *ExecutionFailed = nullptr);
 
   /// Similar to ExecuteAndWait, but returns immediately.
   /// @returns The \see ProcessInfo of the newly launced process.
@@ -115,9 +118,9 @@ struct ProcessInfo {
   /// Wait until the process finished execution or win32 CloseHandle() API on
   /// ProcessInfo.ProcessHandle to avoid memory leaks.
   ProcessInfo
-  ExecuteNoWait(StringRef Program, const char **args, const char **env = 0,
-                const StringRef **redirects = 0, unsigned memoryLimit = 0,
-                std::string *ErrMsg = 0, bool *ExecutionFailed = 0);
+  ExecuteNoWait(StringRef Program, const char **args, const char **env = nullptr,
+                const StringRef **redirects = nullptr, unsigned memoryLimit = 0,
+                std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr, bool *ExecutionFailed = nullptr);
 
   /// Return true if the given arguments fit within system-specific
   /// argument length limits.
@@ -138,9 +141,9 @@ struct ProcessInfo {
       ///< will perform a non-blocking wait on the child process.
       bool WaitUntilTerminates, ///< If true, ignores \p SecondsToWait and waits
       ///< until child has terminated.
-      std::string *ErrMsg = 0 ///< If non-zero, provides a pointer to a string
-      ///< instance in which error messages will be returned. If the string
-      ///< is non-empty upon return an error occurred while invoking the
+      std::string *ErrMsg = nullptr ///< If non-zero, provides a pointer to a
+      ///< string instance in which error messages will be returned. If the
+      ///< string is non-empty upon return an error occurred while invoking the
       ///< program.
       );
   }
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/RandomNumberGenerator.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/RandomNumberGenerator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cadc713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/RandomNumberGenerator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+//==- llvm/Support/RandomNumberGenerator.h - RNG for diversity ---*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines an abstraction for random number generation (RNG).
+// Note that the current implementation is not cryptographically secure
+// as it uses the C++11 <random> facilities.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_RANDOMNUMBERGENERATOR_H_
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_RANDOMNUMBERGENERATOR_H_
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h" // Needed for uint64_t on Windows.
+#include <random>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A random number generator.
+/// Instances of this class should not be shared across threads.
+class RandomNumberGenerator {
+public:
+  /// Seeds and salts the underlying RNG engine. The salt of type StringRef
+  /// is passed into the constructor. The seed can be set on the command
+  /// line via -rng-seed=<uint64>.
+  /// The reason for the salt is to ensure different random streams even if
+  /// the same seed is used for multiple invocations of the compiler.
+  /// A good salt value should add additional entropy and be constant across
+  /// different machines (i.e., no paths) to allow for reproducible builds.
+  /// An instance of this class can be retrieved from the current Module.
+  /// \see Module::getRNG
+  RandomNumberGenerator(StringRef Salt);
+
+  /// Returns a random number in the range [0, Max).
+  uint64_t next(uint64_t Max);
+
+private:
+  // 64-bit Mersenne Twister by Matsumoto and Nishimura, 2000
+  // http://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/numeric/random/mersenne_twister_engine
+  std::mt19937_64 Generator;
+
+  // Noncopyable.
+  RandomNumberGenerator(const RandomNumberGenerator &other)
+      LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  RandomNumberGenerator &
+  operator=(const RandomNumberGenerator &other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+};
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Recycler.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Recycler.h
index bcc561d..e97f36a 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Recycler.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Recycler.h
@@ -17,13 +17,12 @@
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/ilist.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
 #include <cassert>
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-class BumpPtrAllocator;
-
 /// PrintRecyclingAllocatorStats - Helper for RecyclingAllocator for
 /// printing statistics.
 ///
@@ -100,10 +99,10 @@ public:
 
   template<class SubClass, class AllocatorType>
   SubClass *Allocate(AllocatorType &Allocator) {
-    assert(sizeof(SubClass) <= Size &&
-           "Recycler allocation size is less than object size!");
-    assert(AlignOf<SubClass>::Alignment <= Align &&
-           "Recycler allocation alignment is less than object alignment!");
+    static_assert(AlignOf<SubClass>::Alignment <= Align,
+                  "Recycler allocation alignment is less than object align!");
+    static_assert(sizeof(SubClass) <= Size,
+                  "Recycler allocation size is less than object size!");
     return !FreeList.empty() ?
            reinterpret_cast<SubClass *>(FreeList.remove(FreeList.begin())) :
            static_cast<SubClass *>(Allocator.Allocate(Size, Align));
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h
index 3d071be..bf533ca 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_REGEX_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_REGEX_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include <string>
 
 struct llvm_regex;
@@ -45,6 +46,17 @@ namespace llvm {
 
     /// Compiles the given regular expression \p Regex.
     Regex(StringRef Regex, unsigned Flags = NoFlags);
+    Regex(const Regex &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    Regex &operator=(Regex regex) {
+      std::swap(preg, regex.preg);
+      std::swap(error, regex.error);
+      return *this;
+    }
+    Regex(Regex &&regex) {
+      preg = regex.preg;
+      error = regex.error;
+      regex.preg = nullptr;
+    }
     ~Regex();
 
     /// isValid - returns the error encountered during regex compilation, or
@@ -63,7 +75,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     /// the first group is always the entire pattern.
     ///
     /// This returns true on a successful match.
-    bool match(StringRef String, SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> *Matches = 0);
+    bool match(StringRef String, SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> *Matches = nullptr);
 
     /// sub - Return the result of replacing the first match of the regex in
     /// \p String with the \p Repl string. Backreferences like "\0" in the
@@ -75,12 +87,16 @@ namespace llvm {
     /// \param Error If non-null, any errors in the substitution (invalid
     /// backreferences, trailing backslashes) will be recorded as a non-empty
     /// string.
-    std::string sub(StringRef Repl, StringRef String, std::string *Error = 0);
+    std::string sub(StringRef Repl, StringRef String,
+                    std::string *Error = nullptr);
 
     /// \brief If this function returns true, ^Str$ is an extended regular
     /// expression that matches Str and only Str.
     static bool isLiteralERE(StringRef Str);
 
+    /// \brief Turn String into a regex by escaping its special characters.
+    static std::string escape(StringRef String);
+
   private:
     struct llvm_regex *preg;
     int error;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h
index 073becd..b0c2e89 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h
@@ -14,24 +14,27 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_REGISTRY_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_REGISTRY_H
 
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 
+#include <memory>
+
 namespace llvm {
   /// A simple registry entry which provides only a name, description, and
   /// no-argument constructor.
   template <typename T>
   class SimpleRegistryEntry {
     const char *Name, *Desc;
-    T *(*Ctor)();
+    std::unique_ptr<T> (*Ctor)();
 
   public:
-    SimpleRegistryEntry(const char *N, const char *D, T *(*C)())
+    SimpleRegistryEntry(const char *N, const char *D, std::unique_ptr<T> (*C)())
       : Name(N), Desc(D), Ctor(C)
     {}
 
     const char *getName() const { return Name; }
     const char *getDesc() const { return Desc; }
-    T *instantiate() const { return Ctor(); }
+    std::unique_ptr<T> instantiate() const { return Ctor(); }
   };
 
 
@@ -88,7 +91,7 @@ namespace llvm {
       const entry& Val;
 
     public:
-      node(const entry& V) : Next(0), Val(V) {
+      node(const entry& V) : Next(nullptr), Val(V) {
         if (Tail)
           Tail->Next = this;
         else
@@ -116,7 +119,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     };
 
     static iterator begin() { return iterator(Head); }
-    static iterator end()   { return iterator(0); }
+    static iterator end()   { return iterator(nullptr); }
 
 
     /// Abstract base class for registry listeners, which are informed when new
@@ -195,7 +198,7 @@ namespace llvm {
       entry Entry;
       node Node;
 
-      static T *CtorFn() { return new V(); }
+      static std::unique_ptr<T> CtorFn() { return make_unique<V>(); }
 
     public:
       Add(const char *Name, const char *Desc)
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SMLoc.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SMLoc.h
index 0906471..d5b4c57 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SMLoc.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SMLoc.h
@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ namespace llvm {
 class SMLoc {
   const char *Ptr;
 public:
-  SMLoc() : Ptr(0) {}
+  SMLoc() : Ptr(nullptr) {}
 
-  bool isValid() const { return Ptr != 0; }
+  bool isValid() const { return Ptr != nullptr; }
 
   bool operator==(const SMLoc &RHS) const { return RHS.Ptr == Ptr; }
   bool operator!=(const SMLoc &RHS) const { return RHS.Ptr != Ptr; }
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h
index 6330bec..ef154ac 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h
@@ -6,10 +6,11 @@
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file provides utility classes that uses RAII to save and restore
-//  values.
-//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file provides utility classes that use RAII to save and restore
+/// values.
+///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_SAVEANDRESTORE_H
@@ -17,31 +18,32 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-// SaveAndRestore - A utility class that uses RAII to save and restore
-//  the value of a variable.
-template<typename T>
-struct SaveAndRestore {
-  SaveAndRestore(T& x) : X(x), old_value(x) {}
-  SaveAndRestore(T& x, const T &new_value) : X(x), old_value(x) {
-    X = new_value;
+/// A utility class that uses RAII to save and restore the value of a variable.
+template <typename T> struct SaveAndRestore {
+  SaveAndRestore(T &X) : X(X), OldValue(X) {}
+  SaveAndRestore(T &X, const T &NewValue) : X(X), OldValue(X) {
+    X = NewValue;
   }
-  ~SaveAndRestore() { X = old_value; }
-  T get() { return old_value; }
+  ~SaveAndRestore() { X = OldValue; }
+  T get() { return OldValue; }
+
 private:
-  T& X;
-  T old_value;
+  T &X;
+  T OldValue;
 };
 
-// SaveOr - Similar to SaveAndRestore.  Operates only on bools; the old
-//  value of a variable is saved, and during the dstor the old value is
-//  or'ed with the new value.
+/// Similar to \c SaveAndRestore.  Operates only on bools; the old value of a
+/// variable is saved, and during the dstor the old value is or'ed with the new
+/// value.
 struct SaveOr {
-  SaveOr(bool& x) : X(x), old_value(x) { x = false; }
-  ~SaveOr() { X |= old_value; }
+  SaveOr(bool &X) : X(X), OldValue(X) { X = false; }
+  ~SaveOr() { X |= OldValue; }
+
 private:
-  bool& X;
-  const bool old_value;
+  bool &X;
+  const bool OldValue;
 };
 
-}
+} // namespace llvm
+
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ScaledNumber.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ScaledNumber.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bd7e74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ScaledNumber.h
@@ -0,0 +1,897 @@
+//===- llvm/Support/ScaledNumber.h - Support for scaled numbers -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file contains functions (and a class) useful for working with scaled
+// numbers -- in particular, pairs of integers where one represents digits and
+// another represents a scale.  The functions are helpers and live in the
+// namespace ScaledNumbers.  The class ScaledNumber is useful for modelling
+// certain cost metrics that need simple, integer-like semantics that are easy
+// to reason about.
+//
+// These might remind you of soft-floats.  If you want one of those, you're in
+// the wrong place.  Look at include/llvm/ADT/APFloat.h instead.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_SCALEDNUMBER_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_SCALEDNUMBER_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <limits>
+#include <string>
+#include <tuple>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace ScaledNumbers {
+
+/// \brief Maximum scale; same as APFloat for easy debug printing.
+const int32_t MaxScale = 16383;
+
+/// \brief Maximum scale; same as APFloat for easy debug printing.
+const int32_t MinScale = -16382;
+
+/// \brief Get the width of a number.
+template <class DigitsT> inline int getWidth() { return sizeof(DigitsT) * 8; }
+
+/// \brief Conditionally round up a scaled number.
+///
+/// Given \c Digits and \c Scale, round up iff \c ShouldRound is \c true.
+/// Always returns \c Scale unless there's an overflow, in which case it
+/// returns \c 1+Scale.
+///
+/// \pre adding 1 to \c Scale will not overflow INT16_MAX.
+template <class DigitsT>
+inline std::pair<DigitsT, int16_t> getRounded(DigitsT Digits, int16_t Scale,
+                                              bool ShouldRound) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  if (ShouldRound)
+    if (!++Digits)
+      // Overflow.
+      return std::make_pair(DigitsT(1) << (getWidth<DigitsT>() - 1), Scale + 1);
+  return std::make_pair(Digits, Scale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 32-bit rounding.
+inline std::pair<uint32_t, int16_t> getRounded32(uint32_t Digits, int16_t Scale,
+                                                 bool ShouldRound) {
+  return getRounded(Digits, Scale, ShouldRound);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 64-bit rounding.
+inline std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> getRounded64(uint64_t Digits, int16_t Scale,
+                                                 bool ShouldRound) {
+  return getRounded(Digits, Scale, ShouldRound);
+}
+
+/// \brief Adjust a 64-bit scaled number down to the appropriate width.
+///
+/// \pre Adding 64 to \c Scale will not overflow INT16_MAX.
+template <class DigitsT>
+inline std::pair<DigitsT, int16_t> getAdjusted(uint64_t Digits,
+                                               int16_t Scale = 0) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  const int Width = getWidth<DigitsT>();
+  if (Width == 64 || Digits <= std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::max())
+    return std::make_pair(Digits, Scale);
+
+  // Shift right and round.
+  int Shift = 64 - Width - countLeadingZeros(Digits);
+  return getRounded<DigitsT>(Digits >> Shift, Scale + Shift,
+                             Digits & (UINT64_C(1) << (Shift - 1)));
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for adjusting to 32 bits.
+inline std::pair<uint32_t, int16_t> getAdjusted32(uint64_t Digits,
+                                                  int16_t Scale = 0) {
+  return getAdjusted<uint32_t>(Digits, Scale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for adjusting to 64 bits.
+inline std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> getAdjusted64(uint64_t Digits,
+                                                  int16_t Scale = 0) {
+  return getAdjusted<uint64_t>(Digits, Scale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Multiply two 64-bit integers to create a 64-bit scaled number.
+///
+/// Implemented with four 64-bit integer multiplies.
+std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> multiply64(uint64_t LHS, uint64_t RHS);
+
+/// \brief Multiply two 32-bit integers to create a 32-bit scaled number.
+///
+/// Implemented with one 64-bit integer multiply.
+template <class DigitsT>
+inline std::pair<DigitsT, int16_t> getProduct(DigitsT LHS, DigitsT RHS) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  if (getWidth<DigitsT>() <= 32 || (LHS <= UINT32_MAX && RHS <= UINT32_MAX))
+    return getAdjusted<DigitsT>(uint64_t(LHS) * RHS);
+
+  return multiply64(LHS, RHS);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 32-bit product.
+inline std::pair<uint32_t, int16_t> getProduct32(uint32_t LHS, uint32_t RHS) {
+  return getProduct(LHS, RHS);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 64-bit product.
+inline std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> getProduct64(uint64_t LHS, uint64_t RHS) {
+  return getProduct(LHS, RHS);
+}
+
+/// \brief Divide two 64-bit integers to create a 64-bit scaled number.
+///
+/// Implemented with long division.
+///
+/// \pre \c Dividend and \c Divisor are non-zero.
+std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> divide64(uint64_t Dividend, uint64_t Divisor);
+
+/// \brief Divide two 32-bit integers to create a 32-bit scaled number.
+///
+/// Implemented with one 64-bit integer divide/remainder pair.
+///
+/// \pre \c Dividend and \c Divisor are non-zero.
+std::pair<uint32_t, int16_t> divide32(uint32_t Dividend, uint32_t Divisor);
+
+/// \brief Divide two 32-bit numbers to create a 32-bit scaled number.
+///
+/// Implemented with one 64-bit integer divide/remainder pair.
+///
+/// Returns \c (DigitsT_MAX, MaxScale) for divide-by-zero (0 for 0/0).
+template <class DigitsT>
+std::pair<DigitsT, int16_t> getQuotient(DigitsT Dividend, DigitsT Divisor) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+  static_assert(sizeof(DigitsT) == 4 || sizeof(DigitsT) == 8,
+                "expected 32-bit or 64-bit digits");
+
+  // Check for zero.
+  if (!Dividend)
+    return std::make_pair(0, 0);
+  if (!Divisor)
+    return std::make_pair(std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::max(), MaxScale);
+
+  if (getWidth<DigitsT>() == 64)
+    return divide64(Dividend, Divisor);
+  return divide32(Dividend, Divisor);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 32-bit quotient.
+inline std::pair<uint32_t, int16_t> getQuotient32(uint32_t Dividend,
+                                                  uint32_t Divisor) {
+  return getQuotient(Dividend, Divisor);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 64-bit quotient.
+inline std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> getQuotient64(uint64_t Dividend,
+                                                  uint64_t Divisor) {
+  return getQuotient(Dividend, Divisor);
+}
+
+/// \brief Implementation of getLg() and friends.
+///
+/// Returns the rounded lg of \c Digits*2^Scale and an int specifying whether
+/// this was rounded up (1), down (-1), or exact (0).
+///
+/// Returns \c INT32_MIN when \c Digits is zero.
+template <class DigitsT>
+inline std::pair<int32_t, int> getLgImpl(DigitsT Digits, int16_t Scale) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  if (!Digits)
+    return std::make_pair(INT32_MIN, 0);
+
+  // Get the floor of the lg of Digits.
+  int32_t LocalFloor = sizeof(Digits) * 8 - countLeadingZeros(Digits) - 1;
+
+  // Get the actual floor.
+  int32_t Floor = Scale + LocalFloor;
+  if (Digits == UINT64_C(1) << LocalFloor)
+    return std::make_pair(Floor, 0);
+
+  // Round based on the next digit.
+  assert(LocalFloor >= 1);
+  bool Round = Digits & UINT64_C(1) << (LocalFloor - 1);
+  return std::make_pair(Floor + Round, Round ? 1 : -1);
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the lg (rounded) of a scaled number.
+///
+/// Get the lg of \c Digits*2^Scale.
+///
+/// Returns \c INT32_MIN when \c Digits is zero.
+template <class DigitsT> int32_t getLg(DigitsT Digits, int16_t Scale) {
+  return getLgImpl(Digits, Scale).first;
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the lg floor of a scaled number.
+///
+/// Get the floor of the lg of \c Digits*2^Scale.
+///
+/// Returns \c INT32_MIN when \c Digits is zero.
+template <class DigitsT> int32_t getLgFloor(DigitsT Digits, int16_t Scale) {
+  auto Lg = getLgImpl(Digits, Scale);
+  return Lg.first - (Lg.second > 0);
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the lg ceiling of a scaled number.
+///
+/// Get the ceiling of the lg of \c Digits*2^Scale.
+///
+/// Returns \c INT32_MIN when \c Digits is zero.
+template <class DigitsT> int32_t getLgCeiling(DigitsT Digits, int16_t Scale) {
+  auto Lg = getLgImpl(Digits, Scale);
+  return Lg.first + (Lg.second < 0);
+}
+
+/// \brief Implementation for comparing scaled numbers.
+///
+/// Compare two 64-bit numbers with different scales.  Given that the scale of
+/// \c L is higher than that of \c R by \c ScaleDiff, compare them.  Return -1,
+/// 1, and 0 for less than, greater than, and equal, respectively.
+///
+/// \pre 0 <= ScaleDiff < 64.
+int compareImpl(uint64_t L, uint64_t R, int ScaleDiff);
+
+/// \brief Compare two scaled numbers.
+///
+/// Compare two scaled numbers.  Returns 0 for equal, -1 for less than, and 1
+/// for greater than.
+template <class DigitsT>
+int compare(DigitsT LDigits, int16_t LScale, DigitsT RDigits, int16_t RScale) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  // Check for zero.
+  if (!LDigits)
+    return RDigits ? -1 : 0;
+  if (!RDigits)
+    return 1;
+
+  // Check for the scale.  Use getLgFloor to be sure that the scale difference
+  // is always lower than 64.
+  int32_t lgL = getLgFloor(LDigits, LScale), lgR = getLgFloor(RDigits, RScale);
+  if (lgL != lgR)
+    return lgL < lgR ? -1 : 1;
+
+  // Compare digits.
+  if (LScale < RScale)
+    return compareImpl(LDigits, RDigits, RScale - LScale);
+
+  return -compareImpl(RDigits, LDigits, LScale - RScale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Match scales of two numbers.
+///
+/// Given two scaled numbers, match up their scales.  Change the digits and
+/// scales in place.  Shift the digits as necessary to form equivalent numbers,
+/// losing precision only when necessary.
+///
+/// If the output value of \c LDigits (\c RDigits) is \c 0, the output value of
+/// \c LScale (\c RScale) is unspecified.
+///
+/// As a convenience, returns the matching scale.  If the output value of one
+/// number is zero, returns the scale of the other.  If both are zero, which
+/// scale is returned is unspecifed.
+template <class DigitsT>
+int16_t matchScales(DigitsT &LDigits, int16_t &LScale, DigitsT &RDigits,
+                    int16_t &RScale) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  if (LScale < RScale)
+    // Swap arguments.
+    return matchScales(RDigits, RScale, LDigits, LScale);
+  if (!LDigits)
+    return RScale;
+  if (!RDigits || LScale == RScale)
+    return LScale;
+
+  // Now LScale > RScale.  Get the difference.
+  int32_t ScaleDiff = int32_t(LScale) - RScale;
+  if (ScaleDiff >= 2 * getWidth<DigitsT>()) {
+    // Don't bother shifting.  RDigits will get zero-ed out anyway.
+    RDigits = 0;
+    return LScale;
+  }
+
+  // Shift LDigits left as much as possible, then shift RDigits right.
+  int32_t ShiftL = std::min<int32_t>(countLeadingZeros(LDigits), ScaleDiff);
+  assert(ShiftL < getWidth<DigitsT>() && "can't shift more than width");
+
+  int32_t ShiftR = ScaleDiff - ShiftL;
+  if (ShiftR >= getWidth<DigitsT>()) {
+    // Don't bother shifting.  RDigits will get zero-ed out anyway.
+    RDigits = 0;
+    return LScale;
+  }
+
+  LDigits <<= ShiftL;
+  RDigits >>= ShiftR;
+
+  LScale -= ShiftL;
+  RScale += ShiftR;
+  assert(LScale == RScale && "scales should match");
+  return LScale;
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the sum of two scaled numbers.
+///
+/// Get the sum of two scaled numbers with as much precision as possible.
+///
+/// \pre Adding 1 to \c LScale (or \c RScale) will not overflow INT16_MAX.
+template <class DigitsT>
+std::pair<DigitsT, int16_t> getSum(DigitsT LDigits, int16_t LScale,
+                                   DigitsT RDigits, int16_t RScale) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  // Check inputs up front.  This is only relevent if addition overflows, but
+  // testing here should catch more bugs.
+  assert(LScale < INT16_MAX && "scale too large");
+  assert(RScale < INT16_MAX && "scale too large");
+
+  // Normalize digits to match scales.
+  int16_t Scale = matchScales(LDigits, LScale, RDigits, RScale);
+
+  // Compute sum.
+  DigitsT Sum = LDigits + RDigits;
+  if (Sum >= RDigits)
+    return std::make_pair(Sum, Scale);
+
+  // Adjust sum after arithmetic overflow.
+  DigitsT HighBit = DigitsT(1) << (getWidth<DigitsT>() - 1);
+  return std::make_pair(HighBit | Sum >> 1, Scale + 1);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 32-bit sum.
+inline std::pair<uint32_t, int16_t> getSum32(uint32_t LDigits, int16_t LScale,
+                                             uint32_t RDigits, int16_t RScale) {
+  return getSum(LDigits, LScale, RDigits, RScale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 64-bit sum.
+inline std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> getSum64(uint64_t LDigits, int16_t LScale,
+                                             uint64_t RDigits, int16_t RScale) {
+  return getSum(LDigits, LScale, RDigits, RScale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the difference of two scaled numbers.
+///
+/// Get LHS minus RHS with as much precision as possible.
+///
+/// Returns \c (0, 0) if the RHS is larger than the LHS.
+template <class DigitsT>
+std::pair<DigitsT, int16_t> getDifference(DigitsT LDigits, int16_t LScale,
+                                          DigitsT RDigits, int16_t RScale) {
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed, "expected unsigned");
+
+  // Normalize digits to match scales.
+  const DigitsT SavedRDigits = RDigits;
+  const int16_t SavedRScale = RScale;
+  matchScales(LDigits, LScale, RDigits, RScale);
+
+  // Compute difference.
+  if (LDigits <= RDigits)
+    return std::make_pair(0, 0);
+  if (RDigits || !SavedRDigits)
+    return std::make_pair(LDigits - RDigits, LScale);
+
+  // Check if RDigits just barely lost its last bit.  E.g., for 32-bit:
+  //
+  //   1*2^32 - 1*2^0 == 0xffffffff != 1*2^32
+  const auto RLgFloor = getLgFloor(SavedRDigits, SavedRScale);
+  if (!compare(LDigits, LScale, DigitsT(1), RLgFloor + getWidth<DigitsT>()))
+    return std::make_pair(std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::max(), RLgFloor);
+
+  return std::make_pair(LDigits, LScale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 32-bit difference.
+inline std::pair<uint32_t, int16_t> getDifference32(uint32_t LDigits,
+                                                    int16_t LScale,
+                                                    uint32_t RDigits,
+                                                    int16_t RScale) {
+  return getDifference(LDigits, LScale, RDigits, RScale);
+}
+
+/// \brief Convenience helper for 64-bit difference.
+inline std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> getDifference64(uint64_t LDigits,
+                                                    int16_t LScale,
+                                                    uint64_t RDigits,
+                                                    int16_t RScale) {
+  return getDifference(LDigits, LScale, RDigits, RScale);
+}
+
+} // end namespace ScaledNumbers
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class raw_ostream;
+class ScaledNumberBase {
+public:
+  static const int DefaultPrecision = 10;
+
+  static void dump(uint64_t D, int16_t E, int Width);
+  static raw_ostream &print(raw_ostream &OS, uint64_t D, int16_t E, int Width,
+                            unsigned Precision);
+  static std::string toString(uint64_t D, int16_t E, int Width,
+                              unsigned Precision);
+  static int countLeadingZeros32(uint32_t N) { return countLeadingZeros(N); }
+  static int countLeadingZeros64(uint64_t N) { return countLeadingZeros(N); }
+  static uint64_t getHalf(uint64_t N) { return (N >> 1) + (N & 1); }
+
+  static std::pair<uint64_t, bool> splitSigned(int64_t N) {
+    if (N >= 0)
+      return std::make_pair(N, false);
+    uint64_t Unsigned = N == INT64_MIN ? UINT64_C(1) << 63 : uint64_t(-N);
+    return std::make_pair(Unsigned, true);
+  }
+  static int64_t joinSigned(uint64_t U, bool IsNeg) {
+    if (U > uint64_t(INT64_MAX))
+      return IsNeg ? INT64_MIN : INT64_MAX;
+    return IsNeg ? -int64_t(U) : int64_t(U);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Simple representation of a scaled number.
+///
+/// ScaledNumber is a number represented by digits and a scale.  It uses simple
+/// saturation arithmetic and every operation is well-defined for every value.
+/// It's somewhat similar in behaviour to a soft-float, but is *not* a
+/// replacement for one.  If you're doing numerics, look at \a APFloat instead.
+/// Nevertheless, we've found these semantics useful for modelling certain cost
+/// metrics.
+///
+/// The number is split into a signed scale and unsigned digits.  The number
+/// represented is \c getDigits()*2^getScale().  In this way, the digits are
+/// much like the mantissa in the x87 long double, but there is no canonical
+/// form so the same number can be represented by many bit representations.
+///
+/// ScaledNumber is templated on the underlying integer type for digits, which
+/// is expected to be unsigned.
+///
+/// Unlike APFloat, ScaledNumber does not model architecture floating point
+/// behaviour -- while this might make it a little faster and easier to reason
+/// about, it certainly makes it more dangerous for general numerics.
+///
+/// ScaledNumber is totally ordered.  However, there is no canonical form, so
+/// there are multiple representations of most scalars.  E.g.:
+///
+///     ScaledNumber(8u, 0) == ScaledNumber(4u, 1)
+///     ScaledNumber(4u, 1) == ScaledNumber(2u, 2)
+///     ScaledNumber(2u, 2) == ScaledNumber(1u, 3)
+///
+/// ScaledNumber implements most arithmetic operations.  Precision is kept
+/// where possible.  Uses simple saturation arithmetic, so that operations
+/// saturate to 0.0 or getLargest() rather than under or overflowing.  It has
+/// some extra arithmetic for unit inversion.  0.0/0.0 is defined to be 0.0.
+/// Any other division by 0.0 is defined to be getLargest().
+///
+/// As a convenience for modifying the exponent, left and right shifting are
+/// both implemented, and both interpret negative shifts as positive shifts in
+/// the opposite direction.
+///
+/// Scales are limited to the range accepted by x87 long double.  This makes
+/// it trivial to add functionality to convert to APFloat (this is already
+/// relied on for the implementation of printing).
+///
+/// Possible (and conflicting) future directions:
+///
+///  1. Turn this into a wrapper around \a APFloat.
+///  2. Share the algorithm implementations with \a APFloat.
+///  3. Allow \a ScaledNumber to represent a signed number.
+template <class DigitsT> class ScaledNumber : ScaledNumberBase {
+public:
+  static_assert(!std::numeric_limits<DigitsT>::is_signed,
+                "only unsigned floats supported");
+
+  typedef DigitsT DigitsType;
+
+private:
+  typedef std::numeric_limits<DigitsType> DigitsLimits;
+
+  static const int Width = sizeof(DigitsType) * 8;
+  static_assert(Width <= 64, "invalid integer width for digits");
+
+private:
+  DigitsType Digits;
+  int16_t Scale;
+
+public:
+  ScaledNumber() : Digits(0), Scale(0) {}
+
+  ScaledNumber(DigitsType Digits, int16_t Scale)
+      : Digits(Digits), Scale(Scale) {}
+
+private:
+  ScaledNumber(const std::pair<uint64_t, int16_t> &X)
+      : Digits(X.first), Scale(X.second) {}
+
+public:
+  static ScaledNumber getZero() { return ScaledNumber(0, 0); }
+  static ScaledNumber getOne() { return ScaledNumber(1, 0); }
+  static ScaledNumber getLargest() {
+    return ScaledNumber(DigitsLimits::max(), ScaledNumbers::MaxScale);
+  }
+  static ScaledNumber get(uint64_t N) { return adjustToWidth(N, 0); }
+  static ScaledNumber getInverse(uint64_t N) {
+    return get(N).invert();
+  }
+  static ScaledNumber getFraction(DigitsType N, DigitsType D) {
+    return getQuotient(N, D);
+  }
+
+  int16_t getScale() const { return Scale; }
+  DigitsType getDigits() const { return Digits; }
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the given integer type.
+  ///
+  /// Convert to \c IntT using simple saturating arithmetic, truncating if
+  /// necessary.
+  template <class IntT> IntT toInt() const;
+
+  bool isZero() const { return !Digits; }
+  bool isLargest() const { return *this == getLargest(); }
+  bool isOne() const {
+    if (Scale > 0 || Scale <= -Width)
+      return false;
+    return Digits == DigitsType(1) << -Scale;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The log base 2, rounded.
+  ///
+  /// Get the lg of the scalar.  lg 0 is defined to be INT32_MIN.
+  int32_t lg() const { return ScaledNumbers::getLg(Digits, Scale); }
+
+  /// \brief The log base 2, rounded towards INT32_MIN.
+  ///
+  /// Get the lg floor.  lg 0 is defined to be INT32_MIN.
+  int32_t lgFloor() const { return ScaledNumbers::getLgFloor(Digits, Scale); }
+
+  /// \brief The log base 2, rounded towards INT32_MAX.
+  ///
+  /// Get the lg ceiling.  lg 0 is defined to be INT32_MIN.
+  int32_t lgCeiling() const {
+    return ScaledNumbers::getLgCeiling(Digits, Scale);
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ScaledNumber &X) const { return compare(X) == 0; }
+  bool operator<(const ScaledNumber &X) const { return compare(X) < 0; }
+  bool operator!=(const ScaledNumber &X) const { return compare(X) != 0; }
+  bool operator>(const ScaledNumber &X) const { return compare(X) > 0; }
+  bool operator<=(const ScaledNumber &X) const { return compare(X) <= 0; }
+  bool operator>=(const ScaledNumber &X) const { return compare(X) >= 0; }
+
+  bool operator!() const { return isZero(); }
+
+  /// \brief Convert to a decimal representation in a string.
+  ///
+  /// Convert to a string.  Uses scientific notation for very large/small
+  /// numbers.  Scientific notation is used roughly for numbers outside of the
+  /// range 2^-64 through 2^64.
+  ///
+  /// \c Precision indicates the number of decimal digits of precision to use;
+  /// 0 requests the maximum available.
+  ///
+  /// As a special case to make debugging easier, if the number is small enough
+  /// to convert without scientific notation and has more than \c Precision
+  /// digits before the decimal place, it's printed accurately to the first
+  /// digit past zero.  E.g., assuming 10 digits of precision:
+  ///
+  ///     98765432198.7654... => 98765432198.8
+  ///      8765432198.7654... =>  8765432198.8
+  ///       765432198.7654... =>   765432198.8
+  ///        65432198.7654... =>    65432198.77
+  ///         5432198.7654... =>     5432198.765
+  std::string toString(unsigned Precision = DefaultPrecision) {
+    return ScaledNumberBase::toString(Digits, Scale, Width, Precision);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Print a decimal representation.
+  ///
+  /// Print a string.  See toString for documentation.
+  raw_ostream &print(raw_ostream &OS,
+                     unsigned Precision = DefaultPrecision) const {
+    return ScaledNumberBase::print(OS, Digits, Scale, Width, Precision);
+  }
+  void dump() const { return ScaledNumberBase::dump(Digits, Scale, Width); }
+
+  ScaledNumber &operator+=(const ScaledNumber &X) {
+    std::tie(Digits, Scale) =
+        ScaledNumbers::getSum(Digits, Scale, X.Digits, X.Scale);
+    // Check for exponent past MaxScale.
+    if (Scale > ScaledNumbers::MaxScale)
+      *this = getLargest();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  ScaledNumber &operator-=(const ScaledNumber &X) {
+    std::tie(Digits, Scale) =
+        ScaledNumbers::getDifference(Digits, Scale, X.Digits, X.Scale);
+    return *this;
+  }
+  ScaledNumber &operator*=(const ScaledNumber &X);
+  ScaledNumber &operator/=(const ScaledNumber &X);
+  ScaledNumber &operator<<=(int16_t Shift) {
+    shiftLeft(Shift);
+    return *this;
+  }
+  ScaledNumber &operator>>=(int16_t Shift) {
+    shiftRight(Shift);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+private:
+  void shiftLeft(int32_t Shift);
+  void shiftRight(int32_t Shift);
+
+  /// \brief Adjust two floats to have matching exponents.
+  ///
+  /// Adjust \c this and \c X to have matching exponents.  Returns the new \c X
+  /// by value.  Does nothing if \a isZero() for either.
+  ///
+  /// The value that compares smaller will lose precision, and possibly become
+  /// \a isZero().
+  ScaledNumber matchScales(ScaledNumber X) {
+    ScaledNumbers::matchScales(Digits, Scale, X.Digits, X.Scale);
+    return X;
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Scale a large number accurately.
+  ///
+  /// Scale N (multiply it by this).  Uses full precision multiplication, even
+  /// if Width is smaller than 64, so information is not lost.
+  uint64_t scale(uint64_t N) const;
+  uint64_t scaleByInverse(uint64_t N) const {
+    // TODO: implement directly, rather than relying on inverse.  Inverse is
+    // expensive.
+    return inverse().scale(N);
+  }
+  int64_t scale(int64_t N) const {
+    std::pair<uint64_t, bool> Unsigned = splitSigned(N);
+    return joinSigned(scale(Unsigned.first), Unsigned.second);
+  }
+  int64_t scaleByInverse(int64_t N) const {
+    std::pair<uint64_t, bool> Unsigned = splitSigned(N);
+    return joinSigned(scaleByInverse(Unsigned.first), Unsigned.second);
+  }
+
+  int compare(const ScaledNumber &X) const {
+    return ScaledNumbers::compare(Digits, Scale, X.Digits, X.Scale);
+  }
+  int compareTo(uint64_t N) const {
+    ScaledNumber Scaled = get(N);
+    int Compare = compare(Scaled);
+    if (Width == 64 || Compare != 0)
+      return Compare;
+
+    // Check for precision loss.  We know *this == RoundTrip.
+    uint64_t RoundTrip = Scaled.template toInt<uint64_t>();
+    return N == RoundTrip ? 0 : RoundTrip < N ? -1 : 1;
+  }
+  int compareTo(int64_t N) const { return N < 0 ? 1 : compareTo(uint64_t(N)); }
+
+  ScaledNumber &invert() { return *this = ScaledNumber::get(1) / *this; }
+  ScaledNumber inverse() const { return ScaledNumber(*this).invert(); }
+
+private:
+  static ScaledNumber getProduct(DigitsType LHS, DigitsType RHS) {
+    return ScaledNumbers::getProduct(LHS, RHS);
+  }
+  static ScaledNumber getQuotient(DigitsType Dividend, DigitsType Divisor) {
+    return ScaledNumbers::getQuotient(Dividend, Divisor);
+  }
+
+  static int countLeadingZerosWidth(DigitsType Digits) {
+    if (Width == 64)
+      return countLeadingZeros64(Digits);
+    if (Width == 32)
+      return countLeadingZeros32(Digits);
+    return countLeadingZeros32(Digits) + Width - 32;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Adjust a number to width, rounding up if necessary.
+  ///
+  /// Should only be called for \c Shift close to zero.
+  ///
+  /// \pre Shift >= MinScale && Shift + 64 <= MaxScale.
+  static ScaledNumber adjustToWidth(uint64_t N, int32_t Shift) {
+    assert(Shift >= ScaledNumbers::MinScale && "Shift should be close to 0");
+    assert(Shift <= ScaledNumbers::MaxScale - 64 &&
+           "Shift should be close to 0");
+    auto Adjusted = ScaledNumbers::getAdjusted<DigitsT>(N, Shift);
+    return Adjusted;
+  }
+
+  static ScaledNumber getRounded(ScaledNumber P, bool Round) {
+    // Saturate.
+    if (P.isLargest())
+      return P;
+
+    return ScaledNumbers::getRounded(P.Digits, P.Scale, Round);
+  }
+};
+
+#define SCALED_NUMBER_BOP(op, base)                                            \
+  template <class DigitsT>                                                     \
+  ScaledNumber<DigitsT> operator op(const ScaledNumber<DigitsT> &L,            \
+                                    const ScaledNumber<DigitsT> &R) {          \
+    return ScaledNumber<DigitsT>(L) base R;                                    \
+  }
+SCALED_NUMBER_BOP(+, += )
+SCALED_NUMBER_BOP(-, -= )
+SCALED_NUMBER_BOP(*, *= )
+SCALED_NUMBER_BOP(/, /= )
+SCALED_NUMBER_BOP(<<, <<= )
+SCALED_NUMBER_BOP(>>, >>= )
+#undef SCALED_NUMBER_BOP
+
+template <class DigitsT>
+raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ScaledNumber<DigitsT> &X) {
+  return X.print(OS, 10);
+}
+
+#define SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO_TYPE(op, T1, T2)                              \
+  template <class DigitsT>                                                     \
+  bool operator op(const ScaledNumber<DigitsT> &L, T1 R) {                     \
+    return L.compareTo(T2(R)) op 0;                                            \
+  }                                                                            \
+  template <class DigitsT>                                                     \
+  bool operator op(T1 L, const ScaledNumber<DigitsT> &R) {                     \
+    return 0 op R.compareTo(T2(L));                                            \
+  }
+#define SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO(op)                                           \
+  SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO_TYPE(op, uint64_t, uint64_t)                        \
+  SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO_TYPE(op, uint32_t, uint64_t)                        \
+  SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO_TYPE(op, int64_t, int64_t)                          \
+  SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO_TYPE(op, int32_t, int64_t)
+SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO(< )
+SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO(> )
+SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO(== )
+SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO(!= )
+SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO(<= )
+SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO(>= )
+#undef SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO
+#undef SCALED_NUMBER_COMPARE_TO_TYPE
+
+template <class DigitsT>
+uint64_t ScaledNumber<DigitsT>::scale(uint64_t N) const {
+  if (Width == 64 || N <= DigitsLimits::max())
+    return (get(N) * *this).template toInt<uint64_t>();
+
+  // Defer to the 64-bit version.
+  return ScaledNumber<uint64_t>(Digits, Scale).scale(N);
+}
+
+template <class DigitsT>
+template <class IntT>
+IntT ScaledNumber<DigitsT>::toInt() const {
+  typedef std::numeric_limits<IntT> Limits;
+  if (*this < 1)
+    return 0;
+  if (*this >= Limits::max())
+    return Limits::max();
+
+  IntT N = Digits;
+  if (Scale > 0) {
+    assert(size_t(Scale) < sizeof(IntT) * 8);
+    return N << Scale;
+  }
+  if (Scale < 0) {
+    assert(size_t(-Scale) < sizeof(IntT) * 8);
+    return N >> -Scale;
+  }
+  return N;
+}
+
+template <class DigitsT>
+ScaledNumber<DigitsT> &ScaledNumber<DigitsT>::
+operator*=(const ScaledNumber &X) {
+  if (isZero())
+    return *this;
+  if (X.isZero())
+    return *this = X;
+
+  // Save the exponents.
+  int32_t Scales = int32_t(Scale) + int32_t(X.Scale);
+
+  // Get the raw product.
+  *this = getProduct(Digits, X.Digits);
+
+  // Combine with exponents.
+  return *this <<= Scales;
+}
+template <class DigitsT>
+ScaledNumber<DigitsT> &ScaledNumber<DigitsT>::
+operator/=(const ScaledNumber &X) {
+  if (isZero())
+    return *this;
+  if (X.isZero())
+    return *this = getLargest();
+
+  // Save the exponents.
+  int32_t Scales = int32_t(Scale) - int32_t(X.Scale);
+
+  // Get the raw quotient.
+  *this = getQuotient(Digits, X.Digits);
+
+  // Combine with exponents.
+  return *this <<= Scales;
+}
+template <class DigitsT> void ScaledNumber<DigitsT>::shiftLeft(int32_t Shift) {
+  if (!Shift || isZero())
+    return;
+  assert(Shift != INT32_MIN);
+  if (Shift < 0) {
+    shiftRight(-Shift);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Shift as much as we can in the exponent.
+  int32_t ScaleShift = std::min(Shift, ScaledNumbers::MaxScale - Scale);
+  Scale += ScaleShift;
+  if (ScaleShift == Shift)
+    return;
+
+  // Check this late, since it's rare.
+  if (isLargest())
+    return;
+
+  // Shift the digits themselves.
+  Shift -= ScaleShift;
+  if (Shift > countLeadingZerosWidth(Digits)) {
+    // Saturate.
+    *this = getLargest();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  Digits <<= Shift;
+  return;
+}
+
+template <class DigitsT> void ScaledNumber<DigitsT>::shiftRight(int32_t Shift) {
+  if (!Shift || isZero())
+    return;
+  assert(Shift != INT32_MIN);
+  if (Shift < 0) {
+    shiftLeft(-Shift);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Shift as much as we can in the exponent.
+  int32_t ScaleShift = std::min(Shift, Scale - ScaledNumbers::MinScale);
+  Scale -= ScaleShift;
+  if (ScaleShift == Shift)
+    return;
+
+  // Shift the digits themselves.
+  Shift -= ScaleShift;
+  if (Shift >= Width) {
+    // Saturate.
+    *this = getZero();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  Digits >>= Shift;
+  return;
+}
+
+template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
+template <typename T> struct isPodLike<ScaledNumber<T>> {
+  static const bool value = true;
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Signals.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Signals.h
index 58ed175..6cbc1f6 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Signals.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Signals.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ namespace sys {
   /// This function registers signal handlers to ensure that if a signal gets
   /// delivered that the named file is removed.
   /// @brief Remove a file if a fatal signal occurs.
-  bool RemoveFileOnSignal(StringRef Filename, std::string* ErrMsg = 0);
+  bool RemoveFileOnSignal(StringRef Filename, std::string* ErrMsg = nullptr);
 
   /// This function removes a file from the list of files to be removed on
   /// signal delivery.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h
index dd48974..4717553 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ namespace llvm {
   class Twine;
   class raw_ostream;
 
-/// SourceMgr - This owns the files read by a parser, handles include stacks,
+/// This owns the files read by a parser, handles include stacks,
 /// and handles diagnostic wrangling.
 class SourceMgr {
 public:
@@ -40,47 +40,48 @@ public:
     DK_Note
   };
 
-  /// DiagHandlerTy - Clients that want to handle their own diagnostics in a
-  /// custom way can register a function pointer+context as a diagnostic
-  /// handler.  It gets called each time PrintMessage is invoked.
+  /// Clients that want to handle their own diagnostics in a custom way can
+  /// register a function pointer+context as a diagnostic handler.
+  /// It gets called each time PrintMessage is invoked.
   typedef void (*DiagHandlerTy)(const SMDiagnostic &, void *Context);
 private:
   struct SrcBuffer {
-    /// Buffer - The memory buffer for the file.
+    /// The memory buffer for the file.
     MemoryBuffer *Buffer;
 
-    /// IncludeLoc - This is the location of the parent include, or null if at
-    /// the top level.
+    /// This is the location of the parent include, or null if at the top level.
     SMLoc IncludeLoc;
   };
 
-  /// Buffers - This is all of the buffers that we are reading from.
+  /// This is all of the buffers that we are reading from.
   std::vector<SrcBuffer> Buffers;
 
-  // IncludeDirectories - This is the list of directories we should search for
-  // include files in.
+  // This is the list of directories we should search for include files in.
   std::vector<std::string> IncludeDirectories;
 
-  /// LineNoCache - This is a cache for line number queries, its implementation
-  /// is really private to SourceMgr.cpp.
+  /// This is a cache for line number queries, its implementation is really
+  /// private to SourceMgr.cpp.
   mutable void *LineNoCache;
 
   DiagHandlerTy DiagHandler;
   void *DiagContext;
 
+  bool isValidBufferID(unsigned i) const { return i && i <= Buffers.size(); }
+
   SourceMgr(const SourceMgr&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   void operator=(const SourceMgr&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
-  SourceMgr() : LineNoCache(0), DiagHandler(0), DiagContext(0) {}
+  SourceMgr()
+    : LineNoCache(nullptr), DiagHandler(nullptr), DiagContext(nullptr) {}
   ~SourceMgr();
 
   void setIncludeDirs(const std::vector<std::string> &Dirs) {
     IncludeDirectories = Dirs;
   }
 
-  /// setDiagHandler - Specify a diagnostic handler to be invoked every time
-  /// PrintMessage is called. Ctx is passed into the handler when it is invoked.
-  void setDiagHandler(DiagHandlerTy DH, void *Ctx = 0) {
+  /// Specify a diagnostic handler to be invoked every time PrintMessage is
+  /// called. \p Ctx is passed into the handler when it is invoked.
+  void setDiagHandler(DiagHandlerTy DH, void *Ctx = nullptr) {
     DiagHandler = DH;
     DiagContext = Ctx;
   }
@@ -89,60 +90,67 @@ public:
   void *getDiagContext() const { return DiagContext; }
 
   const SrcBuffer &getBufferInfo(unsigned i) const {
-    assert(i < Buffers.size() && "Invalid Buffer ID!");
-    return Buffers[i];
+    assert(isValidBufferID(i));
+    return Buffers[i - 1];
   }
 
   const MemoryBuffer *getMemoryBuffer(unsigned i) const {
-    assert(i < Buffers.size() && "Invalid Buffer ID!");
-    return Buffers[i].Buffer;
+    assert(isValidBufferID(i));
+    return Buffers[i - 1].Buffer;
   }
 
-  size_t getNumBuffers() const {
+  unsigned getNumBuffers() const {
     return Buffers.size();
   }
 
+  unsigned getMainFileID() const {
+    assert(getNumBuffers());
+    return 1;
+  }
+
   SMLoc getParentIncludeLoc(unsigned i) const {
-    assert(i < Buffers.size() && "Invalid Buffer ID!");
-    return Buffers[i].IncludeLoc;
+    assert(isValidBufferID(i));
+    return Buffers[i - 1].IncludeLoc;
   }
 
-  /// AddNewSourceBuffer - Add a new source buffer to this source manager.  This
-  /// takes ownership of the memory buffer.
-  size_t AddNewSourceBuffer(MemoryBuffer *F, SMLoc IncludeLoc) {
+  /// Add a new source buffer to this source manager. This takes ownership of
+  /// the memory buffer.
+  unsigned AddNewSourceBuffer(MemoryBuffer *F, SMLoc IncludeLoc) {
     SrcBuffer NB;
     NB.Buffer = F;
     NB.IncludeLoc = IncludeLoc;
     Buffers.push_back(NB);
-    return Buffers.size() - 1;
+    return Buffers.size();
   }
 
-  /// AddIncludeFile - Search for a file with the specified name in the current
-  /// directory or in one of the IncludeDirs.  If no file is found, this returns
-  /// ~0, otherwise it returns the buffer ID of the stacked file.
-  /// The full path to the included file can be found in IncludedFile.
-  size_t AddIncludeFile(const std::string &Filename, SMLoc IncludeLoc,
-                        std::string &IncludedFile);
+  /// Search for a file with the specified name in the current directory or in
+  /// one of the IncludeDirs.
+  ///
+  /// If no file is found, this returns 0, otherwise it returns the buffer ID
+  /// of the stacked file. The full path to the included file can be found in
+  /// \p IncludedFile.
+  unsigned AddIncludeFile(const std::string &Filename, SMLoc IncludeLoc,
+                          std::string &IncludedFile);
 
-  /// FindBufferContainingLoc - Return the ID of the buffer containing the
-  /// specified location, returning -1 if not found.
-  int FindBufferContainingLoc(SMLoc Loc) const;
+  /// Return the ID of the buffer containing the specified location.
+  ///
+  /// 0 is returned if the buffer is not found.
+  unsigned FindBufferContainingLoc(SMLoc Loc) const;
 
-  /// FindLineNumber - Find the line number for the specified location in the
-  /// specified file.  This is not a fast method.
-  unsigned FindLineNumber(SMLoc Loc, int BufferID = -1) const {
+  /// Find the line number for the specified location in the specified file.
+  /// This is not a fast method.
+  unsigned FindLineNumber(SMLoc Loc, unsigned BufferID = 0) const {
     return getLineAndColumn(Loc, BufferID).first;
   }
 
-  /// getLineAndColumn - Find the line and column number for the specified
-  /// location in the specified file.  This is not a fast method.
-  std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>
-    getLineAndColumn(SMLoc Loc, int BufferID = -1) const;
+  /// Find the line and column number for the specified location in the
+  /// specified file. This is not a fast method.
+  std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> getLineAndColumn(SMLoc Loc,
+                                                 unsigned BufferID = 0) const;
 
-  /// PrintMessage - Emit a message about the specified location with the
-  /// specified string.
+  /// Emit a message about the specified location with the specified string.
   ///
-  /// @param ShowColors - Display colored messages if output is a terminal and
+  /// \param ShowColors Display colored messages if output is a terminal and
   /// the default error handler is used.
   void PrintMessage(raw_ostream &OS, SMLoc Loc, DiagKind Kind,
                     const Twine &Msg,
@@ -156,21 +164,28 @@ public:
                     ArrayRef<SMFixIt> FixIts = None,
                     bool ShowColors = true) const;
 
-  /// GetMessage - Return an SMDiagnostic at the specified location with the
-  /// specified string.
+  /// Emits a manually-constructed diagnostic to the given output stream.
+  ///
+  /// \param ShowColors Display colored messages if output is a terminal and
+  /// the default error handler is used.
+  void PrintMessage(raw_ostream &OS, const SMDiagnostic &Diagnostic,
+                    bool ShowColors = true) const;
+
+  /// Return an SMDiagnostic at the specified location with the specified
+  /// string.
   ///
-  /// @param Msg If non-null, the kind of message (e.g., "error") which is
+  /// \param Msg If non-null, the kind of message (e.g., "error") which is
   /// prefixed to the message.
   SMDiagnostic GetMessage(SMLoc Loc, DiagKind Kind, const Twine &Msg,
                           ArrayRef<SMRange> Ranges = None,
                           ArrayRef<SMFixIt> FixIts = None) const;
 
-  /// PrintIncludeStack - Prints the names of included files and the line of the
-  /// file they were included from.  A diagnostic handler can use this before
-  /// printing its custom formatted message.
+  /// Prints the names of included files and the line of the file they were
+  /// included from. A diagnostic handler can use this before printing its
+  /// custom formatted message.
   ///
-  /// @param IncludeLoc - The line of the include.
-  /// @param OS the raw_ostream to print on.
+  /// \param IncludeLoc The location of the include.
+  /// \param OS the raw_ostream to print on.
   void PrintIncludeStack(SMLoc IncludeLoc, raw_ostream &OS) const;
 };
 
@@ -207,8 +222,8 @@ public:
 };
 
 
-/// SMDiagnostic - Instances of this class encapsulate one diagnostic report,
-/// allowing printing to a raw_ostream as a caret diagnostic.
+/// Instances of this class encapsulate one diagnostic report, allowing
+/// printing to a raw_ostream as a caret diagnostic.
 class SMDiagnostic {
   const SourceMgr *SM;
   SMLoc Loc;
@@ -222,10 +237,10 @@ class SMDiagnostic {
 public:
   // Null diagnostic.
   SMDiagnostic()
-    : SM(0), LineNo(0), ColumnNo(0), Kind(SourceMgr::DK_Error) {}
+    : SM(nullptr), LineNo(0), ColumnNo(0), Kind(SourceMgr::DK_Error) {}
   // Diagnostic with no location (e.g. file not found, command line arg error).
   SMDiagnostic(StringRef filename, SourceMgr::DiagKind Knd, StringRef Msg)
-    : SM(0), Filename(filename), LineNo(-1), ColumnNo(-1), Kind(Knd),
+    : SM(nullptr), Filename(filename), LineNo(-1), ColumnNo(-1), Kind(Knd),
       Message(Msg) {}
 
   // Diagnostic with a location.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SpecialCaseList.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SpecialCaseList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..098b9c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SpecialCaseList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+//===-- SpecialCaseList.h - special case list for sanitizers ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This is a utility class used to parse user-provided text files with
+// "special case lists" for code sanitizers. Such files are used to
+// define "ABI list" for DataFlowSanitizer and blacklists for another sanitizers
+// like AddressSanitizer or UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer.
+//
+// Empty lines and lines starting with "#" are ignored. All the rest lines
+// should have the form:
+//   section:wildcard_expression[=category]
+// If category is not specified, it is assumed to be empty string.
+// Definitions of "section" and "category" are sanitizer-specific. For example,
+// sanitizer blacklists support sections "src", "fun" and "global".
+// Wildcard expressions define, respectively, source files, functions or
+// globals which shouldn't be instrumented.
+// Examples of categories:
+//   "functional": used in DFSan to list functions with pure functional
+//                 semantics.
+//   "init": used in ASan blacklist to disable initialization-order bugs
+//           detection for certain globals or source files.
+// Full special case list file example:
+// ---
+// # Blacklisted items:
+// fun:*_ZN4base6subtle*
+// global:*global_with_bad_access_or_initialization*
+// global:*global_with_initialization_issues*=init
+// type:*Namespace::ClassName*=init
+// src:file_with_tricky_code.cc
+// src:ignore-global-initializers-issues.cc=init
+//
+// # Functions with pure functional semantics:
+// fun:cos=functional
+// fun:sin=functional
+// ---
+// Note that the wild card is in fact an llvm::Regex, but * is automatically
+// replaced with .*
+// This is similar to the "ignore" feature of ThreadSanitizer.
+// http://code.google.com/p/data-race-test/wiki/ThreadSanitizerIgnores
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_SPECIALCASELIST_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_SPECIALCASELIST_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+class MemoryBuffer;
+class Regex;
+class StringRef;
+
+class SpecialCaseList {
+ public:
+  /// Parses the special case list from a file. If Path is empty, returns
+  /// an empty special case list. On failure, returns 0 and writes an error
+  /// message to string.
+  static SpecialCaseList *create(const StringRef Path, std::string &Error);
+  /// Parses the special case list from a memory buffer. On failure, returns
+  /// 0 and writes an error message to string.
+  static SpecialCaseList *create(const MemoryBuffer *MB, std::string &Error);
+  /// Parses the special case list from a file. On failure, reports a fatal
+  /// error.
+  static SpecialCaseList *createOrDie(const StringRef Path);
+
+  ~SpecialCaseList();
+
+  /// Returns true, if special case list contains a line
+  /// \code
+  ///   @Section:<E>=@Category
+  /// \endcode
+  /// and @Query satisfies a wildcard expression <E>.
+  bool inSection(const StringRef Section, const StringRef Query,
+                 const StringRef Category = StringRef()) const;
+
+ private:
+  SpecialCaseList(SpecialCaseList const &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  SpecialCaseList &operator=(SpecialCaseList const &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  struct Entry;
+  StringMap<StringMap<Entry> > Entries;
+
+  SpecialCaseList();
+  /// Parses just-constructed SpecialCaseList entries from a memory buffer.
+  bool parse(const MemoryBuffer *MB, std::string &Error);
+};
+
+}  // namespace llvm
+
+#endif  // LLVM_SUPPORT_SPECIALCASELIST_H
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h
index e823d48..6e71ad4 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h
@@ -11,10 +11,12 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_STREAMABLEMEMORYOBJECT_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_STREAMABLEMEMORYOBJECT_H
 
-#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataStream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MemoryObject.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <memory>
 #include <vector>
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -38,7 +40,7 @@ class StreamableMemoryObject : public MemoryObject {
   /// getBase         - Returns the lowest valid address in the region.
   ///
   /// @result         - The lowest valid address.
-  virtual uint64_t getBase() const LLVM_OVERRIDE = 0;
+  uint64_t getBase() const override = 0;
 
   /// getExtent       - Returns the size of the region in bytes.  (The region is
   ///                   contiguous, so the highest valid address of the region
@@ -46,7 +48,7 @@ class StreamableMemoryObject : public MemoryObject {
   ///                   May block until all bytes in the stream have been read
   ///
   /// @result         - The size of the region.
-  virtual uint64_t getExtent() const LLVM_OVERRIDE = 0;
+  uint64_t getExtent() const override = 0;
 
   /// readByte        - Tries to read a single byte from the region.
   ///                   May block until (address - base) bytes have been read
@@ -54,7 +56,7 @@ class StreamableMemoryObject : public MemoryObject {
   /// @param ptr      - A pointer to a byte to be filled in.  Must be non-NULL.
   /// @result         - 0 if successful; -1 if not.  Failure may be due to a
   ///                   bounds violation or an implementation-specific error.
-  virtual int readByte(uint64_t address, uint8_t *ptr) const LLVM_OVERRIDE = 0;
+  int readByte(uint64_t address, uint8_t *ptr) const override = 0;
 
   /// readBytes       - Tries to read a contiguous range of bytes from the
   ///                   region, up to the end of the region.
@@ -70,9 +72,8 @@ class StreamableMemoryObject : public MemoryObject {
   ///                   and large enough to hold size bytes.
   /// @result         - 0 if successful; -1 if not.  Failure may be due to a
   ///                   bounds violation or an implementation-specific error.
-  virtual int readBytes(uint64_t address,
-                        uint64_t size,
-                        uint8_t *buf) const LLVM_OVERRIDE = 0;
+  int readBytes(uint64_t address, uint64_t size,
+                uint8_t *buf) const override = 0;
 
   /// getPointer  - Ensures that the requested data is in memory, and returns
   ///               A pointer to it. More efficient than using readBytes if the
@@ -105,23 +106,21 @@ class StreamableMemoryObject : public MemoryObject {
 class StreamingMemoryObject : public StreamableMemoryObject {
 public:
   StreamingMemoryObject(DataStreamer *streamer);
-  virtual uint64_t getBase() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return 0; }
-  virtual uint64_t getExtent() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  virtual int readByte(uint64_t address, uint8_t *ptr) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  virtual int readBytes(uint64_t address,
-                        uint64_t size,
-                        uint8_t *buf) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  virtual const uint8_t *getPointer(uint64_t address,
-                                    uint64_t size) const LLVM_OVERRIDE {
+  uint64_t getBase() const override { return 0; }
+  uint64_t getExtent() const override;
+  int readByte(uint64_t address, uint8_t *ptr) const override;
+  int readBytes(uint64_t address, uint64_t size,
+                uint8_t *buf) const override;
+  const uint8_t *getPointer(uint64_t address, uint64_t size) const override {
     // This could be fixed by ensuring the bytes are fetched and making a copy,
     // requiring that the bitcode size be known, or otherwise ensuring that
     // the memory doesn't go away/get reallocated, but it's
     // not currently necessary. Users that need the pointer don't stream.
-    assert(0 && "getPointer in streaming memory objects not allowed");
-    return NULL;
+    llvm_unreachable("getPointer in streaming memory objects not allowed");
+    return nullptr;
   }
-  virtual bool isValidAddress(uint64_t address) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  virtual bool isObjectEnd(uint64_t address) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  bool isValidAddress(uint64_t address) const override;
+  bool isObjectEnd(uint64_t address) const override;
 
   /// Drop s bytes from the front of the stream, pushing the positions of the
   /// remaining bytes down by s. This is used to skip past the bitcode header,
@@ -137,7 +136,7 @@ public:
 private:
   const static uint32_t kChunkSize = 4096 * 4;
   mutable std::vector<unsigned char> Bytes;
-  OwningPtr<DataStreamer> Streamer;
+  std::unique_ptr<DataStreamer> Streamer;
   mutable size_t BytesRead;   // Bytes read from stream
   size_t BytesSkipped;// Bytes skipped at start of stream (e.g. wrapper/header)
   mutable size_t ObjectSize; // 0 if unknown, set if wrapper seen or EOF reached
@@ -156,8 +155,8 @@ private:
                                         kChunkSize);
       BytesRead += bytes;
       if (bytes < kChunkSize) {
-        if (ObjectSize && BytesRead < Pos)
-          assert(0 && "Unexpected short read fetching bitcode");
+        assert((!ObjectSize || BytesRead >= Pos) &&
+               "Unexpected short read fetching bitcode");
         if (BytesRead <= Pos) { // reached EOF/ran out of bytes
           ObjectSize = BytesRead;
           EOFReached = true;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringPool.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringPool.h
index 71adbc5..3e04653 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringPool.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringPool.h
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_STRINGPOOL_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_STRINGPOOL_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
 #include <cassert>
 #include <new>
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ namespace llvm {
       unsigned Refcount; ///< Number of referencing PooledStringPtrs.
 
     public:
-      PooledString() : Pool(0), Refcount(0) { }
+      PooledString() : Pool(nullptr), Refcount(0) { }
     };
 
     friend class PooledStringPtr;
@@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     entry_t *S;
 
   public:
-    PooledStringPtr() : S(0) {}
+    PooledStringPtr() : S(nullptr) {}
 
     explicit PooledStringPtr(entry_t *E) : S(E) {
       if (S) ++S->getValue().Refcount;
@@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ namespace llvm {
         S->getValue().Pool->InternTable.remove(S);
         S->Destroy();
       }
-      S = 0;
+      S = nullptr;
     }
 
     ~PooledStringPtr() { clear(); }
@@ -128,10 +129,10 @@ namespace llvm {
     }
 
     inline const char *operator*() const { return begin(); }
-    inline operator bool() const { return S != 0; }
+    inline LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return S != nullptr; }
 
-    inline bool operator==(const PooledStringPtr &That) { return S == That.S; }
-    inline bool operator!=(const PooledStringPtr &That) { return S != That.S; }
+    inline bool operator==(const PooledStringPtr &That) const { return S == That.S; }
+    inline bool operator!=(const PooledStringPtr &That) const { return S != That.S; }
   };
 
 } // End llvm namespace
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringRefMemoryObject.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringRefMemoryObject.h
index 994fa34..8a349ea 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringRefMemoryObject.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/StringRefMemoryObject.h
@@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ public:
   StringRefMemoryObject(StringRef Bytes, uint64_t Base = 0)
     : Bytes(Bytes), Base(Base) {}
 
-  uint64_t getBase() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return Base; }
-  uint64_t getExtent() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return Bytes.size(); }
+  uint64_t getBase() const override { return Base; }
+  uint64_t getExtent() const override { return Bytes.size(); }
 
-  int readByte(uint64_t Addr, uint8_t *Byte) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  int readBytes(uint64_t Addr, uint64_t Size, uint8_t *Buf) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  int readByte(uint64_t Addr, uint8_t *Byte) const override;
+  int readBytes(uint64_t Addr, uint64_t Size, uint8_t *Buf) const override;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SwapByteOrder.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SwapByteOrder.h
index e65f9cc..340954f 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SwapByteOrder.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/SwapByteOrder.h
@@ -68,33 +68,38 @@ inline uint64_t SwapByteOrder_64(uint64_t value) {
 #endif
 }
 
-inline unsigned char  SwapByteOrder(unsigned char C) { return C; }
-inline   signed char  SwapByteOrder(signed char C) { return C; }
-inline          char  SwapByteOrder(char C) { return C; }
+inline unsigned char  getSwappedBytes(unsigned char C) { return C; }
+inline   signed char  getSwappedBytes(signed char C) { return C; }
+inline          char  getSwappedBytes(char C) { return C; }
 
-inline unsigned short SwapByteOrder(unsigned short C) { return SwapByteOrder_16(C); }
-inline   signed short SwapByteOrder(  signed short C) { return SwapByteOrder_16(C); }
+inline unsigned short getSwappedBytes(unsigned short C) { return SwapByteOrder_16(C); }
+inline   signed short getSwappedBytes(  signed short C) { return SwapByteOrder_16(C); }
 
-inline unsigned int   SwapByteOrder(unsigned int   C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
-inline   signed int   SwapByteOrder(  signed int   C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
+inline unsigned int   getSwappedBytes(unsigned int   C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
+inline   signed int   getSwappedBytes(  signed int   C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
 
 #if __LONG_MAX__ == __INT_MAX__
-inline unsigned long  SwapByteOrder(unsigned long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
-inline   signed long  SwapByteOrder(  signed long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
+inline unsigned long  getSwappedBytes(unsigned long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
+inline   signed long  getSwappedBytes(  signed long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_32(C); }
 #elif __LONG_MAX__ == __LONG_LONG_MAX__
-inline unsigned long  SwapByteOrder(unsigned long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_64(C); }
-inline   signed long  SwapByteOrder(  signed long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_64(C); }
+inline unsigned long  getSwappedBytes(unsigned long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_64(C); }
+inline   signed long  getSwappedBytes(  signed long  C) { return SwapByteOrder_64(C); }
 #else
 #error "Unknown long size!"
 #endif
 
-inline unsigned long long SwapByteOrder(unsigned long long C) {
+inline unsigned long long getSwappedBytes(unsigned long long C) {
   return SwapByteOrder_64(C);
 }
-inline signed long long SwapByteOrder(signed long long C) {
+inline signed long long getSwappedBytes(signed long long C) {
   return SwapByteOrder_64(C);
 }
 
+template<typename T>
+inline void swapByteOrder(T &Value) {
+  Value = getSwappedBytes(Value);
+}
+
 } // end namespace sys
 } // end namespace llvm
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c1978d..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-//====-- llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h - Constant folding helper -*- C++ -*-====//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the TargetFolder class, a helper for IRBuilder.
-// It provides IRBuilder with a set of methods for creating constants with
-// target dependent folding, in addition to the same target-independent
-// folding that the ConstantFolder class provides.  For general constant
-// creation and folding, use ConstantExpr and the routines in
-// llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_TARGETFOLDER_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_TARGETFOLDER_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-class DataLayout;
-
-/// TargetFolder - Create constants with target dependent folding.
-class TargetFolder {
-  const DataLayout *TD;
-
-  /// Fold - Fold the constant using target specific information.
-  Constant *Fold(Constant *C) const {
-    if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
-      if (Constant *CF = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD))
-        return CF;
-    return C;
-  }
-
-public:
-  explicit TargetFolder(const DataLayout *TheTD) : TD(TheTD) {}
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Binary Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getAdd(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFAdd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFAdd(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getSub(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFSub(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFSub(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getMul(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFMul(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFMul(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateUDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, bool isExact = false)const{
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS, isExact));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, bool isExact = false)const{
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getSDiv(LHS, RHS, isExact));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFDiv(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFDiv(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateURem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getURem(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSRem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getSRem(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFRem(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFRem(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateShl(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getShl(LHS, RHS, HasNUW, HasNSW));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateLShr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, bool isExact = false)const{
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getLShr(LHS, RHS, isExact));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateAShr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, bool isExact = false)const{
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getAShr(LHS, RHS, isExact));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateAnd(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getAnd(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateOr(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getOr(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateXor(Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getXor(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateBinOp(Instruction::BinaryOps Opc,
-                        Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::get(Opc, LHS, RHS));
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Unary Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateNeg(Constant *C,
-                      bool HasNUW = false, bool HasNSW = false) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getNeg(C, HasNUW, HasNSW));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFNeg(Constant *C) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateNot(Constant *C) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getNot(C));
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Memory Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, IdxList));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
-    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
-    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
-    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, Idx));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, IdxList));
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                        ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, IdxList));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
-    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
-    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
-    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, Idx));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
-                                        ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, IdxList));
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Cast/Conversion Operators
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateCast(Instruction::CastOps Op, Constant *C,
-                       Type *DestTy) const {
-    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
-      return C; // avoid calling Fold
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getCast(Op, C, DestTy));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateIntCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy,
-                          bool isSigned) const {
-    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
-      return C; // avoid calling Fold
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, DestTy, isSigned));
-  }
-  Constant *CreatePointerCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
-      return C; // avoid calling Fold
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getPointerCast(C, DestTy));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFPCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
-      return C; // avoid calling Fold
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFPCast(C, DestTy));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::BitCast, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateIntToPtr(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::IntToPtr, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreatePtrToInt(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return CreateCast(Instruction::PtrToInt, C, DestTy);
-  }
-  Constant *CreateZExtOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
-      return C; // avoid calling Fold
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getZExtOrBitCast(C, DestTy));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateSExtOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
-      return C; // avoid calling Fold
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getSExtOrBitCast(C, DestTy));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateTruncOrBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
-      return C; // avoid calling Fold
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(C, DestTy));
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Compare Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateICmp(CmpInst::Predicate P, Constant *LHS,
-                       Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getCompare(P, LHS, RHS));
-  }
-  Constant *CreateFCmp(CmpInst::Predicate P, Constant *LHS,
-                       Constant *RHS) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getCompare(P, LHS, RHS));
-  }
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Other Instructions
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Constant *CreateSelect(Constant *C, Constant *True, Constant *False) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getSelect(C, True, False));
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateExtractElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *Idx) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getExtractElement(Vec, Idx));
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateInsertElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *NewElt,
-                                Constant *Idx) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getInsertElement(Vec, NewElt, Idx));
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateShuffleVector(Constant *V1, Constant *V2,
-                                Constant *Mask) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getShuffleVector(V1, V2, Mask));
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateExtractValue(Constant *Agg,
-                               ArrayRef<unsigned> IdxList) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getExtractValue(Agg, IdxList));
-  }
-
-  Constant *CreateInsertValue(Constant *Agg, Constant *Val,
-                              ArrayRef<unsigned> IdxList) const {
-    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getInsertValue(Agg, Val, IdxList));
-  }
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h
index 9ecee3b..5d5b86a 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_TARGETREGISTRY_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_TARGETREGISTRY_H
 
+#include "llvm-c/Disassembler.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CodeGen.h"
-#include "llvm-c/Disassembler.h"
 #include <cassert>
 #include <string>
 
@@ -45,17 +45,15 @@ namespace llvm {
   class MCSymbolizer;
   class MCRelocationInfo;
   class MCTargetAsmParser;
+  class MCTargetOptions;
   class TargetMachine;
-  class MCTargetStreamer;
   class TargetOptions;
   class raw_ostream;
   class formatted_raw_ostream;
 
-  MCStreamer *createAsmStreamer(MCContext &Ctx,
-                                MCTargetStreamer *TargetStreamer,
-                                formatted_raw_ostream &OS, bool isVerboseAsm,
-                                bool useLoc, bool useCFI,
-                                bool useDwarfDirectory,
+  MCStreamer *createNullStreamer(MCContext &Ctx);
+  MCStreamer *createAsmStreamer(MCContext &Ctx, formatted_raw_ostream &OS,
+                                bool isVerboseAsm, bool useDwarfDirectory,
                                 MCInstPrinter *InstPrint, MCCodeEmitter *CE,
                                 MCAsmBackend *TAB, bool ShowInst);
 
@@ -79,7 +77,7 @@ namespace llvm {
   public:
     friend struct TargetRegistry;
 
-    typedef unsigned (*TripleMatchQualityFnTy)(const std::string &TT);
+    typedef bool (*ArchMatchFnTy)(Triple::ArchType Arch);
 
     typedef MCAsmInfo *(*MCAsmInfoCtorFnTy)(const MCRegisterInfo &MRI,
                                             StringRef TT);
@@ -107,11 +105,14 @@ namespace llvm {
                                                 const MCRegisterInfo &MRI,
                                                 StringRef TT,
                                                 StringRef CPU);
-    typedef MCTargetAsmParser *(*MCAsmParserCtorTy)(MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
-                                                    MCAsmParser &P,
-                                                    const MCInstrInfo &MII);
+    typedef MCTargetAsmParser *(*MCAsmParserCtorTy)(
+        MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
+        MCAsmParser &P,
+        const MCInstrInfo &MII,
+        const MCTargetOptions &Options);
     typedef MCDisassembler *(*MCDisassemblerCtorTy)(const Target &T,
-                                                    const MCSubtargetInfo &STI);
+                                                    const MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
+                                                    MCContext &Ctx);
     typedef MCInstPrinter *(*MCInstPrinterCtorTy)(const Target &T,
                                                   unsigned SyntaxVariant,
                                                   const MCAsmInfo &MAI,
@@ -128,18 +129,18 @@ namespace llvm {
                                                   MCAsmBackend &TAB,
                                                   raw_ostream &_OS,
                                                   MCCodeEmitter *_Emitter,
+                                                  const MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
                                                   bool RelaxAll,
                                                   bool NoExecStack);
     typedef MCStreamer *(*AsmStreamerCtorTy)(MCContext &Ctx,
                                              formatted_raw_ostream &OS,
                                              bool isVerboseAsm,
-                                             bool useLoc,
-                                             bool useCFI,
                                              bool useDwarfDirectory,
                                              MCInstPrinter *InstPrint,
                                              MCCodeEmitter *CE,
                                              MCAsmBackend *TAB,
                                              bool ShowInst);
+    typedef MCStreamer *(*NullStreamerCtorTy)(MCContext &Ctx);
     typedef MCRelocationInfo *(*MCRelocationInfoCtorTy)(StringRef TT,
                                                         MCContext &Ctx);
     typedef MCSymbolizer *(*MCSymbolizerCtorTy)(StringRef TT,
@@ -154,9 +155,8 @@ namespace llvm {
     /// TargetRegistry.
     Target *Next;
 
-    /// TripleMatchQualityFn - The target function for rating the match quality
-    /// of a triple.
-    TripleMatchQualityFnTy TripleMatchQualityFn;
+    /// The target function for checking if an architecture is supported.
+    ArchMatchFnTy ArchMatchFn;
 
     /// Name - The target name.
     const char *Name;
@@ -227,6 +227,10 @@ namespace llvm {
     /// AsmStreamer, if registered (default = llvm::createAsmStreamer).
     AsmStreamerCtorTy AsmStreamerCtorFn;
 
+    /// Construction function for this target's NullStreamer, if registered
+    /// (default = llvm::createNullStreamer).
+    NullStreamerCtorTy NullStreamerCtorFn;
+
     /// MCRelocationInfoCtorFn - Construction function for this target's
     /// MCRelocationInfo, if registered (default = llvm::createMCRelocationInfo)
     MCRelocationInfoCtorTy MCRelocationInfoCtorFn;
@@ -237,8 +241,8 @@ namespace llvm {
 
   public:
     Target()
-        : AsmStreamerCtorFn(0), MCRelocationInfoCtorFn(0),
-          MCSymbolizerCtorFn(0) {}
+        : AsmStreamerCtorFn(nullptr), NullStreamerCtorFn(nullptr),
+          MCRelocationInfoCtorFn(nullptr), MCSymbolizerCtorFn(nullptr) {}
 
     /// @name Target Information
     /// @{
@@ -260,10 +264,10 @@ namespace llvm {
     bool hasJIT() const { return HasJIT; }
 
     /// hasTargetMachine - Check if this target supports code generation.
-    bool hasTargetMachine() const { return TargetMachineCtorFn != 0; }
+    bool hasTargetMachine() const { return TargetMachineCtorFn != nullptr; }
 
     /// hasMCAsmBackend - Check if this target supports .o generation.
-    bool hasMCAsmBackend() const { return MCAsmBackendCtorFn != 0; }
+    bool hasMCAsmBackend() const { return MCAsmBackendCtorFn != nullptr; }
 
     /// @}
     /// @name Feature Constructors
@@ -279,7 +283,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     MCAsmInfo *createMCAsmInfo(const MCRegisterInfo &MRI,
                                StringRef Triple) const {
       if (!MCAsmInfoCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCAsmInfoCtorFn(MRI, Triple);
     }
 
@@ -289,7 +293,7 @@ namespace llvm {
                                        CodeModel::Model CM,
                                        CodeGenOpt::Level OL) const {
       if (!MCCodeGenInfoCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCCodeGenInfoCtorFn(Triple, RM, CM, OL);
     }
 
@@ -297,7 +301,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     ///
     MCInstrInfo *createMCInstrInfo() const {
       if (!MCInstrInfoCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCInstrInfoCtorFn();
     }
 
@@ -305,7 +309,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     ///
     MCInstrAnalysis *createMCInstrAnalysis(const MCInstrInfo *Info) const {
       if (!MCInstrAnalysisCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCInstrAnalysisCtorFn(Info);
     }
 
@@ -313,7 +317,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     ///
     MCRegisterInfo *createMCRegInfo(StringRef Triple) const {
       if (!MCRegInfoCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCRegInfoCtorFn(Triple);
     }
 
@@ -329,7 +333,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     MCSubtargetInfo *createMCSubtargetInfo(StringRef Triple, StringRef CPU,
                                            StringRef Features) const {
       if (!MCSubtargetInfoCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCSubtargetInfoCtorFn(Triple, CPU, Features);
     }
 
@@ -346,7 +350,7 @@ namespace llvm {
                              CodeModel::Model CM = CodeModel::Default,
                              CodeGenOpt::Level OL = CodeGenOpt::Default) const {
       if (!TargetMachineCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return TargetMachineCtorFn(*this, Triple, CPU, Features, Options,
                                  RM, CM, OL);
     }
@@ -357,7 +361,7 @@ namespace llvm {
     MCAsmBackend *createMCAsmBackend(const MCRegisterInfo &MRI,
                                      StringRef Triple, StringRef CPU) const {
       if (!MCAsmBackendCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCAsmBackendCtorFn(*this, MRI, Triple, CPU);
     }
 
@@ -365,26 +369,29 @@ namespace llvm {
     ///
     /// \param Parser The target independent parser implementation to use for
     /// parsing and lexing.
-    MCTargetAsmParser *createMCAsmParser(MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
-                                         MCAsmParser &Parser,
-                                         const MCInstrInfo &MII) const {
+    MCTargetAsmParser *createMCAsmParser(
+        MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
+        MCAsmParser &Parser,
+        const MCInstrInfo &MII,
+        const MCTargetOptions &Options) const {
       if (!MCAsmParserCtorFn)
-        return 0;
-      return MCAsmParserCtorFn(STI, Parser, MII);
+        return nullptr;
+      return MCAsmParserCtorFn(STI, Parser, MII, Options);
     }
 
     /// createAsmPrinter - Create a target specific assembly printer pass.  This
     /// takes ownership of the MCStreamer object.
     AsmPrinter *createAsmPrinter(TargetMachine &TM, MCStreamer &Streamer) const{
       if (!AsmPrinterCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return AsmPrinterCtorFn(TM, Streamer);
     }
 
-    MCDisassembler *createMCDisassembler(const MCSubtargetInfo &STI) const {
+    MCDisassembler *createMCDisassembler(const MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
+                                         MCContext &Ctx) const {
       if (!MCDisassemblerCtorFn)
-        return 0;
-      return MCDisassemblerCtorFn(*this, STI);
+        return nullptr;
+      return MCDisassemblerCtorFn(*this, STI, Ctx);
     }
 
     MCInstPrinter *createMCInstPrinter(unsigned SyntaxVariant,
@@ -393,7 +400,7 @@ namespace llvm {
                                        const MCRegisterInfo &MRI,
                                        const MCSubtargetInfo &STI) const {
       if (!MCInstPrinterCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCInstPrinterCtorFn(*this, SyntaxVariant, MAI, MII, MRI, STI);
     }
 
@@ -404,7 +411,7 @@ namespace llvm {
                                        const MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
                                        MCContext &Ctx) const {
       if (!MCCodeEmitterCtorFn)
-        return 0;
+        return nullptr;
       return MCCodeEmitterCtorFn(II, MRI, STI, Ctx);
     }
 
@@ -421,11 +428,12 @@ namespace llvm {
                                        MCAsmBackend &TAB,
                                        raw_ostream &_OS,
                                        MCCodeEmitter *_Emitter,
+                                       const MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
                                        bool RelaxAll,
                                        bool NoExecStack) const {
       if (!MCObjectStreamerCtorFn)
-        return 0;
-      return MCObjectStreamerCtorFn(*this, TT, Ctx, TAB, _OS, _Emitter,
+        return nullptr;
+      return MCObjectStreamerCtorFn(*this, TT, Ctx, TAB, _OS, _Emitter, STI,
                                     RelaxAll, NoExecStack);
     }
 
@@ -433,20 +441,22 @@ namespace llvm {
     MCStreamer *createAsmStreamer(MCContext &Ctx,
                                   formatted_raw_ostream &OS,
                                   bool isVerboseAsm,
-                                  bool useLoc,
-                                  bool useCFI,
                                   bool useDwarfDirectory,
                                   MCInstPrinter *InstPrint,
                                   MCCodeEmitter *CE,
                                   MCAsmBackend *TAB,
                                   bool ShowInst) const {
       if (AsmStreamerCtorFn)
-        return AsmStreamerCtorFn(Ctx, OS, isVerboseAsm, useLoc, useCFI,
-                                 useDwarfDirectory, InstPrint, CE, TAB,
-                                 ShowInst);
-      return llvm::createAsmStreamer(Ctx, 0, OS, isVerboseAsm, useLoc, useCFI,
-                                     useDwarfDirectory, InstPrint, CE, TAB,
-                                     ShowInst);
+        return AsmStreamerCtorFn(Ctx, OS, isVerboseAsm, useDwarfDirectory,
+                                 InstPrint, CE, TAB, ShowInst);
+      return llvm::createAsmStreamer(Ctx, OS, isVerboseAsm, useDwarfDirectory,
+                                     InstPrint, CE, TAB, ShowInst);
+    }
+
+    MCStreamer *createNullStreamer(MCContext &Ctx) const {
+      if (NullStreamerCtorFn)
+        return NullStreamerCtorFn(Ctx);
+      return llvm::createNullStreamer(Ctx);
     }
 
     /// createMCRelocationInfo - Create a target specific MCRelocationInfo.
@@ -490,8 +500,7 @@ namespace llvm {
       explicit iterator(Target *T) : Current(T) {}
       friend struct TargetRegistry;
     public:
-      iterator(const iterator &I) : Current(I.Current) {}
-      iterator() : Current(0) {}
+      iterator() : Current(nullptr) {}
 
       bool operator==(const iterator &x) const {
         return Current == x.Current;
@@ -556,13 +565,6 @@ namespace llvm {
                                       Triple &TheTriple,
                                       std::string &Error);
 
-    /// getClosestTargetForJIT - Pick the best target that is compatible with
-    /// the current host.  If no close target can be found, this returns null
-    /// and sets the Error string to a reason.
-    ///
-    /// Maintained for compatibility through 2.6.
-    static const Target *getClosestTargetForJIT(std::string &Error);
-
     /// @}
     /// @name Target Registration
     /// @{
@@ -578,14 +580,13 @@ namespace llvm {
     /// @param Name - The target name. This should be a static string.
     /// @param ShortDesc - A short target description. This should be a static
     /// string.
-    /// @param TQualityFn - The triple match quality computation function for
-    /// this target.
+    /// @param ArchMatchFn - The arch match checking function for this target.
     /// @param HasJIT - Whether the target supports JIT code
     /// generation.
     static void RegisterTarget(Target &T,
                                const char *Name,
                                const char *ShortDesc,
-                               Target::TripleMatchQualityFnTy TQualityFn,
+                               Target::ArchMatchFnTy ArchMatchFn,
                                bool HasJIT = false);
 
     /// RegisterMCAsmInfo - Register a MCAsmInfo implementation for the
@@ -784,6 +785,10 @@ namespace llvm {
       T.AsmStreamerCtorFn = Fn;
     }
 
+    static void RegisterNullStreamer(Target &T, Target::NullStreamerCtorTy Fn) {
+      T.NullStreamerCtorFn = Fn;
+    }
+
     /// RegisterMCRelocationInfo - Register an MCRelocationInfo
     /// implementation for the given target.
     ///
@@ -831,15 +836,11 @@ namespace llvm {
            bool HasJIT = false>
   struct RegisterTarget {
     RegisterTarget(Target &T, const char *Name, const char *Desc) {
-      TargetRegistry::RegisterTarget(T, Name, Desc,
-                                     &getTripleMatchQuality,
-                                     HasJIT);
+      TargetRegistry::RegisterTarget(T, Name, Desc, &getArchMatch, HasJIT);
     }
 
-    static unsigned getTripleMatchQuality(const std::string &TT) {
-      if (Triple(TT).getArch() == TargetArchType)
-        return 20;
-      return 0;
+    static bool getArchMatch(Triple::ArchType Arch) {
+      return Arch == TargetArchType;
     }
   };
 
@@ -1107,8 +1108,9 @@ namespace llvm {
 
   private:
     static MCTargetAsmParser *Allocator(MCSubtargetInfo &STI, MCAsmParser &P,
-                                        const MCInstrInfo &MII) {
-      return new MCAsmParserImpl(STI, P, MII);
+                                        const MCInstrInfo &MII,
+                                        const MCTargetOptions &Options) {
+      return new MCAsmParserImpl(STI, P, MII, Options);
     }
   };
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h
index a7e8774..7e87584 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h
@@ -7,7 +7,8 @@
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
-// TThis file defines llvm_start_multithreaded() and friends.
+// This file declares helper functions for running LLVM in a multi-threaded
+// environment.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -15,32 +16,10 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_THREADING_H
 
 namespace llvm {
-  /// llvm_start_multithreaded - Allocate and initialize structures needed to
-  /// make LLVM safe for multithreading.  The return value indicates whether
-  /// multithreaded initialization succeeded.  LLVM will still be operational
-  /// on "failed" return, and will still be safe for hosting threading
-  /// applications in the JIT, but will not be safe for concurrent calls to the
-  /// LLVM APIs.
-  /// THIS MUST EXECUTE IN ISOLATION FROM ALL OTHER LLVM API CALLS.
-  bool llvm_start_multithreaded();
-
-  /// llvm_stop_multithreaded - Deallocate structures necessary to make LLVM
-  /// safe for multithreading.
-  /// THIS MUST EXECUTE IN ISOLATION FROM ALL OTHER LLVM API CALLS.
-  void llvm_stop_multithreaded();
-
-  /// llvm_is_multithreaded - Check whether LLVM is executing in thread-safe
-  /// mode or not.
+  /// Returns true if LLVM is compiled with support for multi-threading, and
+  /// false otherwise.
   bool llvm_is_multithreaded();
 
-  /// acquire_global_lock - Acquire the global lock.  This is a no-op if called
-  /// before llvm_start_multithreaded().
-  void llvm_acquire_global_lock();
-
-  /// release_global_lock - Release the global lock.  This is a no-op if called
-  /// before llvm_start_multithreaded().
-  void llvm_release_global_lock();
-
   /// llvm_execute_on_thread - Execute the given \p UserFn on a separate
   /// thread, passing it the provided \p UserData.
   ///
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h
index 2785408..ee0e286 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h
@@ -74,8 +74,7 @@ namespace sys {
       MILLISECONDS_PER_SECOND = 1000,       ///< One Thousand
       NANOSECONDS_PER_MICROSECOND = 1000,   ///< One Thousand
       NANOSECONDS_PER_MILLISECOND = 1000000,///< One Million
-      NANOSECONDS_PER_POSIX_TICK = 100,     ///< Posix tick is 100 Hz (10ms)
-      NANOSECONDS_PER_WIN32_TICK = 100      ///< Win32 tick is 100 Hz (10ms)
+      NANOSECONDS_PER_WIN32_TICK = 100      ///< Win32 tick is 10^7 Hz (10ns)
     };
 
   /// @}
@@ -236,15 +235,6 @@ namespace sys {
              ( nanos_ / NANOSECONDS_PER_MILLISECOND );
     }
 
-    /// Converts the TimeValue into the corresponding number of "ticks" for
-    /// Posix, correcting for the difference in Posix zero time.
-    /// @brief Convert to unix time (100 nanoseconds since 12:00:00a Jan 1,1970)
-    uint64_t toPosixTime() const {
-      uint64_t result = seconds_ - PosixZeroTimeSeconds;
-      result += nanos_ / NANOSECONDS_PER_POSIX_TICK;
-      return result;
-    }
-
     /// Converts the TimeValue into the corresponding number of seconds
     /// since the epoch (00:00:00 Jan 1,1970).
     uint64_t toEpochTime() const {
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h
index d009d7f..45c1828 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h
@@ -85,24 +85,24 @@ class Timer {
   
   Timer **Prev, *Next;   // Doubly linked list of timers in the group.
 public:
-  explicit Timer(StringRef N) : TG(0) { init(N); }
-  Timer(StringRef N, TimerGroup &tg) : TG(0) { init(N, tg); }
-  Timer(const Timer &RHS) : TG(0) {
-    assert(RHS.TG == 0 && "Can only copy uninitialized timers");
+  explicit Timer(StringRef N) : TG(nullptr) { init(N); }
+  Timer(StringRef N, TimerGroup &tg) : TG(nullptr) { init(N, tg); }
+  Timer(const Timer &RHS) : TG(nullptr) {
+    assert(!RHS.TG && "Can only copy uninitialized timers");
   }
   const Timer &operator=(const Timer &T) {
-    assert(TG == 0 && T.TG == 0 && "Can only assign uninit timers");
+    assert(!TG && !T.TG && "Can only assign uninit timers");
     return *this;
   }
   ~Timer();
 
   // Create an uninitialized timer, client must use 'init'.
-  explicit Timer() : TG(0) {}
+  explicit Timer() : TG(nullptr) {}
   void init(StringRef N);
   void init(StringRef N, TimerGroup &tg);
   
   const std::string &getName() const { return Name; }
-  bool isInitialized() const { return TG != 0; }
+  bool isInitialized() const { return TG != nullptr; }
   
   /// startTimer - Start the timer running.  Time between calls to
   /// startTimer/stopTimer is counted by the Timer class.  Note that these calls
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ToolOutputFile.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ToolOutputFile.h
index a2191ad..88f8ccc 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ToolOutputFile.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ToolOutputFile.h
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public:
   /// tool_output_file - This constructor's arguments are passed to
   /// to raw_fd_ostream's constructor.
   tool_output_file(const char *filename, std::string &ErrorInfo,
-                   sys::fs::OpenFlags Flags = sys::fs::F_None);
+                   sys::fs::OpenFlags Flags);
 
   tool_output_file(const char *Filename, int FD);
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Unicode.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Unicode.h
index e6a52c4..f668a5b 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Unicode.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Unicode.h
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_UNICODE_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_UNICODE_H
+
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -60,3 +63,5 @@ int columnWidthUTF8(StringRef Text);
 } // namespace unicode
 } // namespace sys
 } // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/UnicodeCharRanges.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/UnicodeCharRanges.h
index 86faa38..79137bf 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/UnicodeCharRanges.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/UnicodeCharRanges.h
@@ -16,12 +16,13 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/Mutex.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MutexGuard.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
 #include <algorithm>
 
 namespace llvm {
 namespace sys {
 
+#define DEBUG_TYPE "unicode"
+
 /// \brief Represents a closed range of Unicode code points [Lower, Upper].
 struct UnicodeCharRange {
   uint32_t Lower;
@@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ inline bool operator<(UnicodeCharRange Range, uint32_t Value) {
 /// array.
 class UnicodeCharSet {
 public:
-  typedef llvm::ArrayRef<UnicodeCharRange> CharRanges;
+  typedef ArrayRef<UnicodeCharRange> CharRanges;
 
   /// \brief Constructs a UnicodeCharSet instance from an array of
   /// UnicodeCharRanges.
@@ -67,17 +68,17 @@ private:
     for (CharRanges::const_iterator I = Ranges.begin(), E = Ranges.end();
          I != E; ++I) {
       if (I != Ranges.begin() && Prev >= I->Lower) {
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << "Upper bound 0x");
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs().write_hex(Prev));
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << " should be less than succeeding lower bound 0x");
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs().write_hex(I->Lower) << "\n");
+        DEBUG(dbgs() << "Upper bound 0x");
+        DEBUG(dbgs().write_hex(Prev));
+        DEBUG(dbgs() << " should be less than succeeding lower bound 0x");
+        DEBUG(dbgs().write_hex(I->Lower) << "\n");
         return false;
       }
       if (I->Upper < I->Lower) {
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << "Upper bound 0x");
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs().write_hex(I->Lower));
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << " should not be less than lower bound 0x");
-        DEBUG(llvm::dbgs().write_hex(I->Upper) << "\n");
+        DEBUG(dbgs() << "Upper bound 0x");
+        DEBUG(dbgs().write_hex(I->Lower));
+        DEBUG(dbgs() << " should not be less than lower bound 0x");
+        DEBUG(dbgs().write_hex(I->Upper) << "\n");
         return false;
       }
       Prev = I->Upper;
@@ -89,6 +90,8 @@ private:
   const CharRanges Ranges;
 };
 
+#undef DEBUG_TYPE // "unicode"
+
 } // namespace sys
 } // namespace llvm
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Valgrind.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Valgrind.h
index 7ae40af..cebf75c 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Valgrind.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Valgrind.h
@@ -24,12 +24,10 @@
 // tsan (Thread Sanitizer) is a valgrind-based tool that detects these exact
 // functions by name.
 extern "C" {
-LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_WEAK void AnnotateHappensAfter(const char *file, int line,
-                                              const volatile void *cv);
-LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_WEAK void AnnotateHappensBefore(const char *file, int line,
-                                               const volatile void *cv);
-LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_WEAK void AnnotateIgnoreWritesBegin(const char *file, int line);
-LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_WEAK void AnnotateIgnoreWritesEnd(const char *file, int line);
+void AnnotateHappensAfter(const char *file, int line, const volatile void *cv);
+void AnnotateHappensBefore(const char *file, int line, const volatile void *cv);
+void AnnotateIgnoreWritesBegin(const char *file, int line);
+void AnnotateIgnoreWritesEnd(const char *file, int line);
 }
 #endif
 
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bc02ba3..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,380 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h - Value Smart Pointer classes -*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file declares the ValueHandle class and its sub-classes.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_VALUEHANDLE_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_VALUEHANDLE_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-class ValueHandleBase;
-template<typename From> struct simplify_type;
-
-// ValueHandleBase** is only 4-byte aligned.
-template<>
-class PointerLikeTypeTraits<ValueHandleBase**> {
-public:
-  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(ValueHandleBase** P) { return P; }
-  static inline ValueHandleBase **getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
-    return static_cast<ValueHandleBase**>(P);
-  }
-  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 2 };
-};
-
-/// ValueHandleBase - This is the common base class of value handles.
-/// ValueHandle's are smart pointers to Value's that have special behavior when
-/// the value is deleted or ReplaceAllUsesWith'd.  See the specific handles
-/// below for details.
-///
-class ValueHandleBase {
-  friend class Value;
-protected:
-  /// HandleBaseKind - This indicates what sub class the handle actually is.
-  /// This is to avoid having a vtable for the light-weight handle pointers. The
-  /// fully general Callback version does have a vtable.
-  enum HandleBaseKind {
-    Assert,
-    Callback,
-    Tracking,
-    Weak
-  };
-
-private:
-  PointerIntPair<ValueHandleBase**, 2, HandleBaseKind> PrevPair;
-  ValueHandleBase *Next;
-
-  // A subclass may want to store some information along with the value
-  // pointer. Allow them to do this by making the value pointer a pointer-int
-  // pair. The 'setValPtrInt' and 'getValPtrInt' methods below give them this
-  // access.
-  PointerIntPair<Value*, 2> VP;
-
-  ValueHandleBase(const ValueHandleBase&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
-public:
-  explicit ValueHandleBase(HandleBaseKind Kind)
-    : PrevPair(0, Kind), Next(0), VP(0, 0) {}
-  ValueHandleBase(HandleBaseKind Kind, Value *V)
-    : PrevPair(0, Kind), Next(0), VP(V, 0) {
-    if (isValid(VP.getPointer()))
-      AddToUseList();
-  }
-  ValueHandleBase(HandleBaseKind Kind, const ValueHandleBase &RHS)
-    : PrevPair(0, Kind), Next(0), VP(RHS.VP) {
-    if (isValid(VP.getPointer()))
-      AddToExistingUseList(RHS.getPrevPtr());
-  }
-  ~ValueHandleBase() {
-    if (isValid(VP.getPointer()))
-      RemoveFromUseList();
-  }
-
-  Value *operator=(Value *RHS) {
-    if (VP.getPointer() == RHS) return RHS;
-    if (isValid(VP.getPointer())) RemoveFromUseList();
-    VP.setPointer(RHS);
-    if (isValid(VP.getPointer())) AddToUseList();
-    return RHS;
-  }
-
-  Value *operator=(const ValueHandleBase &RHS) {
-    if (VP.getPointer() == RHS.VP.getPointer()) return RHS.VP.getPointer();
-    if (isValid(VP.getPointer())) RemoveFromUseList();
-    VP.setPointer(RHS.VP.getPointer());
-    if (isValid(VP.getPointer())) AddToExistingUseList(RHS.getPrevPtr());
-    return VP.getPointer();
-  }
-
-  Value *operator->() const { return getValPtr(); }
-  Value &operator*() const { return *getValPtr(); }
-
-protected:
-  Value *getValPtr() const { return VP.getPointer(); }
-
-  void setValPtrInt(unsigned K) { VP.setInt(K); }
-  unsigned getValPtrInt() const { return VP.getInt(); }
-
-  static bool isValid(Value *V) {
-    return V &&
-           V != DenseMapInfo<Value *>::getEmptyKey() &&
-           V != DenseMapInfo<Value *>::getTombstoneKey();
-  }
-
-public:
-  // Callbacks made from Value.
-  static void ValueIsDeleted(Value *V);
-  static void ValueIsRAUWd(Value *Old, Value *New);
-
-private:
-  // Internal implementation details.
-  ValueHandleBase **getPrevPtr() const { return PrevPair.getPointer(); }
-  HandleBaseKind getKind() const { return PrevPair.getInt(); }
-  void setPrevPtr(ValueHandleBase **Ptr) { PrevPair.setPointer(Ptr); }
-
-  /// AddToExistingUseList - Add this ValueHandle to the use list for VP, where
-  /// List is the address of either the head of the list or a Next node within
-  /// the existing use list.
-  void AddToExistingUseList(ValueHandleBase **List);
-
-  /// AddToExistingUseListAfter - Add this ValueHandle to the use list after
-  /// Node.
-  void AddToExistingUseListAfter(ValueHandleBase *Node);
-
-  /// AddToUseList - Add this ValueHandle to the use list for VP.
-  void AddToUseList();
-  /// RemoveFromUseList - Remove this ValueHandle from its current use list.
-  void RemoveFromUseList();
-};
-
-/// WeakVH - This is a value handle that tries hard to point to a Value, even
-/// across RAUW operations, but will null itself out if the value is destroyed.
-/// this is useful for advisory sorts of information, but should not be used as
-/// the key of a map (since the map would have to rearrange itself when the
-/// pointer changes).
-class WeakVH : public ValueHandleBase {
-public:
-  WeakVH() : ValueHandleBase(Weak) {}
-  WeakVH(Value *P) : ValueHandleBase(Weak, P) {}
-  WeakVH(const WeakVH &RHS)
-    : ValueHandleBase(Weak, RHS) {}
-
-  Value *operator=(Value *RHS) {
-    return ValueHandleBase::operator=(RHS);
-  }
-  Value *operator=(const ValueHandleBase &RHS) {
-    return ValueHandleBase::operator=(RHS);
-  }
-
-  operator Value*() const {
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-};
-
-// Specialize simplify_type to allow WeakVH to participate in
-// dyn_cast, isa, etc.
-template<> struct simplify_type<WeakVH> {
-  typedef Value* SimpleType;
-  static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(WeakVH &WVH) {
-    return WVH;
-  }
-};
-
-/// AssertingVH - This is a Value Handle that points to a value and asserts out
-/// if the value is destroyed while the handle is still live.  This is very
-/// useful for catching dangling pointer bugs and other things which can be
-/// non-obvious.  One particularly useful place to use this is as the Key of a
-/// map.  Dangling pointer bugs often lead to really subtle bugs that only occur
-/// if another object happens to get allocated to the same address as the old
-/// one.  Using an AssertingVH ensures that an assert is triggered as soon as
-/// the bad delete occurs.
-///
-/// Note that an AssertingVH handle does *not* follow values across RAUW
-/// operations.  This means that RAUW's need to explicitly update the
-/// AssertingVH's as it moves.  This is required because in non-assert mode this
-/// class turns into a trivial wrapper around a pointer.
-template <typename ValueTy>
-class AssertingVH
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  : public ValueHandleBase
-#endif
-  {
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  ValueTy *getValPtr() const {
-    return static_cast<ValueTy*>(ValueHandleBase::getValPtr());
-  }
-  void setValPtr(ValueTy *P) {
-    ValueHandleBase::operator=(GetAsValue(P));
-  }
-#else
-  ValueTy *ThePtr;
-  ValueTy *getValPtr() const { return ThePtr; }
-  void setValPtr(ValueTy *P) { ThePtr = P; }
-#endif
-
-  // Convert a ValueTy*, which may be const, to the type the base
-  // class expects.
-  static Value *GetAsValue(Value *V) { return V; }
-  static Value *GetAsValue(const Value *V) { return const_cast<Value*>(V); }
-
-public:
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  AssertingVH() : ValueHandleBase(Assert) {}
-  AssertingVH(ValueTy *P) : ValueHandleBase(Assert, GetAsValue(P)) {}
-  AssertingVH(const AssertingVH &RHS) : ValueHandleBase(Assert, RHS) {}
-#else
-  AssertingVH() : ThePtr(0) {}
-  AssertingVH(ValueTy *P) : ThePtr(P) {}
-#endif
-
-  operator ValueTy*() const {
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-
-  ValueTy *operator=(ValueTy *RHS) {
-    setValPtr(RHS);
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-  ValueTy *operator=(const AssertingVH<ValueTy> &RHS) {
-    setValPtr(RHS.getValPtr());
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-
-  ValueTy *operator->() const { return getValPtr(); }
-  ValueTy &operator*() const { return *getValPtr(); }
-};
-
-// Specialize DenseMapInfo to allow AssertingVH to participate in DenseMap.
-template<typename T>
-struct DenseMapInfo<AssertingVH<T> > {
-  typedef DenseMapInfo<T*> PointerInfo;
-  static inline AssertingVH<T> getEmptyKey() {
-    return AssertingVH<T>(PointerInfo::getEmptyKey());
-  }
-  static inline T* getTombstoneKey() {
-    return AssertingVH<T>(PointerInfo::getTombstoneKey());
-  }
-  static unsigned getHashValue(const AssertingVH<T> &Val) {
-    return PointerInfo::getHashValue(Val);
-  }
-  static bool isEqual(const AssertingVH<T> &LHS, const AssertingVH<T> &RHS) {
-    return LHS == RHS;
-  }
-};
-  
-template <typename T>
-struct isPodLike<AssertingVH<T> > {
-#ifdef NDEBUG
-  static const bool value = true;
-#else
-  static const bool value = false;
-#endif
-};
-
-
-/// TrackingVH - This is a value handle that tracks a Value (or Value subclass),
-/// even across RAUW operations.
-///
-/// TrackingVH is designed for situations where a client needs to hold a handle
-/// to a Value (or subclass) across some operations which may move that value,
-/// but should never destroy it or replace it with some unacceptable type.
-///
-/// It is an error to do anything with a TrackingVH whose value has been
-/// destroyed, except to destruct it.
-///
-/// It is an error to attempt to replace a value with one of a type which is
-/// incompatible with any of its outstanding TrackingVHs.
-template<typename ValueTy>
-class TrackingVH : public ValueHandleBase {
-  void CheckValidity() const {
-    Value *VP = ValueHandleBase::getValPtr();
-
-    // Null is always ok.
-    if (!VP) return;
-
-    // Check that this value is valid (i.e., it hasn't been deleted). We
-    // explicitly delay this check until access to avoid requiring clients to be
-    // unnecessarily careful w.r.t. destruction.
-    assert(ValueHandleBase::isValid(VP) && "Tracked Value was deleted!");
-
-    // Check that the value is a member of the correct subclass. We would like
-    // to check this property on assignment for better debugging, but we don't
-    // want to require a virtual interface on this VH. Instead we allow RAUW to
-    // replace this value with a value of an invalid type, and check it here.
-    assert(isa<ValueTy>(VP) &&
-           "Tracked Value was replaced by one with an invalid type!");
-  }
-
-  ValueTy *getValPtr() const {
-    CheckValidity();
-    return (ValueTy*)ValueHandleBase::getValPtr();
-  }
-  void setValPtr(ValueTy *P) {
-    CheckValidity();
-    ValueHandleBase::operator=(GetAsValue(P));
-  }
-
-  // Convert a ValueTy*, which may be const, to the type the base
-  // class expects.
-  static Value *GetAsValue(Value *V) { return V; }
-  static Value *GetAsValue(const Value *V) { return const_cast<Value*>(V); }
-
-public:
-  TrackingVH() : ValueHandleBase(Tracking) {}
-  TrackingVH(ValueTy *P) : ValueHandleBase(Tracking, GetAsValue(P)) {}
-  TrackingVH(const TrackingVH &RHS) : ValueHandleBase(Tracking, RHS) {}
-
-  operator ValueTy*() const {
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-
-  ValueTy *operator=(ValueTy *RHS) {
-    setValPtr(RHS);
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-  ValueTy *operator=(const TrackingVH<ValueTy> &RHS) {
-    setValPtr(RHS.getValPtr());
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-
-  ValueTy *operator->() const { return getValPtr(); }
-  ValueTy &operator*() const { return *getValPtr(); }
-};
-
-/// CallbackVH - This is a value handle that allows subclasses to define
-/// callbacks that run when the underlying Value has RAUW called on it or is
-/// destroyed.  This class can be used as the key of a map, as long as the user
-/// takes it out of the map before calling setValPtr() (since the map has to
-/// rearrange itself when the pointer changes).  Unlike ValueHandleBase, this
-/// class has a vtable and a virtual destructor.
-class CallbackVH : public ValueHandleBase {
-  virtual void anchor();
-protected:
-  CallbackVH(const CallbackVH &RHS)
-    : ValueHandleBase(Callback, RHS) {}
-
-  virtual ~CallbackVH() {}
-
-  void setValPtr(Value *P) {
-    ValueHandleBase::operator=(P);
-  }
-
-public:
-  CallbackVH() : ValueHandleBase(Callback) {}
-  CallbackVH(Value *P) : ValueHandleBase(Callback, P) {}
-
-  operator Value*() const {
-    return getValPtr();
-  }
-
-  /// Called when this->getValPtr() is destroyed, inside ~Value(), so you may
-  /// call any non-virtual Value method on getValPtr(), but no subclass methods.
-  /// If WeakVH were implemented as a CallbackVH, it would use this method to
-  /// call setValPtr(NULL).  AssertingVH would use this method to cause an
-  /// assertion failure.
-  ///
-  /// All implementations must remove the reference from this object to the
-  /// Value that's being destroyed.
-  virtual void deleted() { setValPtr(NULL); }
-
-  /// Called when this->getValPtr()->replaceAllUsesWith(new_value) is called,
-  /// _before_ any of the uses have actually been replaced.  If WeakVH were
-  /// implemented as a CallbackVH, it would use this method to call
-  /// setValPtr(new_value).  AssertingVH would do nothing in this method.
-  virtual void allUsesReplacedWith(Value *) {}
-};
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Win64EH.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Win64EH.h
index ecce713..7ca218e 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Win64EH.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Win64EH.h
@@ -108,17 +108,19 @@ struct UnwindInfo {
 
   /// \brief Return pointer to language specific data part of UnwindInfo.
   const void *getLanguageSpecificData() const {
-    return reinterpret_cast<const void *>(&UnwindCodes[(NumCodes+1) & ~1]);
+    return reinterpret_cast<const void *>(&UnwindCodes[(NumCodes + 1) & ~1]);
   }
 
   /// \brief Return image-relative offset of language-specific exception handler.
   uint32_t getLanguageSpecificHandlerOffset() const {
-    return *reinterpret_cast<const uint32_t *>(getLanguageSpecificData());
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const support::ulittle32_t *>(
+               getLanguageSpecificData());
   }
 
   /// \brief Set image-relative offset of language-specific exception handler.
   void setLanguageSpecificHandlerOffset(uint32_t offset) {
-    *reinterpret_cast<uint32_t *>(getLanguageSpecificData()) = offset;
+    *reinterpret_cast<support::ulittle32_t *>(getLanguageSpecificData()) =
+        offset;
   }
 
   /// \brief Return pointer to exception-specific data.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/WindowsError.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/WindowsError.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e909a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/WindowsError.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+//===-- WindowsError.h - Support for mapping windows errors to posix-------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_WINDOWS_ERROR_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_WINDOWS_ERROR_H
+
+#include <system_error>
+
+namespace llvm {
+std::error_code mapWindowsError(unsigned EV);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h
index 7020449..c39874c 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h
@@ -38,14 +38,12 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_YAMLPARSER_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_YAMLPARSER_H
 
-#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/SMLoc.h"
-
-#include <map>
 #include <limits>
+#include <map>
 #include <utility>
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -62,26 +60,26 @@ class Node;
 class Scanner;
 struct Token;
 
-/// @brief Dump all the tokens in this stream to OS.
-/// @returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
+/// \brief Dump all the tokens in this stream to OS.
+/// \returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
 bool dumpTokens(StringRef Input, raw_ostream &);
 
-/// @brief Scans all tokens in input without outputting anything. This is used
+/// \brief Scans all tokens in input without outputting anything. This is used
 ///        for benchmarking the tokenizer.
-/// @returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
+/// \returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
 bool scanTokens(StringRef Input);
 
-/// @brief Escape \a Input for a double quoted scalar.
+/// \brief Escape \a Input for a double quoted scalar.
 std::string escape(StringRef Input);
 
-/// @brief This class represents a YAML stream potentially containing multiple
+/// \brief This class represents a YAML stream potentially containing multiple
 ///        documents.
 class Stream {
 public:
-  /// @brief This keeps a reference to the string referenced by \p Input.
+  /// \brief This keeps a reference to the string referenced by \p Input.
   Stream(StringRef Input, SourceMgr &);
 
-  /// @brief This takes ownership of \p InputBuffer.
+  /// \brief This takes ownership of \p InputBuffer.
   Stream(MemoryBuffer *InputBuffer, SourceMgr &);
   ~Stream();
 
@@ -97,15 +95,16 @@ public:
   void printError(Node *N, const Twine &Msg);
 
 private:
-  OwningPtr<Scanner> scanner;
-  OwningPtr<Document> CurrentDoc;
+  std::unique_ptr<Scanner> scanner;
+  std::unique_ptr<Document> CurrentDoc;
 
   friend class Document;
 };
 
-/// @brief Abstract base class for all Nodes.
+/// \brief Abstract base class for all Nodes.
 class Node {
-   virtual void anchor();
+  virtual void anchor();
+
 public:
   enum NodeKind {
     NK_Null,
@@ -116,10 +115,10 @@ public:
     NK_Alias
   };
 
-  Node(unsigned int Type, OwningPtr<Document> &, StringRef Anchor,
+  Node(unsigned int Type, std::unique_ptr<Document> &, StringRef Anchor,
        StringRef Tag);
 
-  /// @brief Get the value of the anchor attached to this node. If it does not
+  /// \brief Get the value of the anchor attached to this node. If it does not
   ///        have one, getAnchor().size() will be 0.
   StringRef getAnchor() const { return Anchor; }
 
@@ -146,18 +145,17 @@ public:
 
   unsigned int getType() const { return TypeID; }
 
-  void *operator new ( size_t Size
-                     , BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc
-                     , size_t Alignment = 16) throw() {
+  void *operator new(size_t Size, BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc,
+                     size_t Alignment = 16) throw() {
     return Alloc.Allocate(Size, Alignment);
   }
 
-  void operator delete(void *Ptr, BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc, size_t) throw() {
-    Alloc.Deallocate(Ptr);
+  void operator delete(void *Ptr, BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc, size_t Size) throw() {
+    Alloc.Deallocate(Ptr, Size);
   }
 
 protected:
-  OwningPtr<Document> &Doc;
+  std::unique_ptr<Document> &Doc;
   SMRange SourceRange;
 
   void operator delete(void *) throw() {}
@@ -171,30 +169,30 @@ private:
   StringRef Tag;
 };
 
-/// @brief A null value.
+/// \brief A null value.
 ///
 /// Example:
 ///   !!null null
 class NullNode : public Node {
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
+
 public:
-  NullNode(OwningPtr<Document> &D)
+  NullNode(std::unique_ptr<Document> &D)
       : Node(NK_Null, D, StringRef(), StringRef()) {}
 
-  static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
-    return N->getType() == NK_Null;
-  }
+  static inline bool classof(const Node *N) { return N->getType() == NK_Null; }
 };
 
-/// @brief A scalar node is an opaque datum that can be presented as a
+/// \brief A scalar node is an opaque datum that can be presented as a
 ///        series of zero or more Unicode scalar values.
 ///
 /// Example:
 ///   Adena
 class ScalarNode : public Node {
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
+
 public:
-  ScalarNode(OwningPtr<Document> &D, StringRef Anchor, StringRef Tag,
+  ScalarNode(std::unique_ptr<Document> &D, StringRef Anchor, StringRef Tag,
              StringRef Val)
       : Node(NK_Scalar, D, Anchor, Tag), Value(Val) {
     SMLoc Start = SMLoc::getFromPointer(Val.begin());
@@ -207,9 +205,9 @@ public:
   // utf8).
   StringRef getRawValue() const { return Value; }
 
-  /// @brief Gets the value of this node as a StringRef.
+  /// \brief Gets the value of this node as a StringRef.
   ///
-  /// @param Storage is used to store the content of the returned StringRef iff
+  /// \param Storage is used to store the content of the returned StringRef iff
   ///        it requires any modification from how it appeared in the source.
   ///        This happens with escaped characters and multi-line literals.
   StringRef getValue(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Storage) const;
@@ -221,12 +219,12 @@ public:
 private:
   StringRef Value;
 
-  StringRef unescapeDoubleQuoted( StringRef UnquotedValue
-                                , StringRef::size_type Start
-                                , SmallVectorImpl<char> &Storage) const;
+  StringRef unescapeDoubleQuoted(StringRef UnquotedValue,
+                                 StringRef::size_type Start,
+                                 SmallVectorImpl<char> &Storage) const;
 };
 
-/// @brief A key and value pair. While not technically a Node under the YAML
+/// \brief A key and value pair. While not technically a Node under the YAML
 ///        representation graph, it is easier to treat them this way.
 ///
 /// TODO: Consider making this not a child of Node.
@@ -234,29 +232,28 @@ private:
 /// Example:
 ///   Section: .text
 class KeyValueNode : public Node {
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
+
 public:
-  KeyValueNode(OwningPtr<Document> &D)
-    : Node(NK_KeyValue, D, StringRef(), StringRef())
-    , Key(0)
-    , Value(0)
-  {}
+  KeyValueNode(std::unique_ptr<Document> &D)
+      : Node(NK_KeyValue, D, StringRef(), StringRef()), Key(nullptr),
+        Value(nullptr) {}
 
-  /// @brief Parse and return the key.
+  /// \brief Parse and return the key.
   ///
   /// This may be called multiple times.
   ///
-  /// @returns The key, or nullptr if failed() == true.
+  /// \returns The key, or nullptr if failed() == true.
   Node *getKey();
 
-  /// @brief Parse and return the value.
+  /// \brief Parse and return the value.
   ///
   /// This may be called multiple times.
   ///
-  /// @returns The value, or nullptr if failed() == true.
+  /// \returns The value, or nullptr if failed() == true.
   Node *getValue();
 
-  virtual void skip() LLVM_OVERRIDE {
+  void skip() override {
     getKey()->skip();
     getValue()->skip();
   }
@@ -270,47 +267,47 @@ private:
   Node *Value;
 };
 
-/// @brief This is an iterator abstraction over YAML collections shared by both
+/// \brief This is an iterator abstraction over YAML collections shared by both
 ///        sequences and maps.
 ///
 /// BaseT must have a ValueT* member named CurrentEntry and a member function
 /// increment() which must set CurrentEntry to 0 to create an end iterator.
 template <class BaseT, class ValueT>
 class basic_collection_iterator
-  : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, ValueT> {
+    : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, ValueT> {
 public:
-  basic_collection_iterator() : Base(0) {}
+  basic_collection_iterator() : Base(nullptr) {}
   basic_collection_iterator(BaseT *B) : Base(B) {}
 
-  ValueT *operator ->() const {
+  ValueT *operator->() const {
     assert(Base && Base->CurrentEntry && "Attempted to access end iterator!");
     return Base->CurrentEntry;
   }
 
-  ValueT &operator *() const {
+  ValueT &operator*() const {
     assert(Base && Base->CurrentEntry &&
            "Attempted to dereference end iterator!");
     return *Base->CurrentEntry;
   }
 
-  operator ValueT*() const {
+  operator ValueT *() const {
     assert(Base && Base->CurrentEntry && "Attempted to access end iterator!");
     return Base->CurrentEntry;
   }
 
-  bool operator !=(const basic_collection_iterator &Other) const {
-    if(Base != Other.Base)
+  bool operator!=(const basic_collection_iterator &Other) const {
+    if (Base != Other.Base)
       return true;
-    return (Base && Other.Base) && Base->CurrentEntry
-                                   != Other.Base->CurrentEntry;
+    return (Base && Other.Base) &&
+           Base->CurrentEntry != Other.Base->CurrentEntry;
   }
 
   basic_collection_iterator &operator++() {
     assert(Base && "Attempted to advance iterator past end!");
     Base->increment();
     // Create an end iterator.
-    if (Base->CurrentEntry == 0)
-      Base = 0;
+    if (!Base->CurrentEntry)
+      Base = nullptr;
     return *this;
   }
 
@@ -328,17 +325,16 @@ typename CollectionType::iterator begin(CollectionType &C) {
   return ret;
 }
 
-template <class CollectionType>
-void skip(CollectionType &C) {
+template <class CollectionType> void skip(CollectionType &C) {
   // TODO: support skipping from the middle of a parsed collection ;/
   assert((C.IsAtBeginning || C.IsAtEnd) && "Cannot skip mid parse!");
   if (C.IsAtBeginning)
-    for (typename CollectionType::iterator i = begin(C), e = C.end();
-                                           i != e; ++i)
+    for (typename CollectionType::iterator i = begin(C), e = C.end(); i != e;
+         ++i)
       i->skip();
 }
 
-/// @brief Represents a YAML map created from either a block map for a flow map.
+/// \brief Represents a YAML map created from either a block map for a flow map.
 ///
 /// This parses the YAML stream as increment() is called.
 ///
@@ -346,7 +342,8 @@ void skip(CollectionType &C) {
 ///   Name: _main
 ///   Scope: Global
 class MappingNode : public Node {
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
+
 public:
   enum MappingType {
     MT_Block,
@@ -354,25 +351,21 @@ public:
     MT_Inline ///< An inline mapping node is used for "[key: value]".
   };
 
-  MappingNode(OwningPtr<Document> &D, StringRef Anchor, StringRef Tag,
+  MappingNode(std::unique_ptr<Document> &D, StringRef Anchor, StringRef Tag,
               MappingType MT)
       : Node(NK_Mapping, D, Anchor, Tag), Type(MT), IsAtBeginning(true),
-        IsAtEnd(false), CurrentEntry(0) {}
+        IsAtEnd(false), CurrentEntry(nullptr) {}
 
   friend class basic_collection_iterator<MappingNode, KeyValueNode>;
   typedef basic_collection_iterator<MappingNode, KeyValueNode> iterator;
   template <class T> friend typename T::iterator yaml::begin(T &);
   template <class T> friend void yaml::skip(T &);
 
-  iterator begin() {
-    return yaml::begin(*this);
-  }
+  iterator begin() { return yaml::begin(*this); }
 
   iterator end() { return iterator(); }
 
-  virtual void skip() LLVM_OVERRIDE {
-    yaml::skip(*this);
-  }
+  void skip() override { yaml::skip(*this); }
 
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_Mapping;
@@ -387,7 +380,7 @@ private:
   void increment();
 };
 
-/// @brief Represents a YAML sequence created from either a block sequence for a
+/// \brief Represents a YAML sequence created from either a block sequence for a
 ///        flow sequence.
 ///
 /// This parses the YAML stream as increment() is called.
@@ -396,7 +389,8 @@ private:
 ///   - Hello
 ///   - World
 class SequenceNode : public Node {
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
+
 public:
   enum SequenceType {
     ST_Block,
@@ -411,12 +405,12 @@ public:
     ST_Indentless
   };
 
-  SequenceNode(OwningPtr<Document> &D, StringRef Anchor, StringRef Tag,
+  SequenceNode(std::unique_ptr<Document> &D, StringRef Anchor, StringRef Tag,
                SequenceType ST)
       : Node(NK_Sequence, D, Anchor, Tag), SeqType(ST), IsAtBeginning(true),
         IsAtEnd(false),
         WasPreviousTokenFlowEntry(true), // Start with an imaginary ','.
-        CurrentEntry(0) {}
+        CurrentEntry(nullptr) {}
 
   friend class basic_collection_iterator<SequenceNode, Node>;
   typedef basic_collection_iterator<SequenceNode, Node> iterator;
@@ -425,15 +419,11 @@ public:
 
   void increment();
 
-  iterator begin() {
-    return yaml::begin(*this);
-  }
+  iterator begin() { return yaml::begin(*this); }
 
   iterator end() { return iterator(); }
 
-  virtual void skip() LLVM_OVERRIDE {
-    yaml::skip(*this);
-  }
+  void skip() override { yaml::skip(*this); }
 
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_Sequence;
@@ -447,63 +437,60 @@ private:
   Node *CurrentEntry;
 };
 
-/// @brief Represents an alias to a Node with an anchor.
+/// \brief Represents an alias to a Node with an anchor.
 ///
 /// Example:
 ///   *AnchorName
 class AliasNode : public Node {
-  virtual void anchor();
+  void anchor() override;
+
 public:
-  AliasNode(OwningPtr<Document> &D, StringRef Val)
-    : Node(NK_Alias, D, StringRef(), StringRef()), Name(Val) {}
+  AliasNode(std::unique_ptr<Document> &D, StringRef Val)
+      : Node(NK_Alias, D, StringRef(), StringRef()), Name(Val) {}
 
   StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
   Node *getTarget();
 
-  static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
-    return N->getType() == NK_Alias;
-  }
+  static inline bool classof(const Node *N) { return N->getType() == NK_Alias; }
 
 private:
   StringRef Name;
 };
 
-/// @brief A YAML Stream is a sequence of Documents. A document contains a root
+/// \brief A YAML Stream is a sequence of Documents. A document contains a root
 ///        node.
 class Document {
 public:
-  /// @brief Root for parsing a node. Returns a single node.
+  /// \brief Root for parsing a node. Returns a single node.
   Node *parseBlockNode();
 
   Document(Stream &ParentStream);
 
-  /// @brief Finish parsing the current document and return true if there are
+  /// \brief Finish parsing the current document and return true if there are
   ///        more. Return false otherwise.
   bool skip();
 
-  /// @brief Parse and return the root level node.
+  /// \brief Parse and return the root level node.
   Node *getRoot() {
     if (Root)
       return Root;
     return Root = parseBlockNode();
   }
 
-  const std::map<StringRef, StringRef> &getTagMap() const {
-    return TagMap;
-  }
+  const std::map<StringRef, StringRef> &getTagMap() const { return TagMap; }
 
 private:
   friend class Node;
   friend class document_iterator;
 
-  /// @brief Stream to read tokens from.
+  /// \brief Stream to read tokens from.
   Stream &stream;
 
-  /// @brief Used to allocate nodes to. All are destroyed without calling their
+  /// \brief Used to allocate nodes to. All are destroyed without calling their
   ///        destructor when the document is destroyed.
   BumpPtrAllocator NodeAllocator;
 
-  /// @brief The root node. Used to support skipping a partially parsed
+  /// \brief The root node. Used to support skipping a partially parsed
   ///        document.
   Node *Root;
 
@@ -515,7 +502,7 @@ private:
   void setError(const Twine &Message, Token &Location) const;
   bool failed() const;
 
-  /// @brief Parse %BLAH directives and return true if any were encountered.
+  /// \brief Parse %BLAH directives and return true if any were encountered.
   bool parseDirectives();
 
   /// \brief Parse %YAML
@@ -524,30 +511,28 @@ private:
   /// \brief Parse %TAG
   void parseTAGDirective();
 
-  /// @brief Consume the next token and error if it is not \a TK.
+  /// \brief Consume the next token and error if it is not \a TK.
   bool expectToken(int TK);
 };
 
-/// @brief Iterator abstraction for Documents over a Stream.
+/// \brief Iterator abstraction for Documents over a Stream.
 class document_iterator {
 public:
-  document_iterator() : Doc(0) {}
-  document_iterator(OwningPtr<Document> &D) : Doc(&D) {}
+  document_iterator() : Doc(nullptr) {}
+  document_iterator(std::unique_ptr<Document> &D) : Doc(&D) {}
 
-  bool operator ==(const document_iterator &Other) {
+  bool operator==(const document_iterator &Other) {
     if (isAtEnd() || Other.isAtEnd())
       return isAtEnd() && Other.isAtEnd();
 
     return Doc == Other.Doc;
   }
-  bool operator !=(const document_iterator &Other) {
-    return !(*this == Other);
-  }
+  bool operator!=(const document_iterator &Other) { return !(*this == Other); }
 
-  document_iterator operator ++() {
-    assert(Doc != 0 && "incrementing iterator past the end.");
+  document_iterator operator++() {
+    assert(Doc && "incrementing iterator past the end.");
     if (!(*Doc)->skip()) {
-      Doc->reset(0);
+      Doc->reset(nullptr);
     } else {
       Stream &S = (*Doc)->stream;
       Doc->reset(new Document(S));
@@ -555,23 +540,18 @@ public:
     return *this;
   }
 
-  Document &operator *() {
-    return *Doc->get();
-  }
+  Document &operator*() { return *Doc->get(); }
 
-  OwningPtr<Document> &operator ->() {
-    return *Doc;
-  }
+  std::unique_ptr<Document> &operator->() { return *Doc; }
 
 private:
-  bool isAtEnd() const {
-    return !Doc || !*Doc;
-  }
+  bool isAtEnd() const { return !Doc || !*Doc; }
 
-  OwningPtr<Document> *Doc;
+  std::unique_ptr<Document> *Doc;
 };
 
-}
-}
+} // End namespace yaml.
+
+} // End namespace llvm.
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLTraits.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLTraits.h
index c19eb23..a23faf6 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLTraits.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/YAMLTraits.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-//===- llvm/Supporrt/YAMLTraits.h -------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//===- llvm/Support/YAMLTraits.h --------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
@@ -13,19 +13,18 @@
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Regex.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
-
+#include <system_error>
 
 namespace llvm {
 namespace yaml {
@@ -34,7 +33,7 @@ namespace yaml {
 /// This class should be specialized by any type that needs to be converted
 /// to/from a YAML mapping.  For example:
 ///
-///     struct ScalarBitSetTraits<MyStruct> {
+///     struct MappingTraits<MyStruct> {
 ///       static void mapping(IO &io, MyStruct &s) {
 ///         io.mapRequired("name", s.name);
 ///         io.mapRequired("size", s.size);
@@ -45,6 +44,8 @@ template<class T>
 struct MappingTraits {
   // Must provide:
   // static void mapping(IO &io, T &fields);
+  // Optionally may provide:
+  // static StringRef validate(IO &io, T &fields);
 };
 
 
@@ -98,6 +99,7 @@ struct ScalarBitSetTraits {
 ///        // return empty string on success, or error string
 ///        return StringRef();
 ///      }
+///      static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return true; }
 ///    };
 template<typename T>
 struct ScalarTraits {
@@ -109,6 +111,9 @@ struct ScalarTraits {
   // Function to convert a string to a value.  Returns the empty
   // StringRef on success or an error string if string is malformed:
   //static StringRef input(StringRef scalar, void *ctxt, T &value);
+  //
+  // Function to determine if the value should be quoted.
+  //static bool mustQuote(StringRef);
 };
 
 
@@ -171,7 +176,8 @@ struct has_ScalarEnumerationTraits
   static double test(...);
 
 public:
-  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<ScalarEnumerationTraits<T> >(0)) == 1);
+  static bool const value =
+    (sizeof(test<ScalarEnumerationTraits<T> >(nullptr)) == 1);
 };
 
 
@@ -188,7 +194,7 @@ struct has_ScalarBitSetTraits
   static double test(...);
 
 public:
-  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<ScalarBitSetTraits<T> >(0)) == 1);
+  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<ScalarBitSetTraits<T> >(nullptr)) == 1);
 };
 
 
@@ -198,16 +204,19 @@ struct has_ScalarTraits
 {
   typedef StringRef (*Signature_input)(StringRef, void*, T&);
   typedef void (*Signature_output)(const T&, void*, llvm::raw_ostream&);
+  typedef bool (*Signature_mustQuote)(StringRef);
 
   template <typename U>
-  static char test(SameType<Signature_input, &U::input>*,
-                   SameType<Signature_output, &U::output>*);
+  static char test(SameType<Signature_input, &U::input> *,
+                   SameType<Signature_output, &U::output> *,
+                   SameType<Signature_mustQuote, &U::mustQuote> *);
 
   template <typename U>
   static double test(...);
 
 public:
-  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<ScalarTraits<T> >(0,0)) == 1);
+  static bool const value =
+      (sizeof(test<ScalarTraits<T>>(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)) == 1);
 };
 
 
@@ -224,9 +233,26 @@ struct has_MappingTraits
   static double test(...);
 
 public:
-  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<MappingTraits<T> >(0)) == 1);
+  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<MappingTraits<T> >(nullptr)) == 1);
 };
 
+// Test if MappingTraits<T>::validate() is defined on type T.
+template <class T>
+struct has_MappingValidateTraits
+{
+  typedef StringRef (*Signature_validate)(class IO&, T&);
+
+  template <typename U>
+  static char test(SameType<Signature_validate, &U::validate>*);
+
+  template <typename U>
+  static double test(...);
+
+public:
+  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<MappingTraits<T> >(nullptr)) == 1);
+};
+
+
 
 // Test if SequenceTraits<T> is defined on type T.
 template <class T>
@@ -241,14 +267,14 @@ struct has_SequenceMethodTraits
   static double test(...);
 
 public:
-  static bool const value =  (sizeof(test<SequenceTraits<T> >(0)) == 1);
+  static bool const value =  (sizeof(test<SequenceTraits<T> >(nullptr)) == 1);
 };
 
 
 // has_FlowTraits<int> will cause an error with some compilers because
 // it subclasses int.  Using this wrapper only instantiates the
 // real has_FlowTraits only if the template type is a class.
-template <typename T, bool Enabled = llvm::is_class<T>::value>
+template <typename T, bool Enabled = std::is_class<T>::value>
 class has_FlowTraits
 {
 public:
@@ -271,14 +297,14 @@ struct has_FlowTraits<T, true>
   static char (&f(...))[2];
 
 public:
-  static bool const value = sizeof(f<Derived>(0)) == 2;
+  static bool const value = sizeof(f<Derived>(nullptr)) == 2;
 };
 
 
 
 // Test if SequenceTraits<T> is defined on type T
 template<typename T>
-struct has_SequenceTraits : public  llvm::integral_constant<bool,
+struct has_SequenceTraits : public std::integral_constant<bool,
                                       has_SequenceMethodTraits<T>::value > { };
 
 
@@ -295,14 +321,88 @@ struct has_DocumentListTraits
   static double test(...);
 
 public:
-  static bool const value =  (sizeof(test<DocumentListTraits<T> >(0)) == 1);
+  static bool const value = (sizeof(test<DocumentListTraits<T> >(nullptr))==1);
 };
 
+inline bool isNumber(StringRef S) {
+  static const char OctalChars[] = "01234567";
+  if (S.startswith("0") &&
+      S.drop_front().find_first_not_of(OctalChars) == StringRef::npos)
+    return true;
+
+  if (S.startswith("0o") &&
+      S.drop_front(2).find_first_not_of(OctalChars) == StringRef::npos)
+    return true;
+
+  static const char HexChars[] = "0123456789abcdefABCDEF";
+  if (S.startswith("0x") &&
+      S.drop_front(2).find_first_not_of(HexChars) == StringRef::npos)
+    return true;
+
+  static const char DecChars[] = "0123456789";
+  if (S.find_first_not_of(DecChars) == StringRef::npos)
+    return true;
 
+  if (S.equals(".inf") || S.equals(".Inf") || S.equals(".INF"))
+    return true;
+
+  Regex FloatMatcher("^(\\.[0-9]+|[0-9]+(\\.[0-9]*)?)([eE][-+]?[0-9]+)?$");
+  if (FloatMatcher.match(S))
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool isNumeric(StringRef S) {
+  if ((S.front() == '-' || S.front() == '+') && isNumber(S.drop_front()))
+    return true;
+
+  if (isNumber(S))
+    return true;
+
+  if (S.equals(".nan") || S.equals(".NaN") || S.equals(".NAN"))
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool isNull(StringRef S) {
+  return S.equals("null") || S.equals("Null") || S.equals("NULL") ||
+         S.equals("~");
+}
+
+inline bool isBool(StringRef S) {
+  return S.equals("true") || S.equals("True") || S.equals("TRUE") ||
+         S.equals("false") || S.equals("False") || S.equals("FALSE");
+}
+
+inline bool needsQuotes(StringRef S) {
+  if (S.empty())
+    return true;
+  if (isspace(S.front()) || isspace(S.back()))
+    return true;
+  if (S.front() == ',')
+    return true;
+
+  static const char ScalarSafeChars[] =
+      "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+      "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789_-/^., \t";
+  if (S.find_first_not_of(ScalarSafeChars) != StringRef::npos)
+    return true;
+
+  if (isNull(S))
+    return true;
+  if (isBool(S))
+    return true;
+  if (isNumeric(S))
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
 
 
 template<typename T>
-struct missingTraits : public  llvm::integral_constant<bool,
+struct missingTraits : public std::integral_constant<bool,
                                          !has_ScalarEnumerationTraits<T>::value
                                       && !has_ScalarBitSetTraits<T>::value
                                       && !has_ScalarTraits<T>::value
@@ -310,15 +410,23 @@ struct missingTraits : public  llvm::integral_constant<bool,
                                       && !has_SequenceTraits<T>::value
                                       && !has_DocumentListTraits<T>::value >  {};
 
+template<typename T>
+struct validatedMappingTraits : public std::integral_constant<bool,
+                                       has_MappingTraits<T>::value
+                                    && has_MappingValidateTraits<T>::value> {};
 
+template<typename T>
+struct unvalidatedMappingTraits : public std::integral_constant<bool,
+                                        has_MappingTraits<T>::value
+                                    && !has_MappingValidateTraits<T>::value> {};
 // Base class for Input and Output.
 class IO {
 public:
 
-  IO(void *Ctxt=NULL);
+  IO(void *Ctxt=nullptr);
   virtual ~IO();
 
-  virtual bool outputting() const = 0;
+  virtual bool outputting() = 0;
 
   virtual unsigned beginSequence() = 0;
   virtual bool preflightElement(unsigned, void *&) = 0;
@@ -345,7 +453,7 @@ public:
   virtual bool bitSetMatch(const char*, bool) = 0;
   virtual void endBitSetScalar() = 0;
 
-  virtual void scalarString(StringRef &) = 0;
+  virtual void scalarString(StringRef &, bool) = 0;
 
   virtual void setError(const Twine &) = 0;
 
@@ -379,6 +487,19 @@ public:
     }
   }
 
+  template <typename T>
+  void maskedBitSetCase(T &Val, const char *Str, T ConstVal, T Mask) {
+    if (bitSetMatch(Str, outputting() && (Val & Mask) == ConstVal))
+      Val = Val | ConstVal;
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  void maskedBitSetCase(T &Val, const char *Str, uint32_t ConstVal,
+                        uint32_t Mask) {
+    if (bitSetMatch(Str, outputting() && (Val & Mask) == ConstVal))
+      Val = Val | ConstVal;
+  }
+
   void *getContext();
   void setContext(void *);
 
@@ -388,7 +509,7 @@ public:
   }
 
   template <typename T>
-  typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,void>::type
+  typename std::enable_if<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,void>::type
   mapOptional(const char* Key, T& Val) {
     // omit key/value instead of outputting empty sequence
     if ( this->canElideEmptySequence() && !(Val.begin() != Val.end()) )
@@ -397,7 +518,12 @@ public:
   }
 
   template <typename T>
-  typename llvm::enable_if_c<!has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,void>::type
+  void mapOptional(const char* Key, Optional<T> &Val) {
+    processKeyWithDefault(Key, Val, Optional<T>(), /*Required=*/false);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  typename std::enable_if<!has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,void>::type
   mapOptional(const char* Key, T& Val) {
     this->processKey(Key, Val, false);
   }
@@ -409,6 +535,26 @@ public:
   
 private:
   template <typename T>
+  void processKeyWithDefault(const char *Key, Optional<T> &Val,
+                             const Optional<T> &DefaultValue, bool Required) {
+    assert(DefaultValue.hasValue() == false &&
+           "Optional<T> shouldn't have a value!");
+    void *SaveInfo;
+    bool UseDefault;
+    const bool sameAsDefault = outputting() && !Val.hasValue();
+    if (!outputting() && !Val.hasValue())
+      Val = T();
+    if (this->preflightKey(Key, Required, sameAsDefault, UseDefault,
+                           SaveInfo)) {
+      yamlize(*this, Val.getValue(), Required);
+      this->postflightKey(SaveInfo);
+    } else {
+      if (UseDefault)
+        Val = DefaultValue;
+    }
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
   void processKeyWithDefault(const char *Key, T &Val, const T& DefaultValue,
                                                                 bool Required) {
     void *SaveInfo;
@@ -442,7 +588,7 @@ private:
 
 
 template<typename T>
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_ScalarEnumerationTraits<T>::value,void>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_ScalarEnumerationTraits<T>::value,void>::type
 yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
   io.beginEnumScalar();
   ScalarEnumerationTraits<T>::enumeration(io, Val);
@@ -450,7 +596,7 @@ yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
 }
 
 template<typename T>
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_ScalarBitSetTraits<T>::value,void>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_ScalarBitSetTraits<T>::value,void>::type
 yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
   bool DoClear;
   if ( io.beginBitSetScalar(DoClear) ) {
@@ -463,18 +609,18 @@ yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
 
 
 template<typename T>
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_ScalarTraits<T>::value,void>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_ScalarTraits<T>::value,void>::type
 yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
   if ( io.outputting() ) {
     std::string Storage;
     llvm::raw_string_ostream Buffer(Storage);
     ScalarTraits<T>::output(Val, io.getContext(), Buffer);
     StringRef Str = Buffer.str();
-    io.scalarString(Str);
+    io.scalarString(Str, ScalarTraits<T>::mustQuote(Str));
   }
   else {
     StringRef Str;
-    io.scalarString(Str);
+    io.scalarString(Str, ScalarTraits<T>::mustQuote(Str));
     StringRef Result = ScalarTraits<T>::input(Str, io.getContext(), Val);
     if ( !Result.empty() ) {
       io.setError(llvm::Twine(Result));
@@ -484,21 +630,41 @@ yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
 
 
 template<typename T>
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_MappingTraits<T>::value, void>::type
+typename std::enable_if<validatedMappingTraits<T>::value, void>::type
 yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
   io.beginMapping();
+  if (io.outputting()) {
+    StringRef Err = MappingTraits<T>::validate(io, Val);
+    if (!Err.empty()) {
+      llvm::errs() << Err << "\n";
+      assert(Err.empty() && "invalid struct trying to be written as yaml");
+    }
+  }
   MappingTraits<T>::mapping(io, Val);
+  if (!io.outputting()) {
+    StringRef Err = MappingTraits<T>::validate(io, Val);
+    if (!Err.empty())
+      io.setError(Err);
+  }
   io.endMapping();
 }
 
 template<typename T>
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<missingTraits<T>::value, void>::type
+typename std::enable_if<unvalidatedMappingTraits<T>::value, void>::type
+yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
+  io.beginMapping();
+  MappingTraits<T>::mapping(io, Val);
+  io.endMapping();
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+typename std::enable_if<missingTraits<T>::value, void>::type
 yamlize(IO &io, T &Val, bool) {
   char missing_yaml_trait_for_type[sizeof(MissingTrait<T>)];
 }
 
 template<typename T>
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,void>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,void>::type
 yamlize(IO &io, T &Seq, bool) {
   if ( has_FlowTraits< SequenceTraits<T> >::value ) {
     unsigned incnt = io.beginFlowSequence();
@@ -531,72 +697,91 @@ template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<bool> {
   static void output(const bool &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, bool &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<StringRef> {
   static void output(const StringRef &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, StringRef &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef S) { return needsQuotes(S); }
+};
+ 
+template<>
+struct ScalarTraits<std::string> {
+  static void output(const std::string &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
+  static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, std::string &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef S) { return needsQuotes(S); }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<uint8_t> {
   static void output(const uint8_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, uint8_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<uint16_t> {
   static void output(const uint16_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, uint16_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<uint32_t> {
   static void output(const uint32_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, uint32_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<uint64_t> {
   static void output(const uint64_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, uint64_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<int8_t> {
   static void output(const int8_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, int8_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<int16_t> {
   static void output(const int16_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, int16_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<int32_t> {
   static void output(const int32_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, int32_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<int64_t> {
   static void output(const int64_t &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, int64_t &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<float> {
   static void output(const float &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, float &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<double> {
   static void output(const double &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, double &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 
@@ -606,7 +791,7 @@ struct ScalarTraits<double> {
 template <typename TNorm, typename TFinal>
 struct MappingNormalization {
   MappingNormalization(IO &i_o, TFinal &Obj)
-      : io(i_o), BufPtr(NULL), Result(Obj) {
+      : io(i_o), BufPtr(nullptr), Result(Obj) {
     if ( io.outputting() ) {
       BufPtr = new (&Buffer) TNorm(io, Obj);
     }
@@ -689,40 +874,38 @@ public:
   // user-data. The DiagHandler can be specified to provide
   // alternative error reporting.
   Input(StringRef InputContent,
-        void *Ctxt = NULL,
-        SourceMgr::DiagHandlerTy DiagHandler = NULL,
-        void *DiagHandlerCtxt = NULL);
+        void *Ctxt = nullptr,
+        SourceMgr::DiagHandlerTy DiagHandler = nullptr,
+        void *DiagHandlerCtxt = nullptr);
   ~Input();
 
   // Check if there was an syntax or semantic error during parsing.
-  llvm::error_code error();
-
-  static bool classof(const IO *io) { return !io->outputting(); }
+  std::error_code error();
 
 private:
-  virtual bool outputting() const;
-  virtual bool mapTag(StringRef, bool);
-  virtual void beginMapping();
-  virtual void endMapping();
-  virtual bool preflightKey(const char *, bool, bool, bool &, void *&);
-  virtual void postflightKey(void *);
-  virtual unsigned beginSequence();
-  virtual void endSequence();
-  virtual bool preflightElement(unsigned index, void *&);
-  virtual void postflightElement(void *);
-  virtual unsigned beginFlowSequence();
-  virtual bool preflightFlowElement(unsigned , void *&);
-  virtual void postflightFlowElement(void *);
-  virtual void endFlowSequence();
-  virtual void beginEnumScalar();
-  virtual bool matchEnumScalar(const char*, bool);
-  virtual void endEnumScalar();
-  virtual bool beginBitSetScalar(bool &);
-  virtual bool bitSetMatch(const char *, bool );
-  virtual void endBitSetScalar();
-  virtual void scalarString(StringRef &);
-  virtual void setError(const Twine &message);
-  virtual bool canElideEmptySequence();
+  bool outputting() override;
+  bool mapTag(StringRef, bool) override;
+  void beginMapping() override;
+  void endMapping() override;
+  bool preflightKey(const char *, bool, bool, bool &, void *&) override;
+  void postflightKey(void *) override;
+  unsigned beginSequence() override;
+  void endSequence() override;
+  bool preflightElement(unsigned index, void *&) override;
+  void postflightElement(void *) override;
+  unsigned beginFlowSequence() override;
+  bool preflightFlowElement(unsigned , void *&) override;
+  void postflightFlowElement(void *) override;
+  void endFlowSequence() override;
+  void beginEnumScalar() override;
+  bool matchEnumScalar(const char*, bool) override;
+  void endEnumScalar() override;
+  bool beginBitSetScalar(bool &) override;
+  bool bitSetMatch(const char *, bool ) override;
+  void endBitSetScalar() override;
+  void scalarString(StringRef &, bool) override;
+  void setError(const Twine &message) override;
+  bool canElideEmptySequence() override;
 
   class HNode {
     virtual void anchor();
@@ -735,7 +918,7 @@ private:
   };
 
   class EmptyHNode : public HNode {
-    virtual void anchor();
+    void anchor() override;
   public:
     EmptyHNode(Node *n) : HNode(n) { }
     static inline bool classof(const HNode *n) {
@@ -745,7 +928,7 @@ private:
   };
 
   class ScalarHNode : public HNode {
-    virtual void anchor();
+    void anchor() override;
   public:
     ScalarHNode(Node *n, StringRef s) : HNode(n), _value(s) { }
 
@@ -799,18 +982,18 @@ public:
   // These are only used by operator>>. They could be private
   // if those templated things could be made friends.
   bool setCurrentDocument();
-  void nextDocument();
+  bool nextDocument();
 
 private:
-  llvm::SourceMgr                  SrcMgr; // must be before Strm
-  OwningPtr<llvm::yaml::Stream>    Strm;
-  OwningPtr<HNode>                 TopNode;
-  llvm::error_code                 EC;
-  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator           StringAllocator;
-  llvm::yaml::document_iterator    DocIterator;
-  std::vector<bool>                BitValuesUsed;
-  HNode                           *CurrentNode;
-  bool                             ScalarMatchFound;
+  llvm::SourceMgr                     SrcMgr; // must be before Strm
+  std::unique_ptr<llvm::yaml::Stream> Strm;
+  std::unique_ptr<HNode>              TopNode;
+  std::error_code                     EC;
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator              StringAllocator;
+  llvm::yaml::document_iterator       DocIterator;
+  std::vector<bool>                   BitValuesUsed;
+  HNode                              *CurrentNode;
+  bool                                ScalarMatchFound;
 };
 
 
@@ -822,34 +1005,32 @@ private:
 ///
 class Output : public IO {
 public:
-  Output(llvm::raw_ostream &, void *Ctxt=NULL);
+  Output(llvm::raw_ostream &, void *Ctxt=nullptr);
   virtual ~Output();
 
-  static bool classof(const IO *io) { return io->outputting(); }
-  
-  virtual bool outputting() const;
-  virtual bool mapTag(StringRef, bool);
-  virtual void beginMapping();
-  virtual void endMapping();
-  virtual bool preflightKey(const char *key, bool, bool, bool &, void *&);
-  virtual void postflightKey(void *);
-  virtual unsigned beginSequence();
-  virtual void endSequence();
-  virtual bool preflightElement(unsigned, void *&);
-  virtual void postflightElement(void *);
-  virtual unsigned beginFlowSequence();
-  virtual bool preflightFlowElement(unsigned, void *&);
-  virtual void postflightFlowElement(void *);
-  virtual void endFlowSequence();
-  virtual void beginEnumScalar();
-  virtual bool matchEnumScalar(const char*, bool);
-  virtual void endEnumScalar();
-  virtual bool beginBitSetScalar(bool &);
-  virtual bool bitSetMatch(const char *, bool );
-  virtual void endBitSetScalar();
-  virtual void scalarString(StringRef &);
-  virtual void setError(const Twine &message);
-  virtual bool canElideEmptySequence();
+  bool outputting() override;
+  bool mapTag(StringRef, bool) override;
+  void beginMapping() override;
+  void endMapping() override;
+  bool preflightKey(const char *key, bool, bool, bool &, void *&) override;
+  void postflightKey(void *) override;
+  unsigned beginSequence() override;
+  void endSequence() override;
+  bool preflightElement(unsigned, void *&) override;
+  void postflightElement(void *) override;
+  unsigned beginFlowSequence() override;
+  bool preflightFlowElement(unsigned, void *&) override;
+  void postflightFlowElement(void *) override;
+  void endFlowSequence() override;
+  void beginEnumScalar() override;
+  bool matchEnumScalar(const char*, bool) override;
+  void endEnumScalar() override;
+  bool beginBitSetScalar(bool &) override;
+  bool bitSetMatch(const char *, bool ) override;
+  void endBitSetScalar() override;
+  void scalarString(StringRef &, bool) override;
+  void setError(const Twine &message) override;
+  bool canElideEmptySequence() override;
 public:
   // These are only used by operator<<. They could be private
   // if that templated operator could be made a friend.
@@ -918,31 +1099,35 @@ template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<Hex8> {
   static void output(const Hex8 &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, Hex8 &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<Hex16> {
   static void output(const Hex16 &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, Hex16 &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<Hex32> {
   static void output(const Hex32 &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, Hex32 &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 template<>
 struct ScalarTraits<Hex64> {
   static void output(const Hex64 &, void*, llvm::raw_ostream &);
   static StringRef input(StringRef, void*, Hex64 &);
+  static bool mustQuote(StringRef) { return false; }
 };
 
 
 // Define non-member operator>> so that Input can stream in a document list.
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_DocumentListTraits<T>::value,Input &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_DocumentListTraits<T>::value, Input &>::type
 operator>>(Input &yin, T &docList) {
   int i = 0;
   while ( yin.setCurrentDocument() ) {
@@ -958,7 +1143,7 @@ operator>>(Input &yin, T &docList) {
 // Define non-member operator>> so that Input can stream in a map as a document.
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_MappingTraits<T>::value,Input &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_MappingTraits<T>::value, Input &>::type
 operator>>(Input &yin, T &docMap) {
   yin.setCurrentDocument();
   yamlize(yin, docMap, true);
@@ -969,7 +1154,7 @@ operator>>(Input &yin, T &docMap) {
 // a document.
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,Input &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value, Input &>::type
 operator>>(Input &yin, T &docSeq) {
   if (yin.setCurrentDocument())
     yamlize(yin, docSeq, true);
@@ -979,7 +1164,7 @@ operator>>(Input &yin, T &docSeq) {
 // Provide better error message about types missing a trait specialization
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<missingTraits<T>::value,Input &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<missingTraits<T>::value, Input &>::type
 operator>>(Input &yin, T &docSeq) {
   char missing_yaml_trait_for_type[sizeof(MissingTrait<T>)];
   return yin;
@@ -989,7 +1174,7 @@ operator>>(Input &yin, T &docSeq) {
 // Define non-member operator<< so that Output can stream out document list.
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_DocumentListTraits<T>::value,Output &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_DocumentListTraits<T>::value, Output &>::type
 operator<<(Output &yout, T &docList) {
   yout.beginDocuments();
   const size_t count = DocumentListTraits<T>::size(yout, docList);
@@ -1006,7 +1191,7 @@ operator<<(Output &yout, T &docList) {
 // Define non-member operator<< so that Output can stream out a map.
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_MappingTraits<T>::value,Output &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_MappingTraits<T>::value, Output &>::type
 operator<<(Output &yout, T &map) {
   yout.beginDocuments();
   if ( yout.preflightDocument(0) ) {
@@ -1020,7 +1205,7 @@ operator<<(Output &yout, T &map) {
 // Define non-member operator<< so that Output can stream out a sequence.
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value,Output &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<has_SequenceTraits<T>::value, Output &>::type
 operator<<(Output &yout, T &seq) {
   yout.beginDocuments();
   if ( yout.preflightDocument(0) ) {
@@ -1034,7 +1219,7 @@ operator<<(Output &yout, T &seq) {
 // Provide better error message about types missing a trait specialization
 template <typename T>
 inline
-typename llvm::enable_if_c<missingTraits<T>::value,Output &>::type
+typename std::enable_if<missingTraits<T>::value, Output &>::type
 operator<<(Output &yout, T &seq) {
   char missing_yaml_trait_for_type[sizeof(MissingTrait<T>)];
   return yout;
@@ -1075,6 +1260,7 @@ operator<<(Output &yout, T &seq) {
         return seq.size();                                                  \
       }                                                                     \
       static _type& element(IO &io, std::vector<_type> &seq, size_t index) {\
+        (void)flow; /* Remove this workaround after PR17897 is fixed */     \
         if ( index >= seq.size() )                                          \
           seq.resize(index+1);                                              \
         return seq[index];                                                  \
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h
index 9000306..ee7b89f 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h
@@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ namespace llvm
       Filled = false;
     }
 
-    virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+    void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) override;
 
     /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream,
     /// not counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
     ///
-    virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE {
+    uint64_t current_pos() const override {
       // This has the same effect as calling TheStream.current_pos(),
       // but that interface is private.
       return TheStream->tell() - TheStream->GetNumBytesInBuffer();
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ namespace llvm
     circular_raw_ostream(raw_ostream &Stream, const char *Header,
                          size_t BuffSize = 0, bool Owns = REFERENCE_ONLY) 
         : raw_ostream(/*unbuffered*/true),
-            TheStream(0),
+            TheStream(nullptr),
             OwnsStream(Owns),
             BufferSize(BuffSize),
-            BufferArray(0),
+            BufferArray(nullptr),
             Filled(false),
             Banner(Header) {
       if (BufferSize != 0)
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ namespace llvm
     }
     explicit circular_raw_ostream()
         : raw_ostream(/*unbuffered*/true),
-            TheStream(0),
+            TheStream(nullptr),
             OwnsStream(REFERENCE_ONLY),
-            BufferArray(0),
+            BufferArray(nullptr),
             Filled(false),
             Banner("") {
       Cur = BufferArray;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h
index 4385721..04cf3b6 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ class raw_os_ostream : public raw_ostream {
   std::ostream &OS;
 
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) override;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  uint64_t current_pos() const override;
 
 public:
   raw_os_ostream(std::ostream &O) : OS(O) {}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h
index ec7e06b..34fbe08 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h
@@ -17,13 +17,18 @@
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
   class format_object_base;
   template <typename T>
   class SmallVectorImpl;
 
+  namespace sys {
+    namespace fs {
+      enum OpenFlags : unsigned;
+    }
+  }
+
 /// raw_ostream - This class implements an extremely fast bulk output stream
 /// that can *only* output to a stream.  It does not support seeking, reopening,
 /// rewinding, line buffered disciplines etc. It is a simple buffer that outputs
@@ -76,7 +81,7 @@ public:
   explicit raw_ostream(bool unbuffered=false)
     : BufferMode(unbuffered ? Unbuffered : InternalBuffer) {
     // Start out ready to flush.
-    OutBufStart = OutBufEnd = OutBufCur = 0;
+    OutBufStart = OutBufEnd = OutBufCur = nullptr;
   }
 
   virtual ~raw_ostream();
@@ -102,7 +107,7 @@ public:
   size_t GetBufferSize() const {
     // If we're supposed to be buffered but haven't actually gotten around
     // to allocating the buffer yet, return the value that would be used.
-    if (BufferMode != Unbuffered && OutBufStart == 0)
+    if (BufferMode != Unbuffered && OutBufStart == nullptr)
       return preferred_buffer_size();
 
     // Otherwise just return the size of the allocated buffer.
@@ -115,7 +120,7 @@ public:
   /// set to unbuffered.
   void SetUnbuffered() {
     flush();
-    SetBufferAndMode(0, 0, Unbuffered);
+    SetBufferAndMode(nullptr, 0, Unbuffered);
   }
 
   size_t GetNumBytesInBuffer() const {
@@ -157,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     size_t Size = Str.size();
 
     // Make sure we can use the fast path.
-    if (OutBufCur+Size > OutBufEnd)
+    if (Size > (size_t)(OutBufEnd - OutBufCur))
       return write(Str.data(), Size);
 
     memcpy(OutBufCur, Str.data(), Size);
@@ -322,14 +327,14 @@ class raw_fd_ostream : public raw_ostream {
   uint64_t pos;
 
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) override;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return pos; }
+  uint64_t current_pos() const override { return pos; }
 
   /// preferred_buffer_size - Determine an efficient buffer size.
-  virtual size_t preferred_buffer_size() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  size_t preferred_buffer_size() const override;
 
   /// error_detected - Set the flag indicating that an output error has
   /// been encountered.
@@ -347,7 +352,7 @@ public:
   /// file descriptor when it is done (this is necessary to detect
   /// output errors).
   raw_fd_ostream(const char *Filename, std::string &ErrorInfo,
-                 sys::fs::OpenFlags Flags = sys::fs::F_None);
+                 sys::fs::OpenFlags Flags);
 
   /// raw_fd_ostream ctor - FD is the file descriptor that this writes to.  If
   /// ShouldClose is true, this closes the file when the stream is destroyed.
@@ -373,15 +378,15 @@ public:
     UseAtomicWrites = Value;
   }
 
-  virtual raw_ostream &changeColor(enum Colors colors, bool bold=false,
-                                   bool bg=false) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-  virtual raw_ostream &resetColor() LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  raw_ostream &changeColor(enum Colors colors, bool bold=false,
+                           bool bg=false) override;
+  raw_ostream &resetColor() override;
 
-  virtual raw_ostream &reverseColor() LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  raw_ostream &reverseColor() override;
 
-  virtual bool is_displayed() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  bool is_displayed() const override;
 
-  virtual bool has_colors() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  bool has_colors() const override;
 
   /// has_error - Return the value of the flag in this raw_fd_ostream indicating
   /// whether an output error has been encountered.
@@ -427,11 +432,11 @@ class raw_string_ostream : public raw_ostream {
   std::string &OS;
 
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) override;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return OS.size(); }
+  uint64_t current_pos() const override { return OS.size(); }
 public:
   explicit raw_string_ostream(std::string &O) : OS(O) {}
   ~raw_string_ostream();
@@ -451,11 +456,11 @@ class raw_svector_ostream : public raw_ostream {
   SmallVectorImpl<char> &OS;
 
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) override;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  uint64_t current_pos() const override;
 public:
   /// Construct a new raw_svector_ostream.
   ///
@@ -477,11 +482,11 @@ public:
 /// raw_null_ostream - A raw_ostream that discards all output.
 class raw_null_ostream : public raw_ostream {
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t size) override;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  uint64_t current_pos() const override;
 
 public:
   explicit raw_null_ostream() {}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/system_error.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/system_error.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 43dace6..0000000
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/system_error.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,905 +0,0 @@
-//===---------------------------- system_error ------------------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This was lifted from libc++ and modified for C++03. This is called
-// system_error even though it does not define that class because that's what
-// it's called in C++0x. We don't define system_error because it is only used
-// for exception handling, which we don't use in LLVM.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_SYSTEM_ERROR_H
-#define LLVM_SUPPORT_SYSTEM_ERROR_H
-
-#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
-
-/*
-    system_error synopsis
-
-namespace std
-{
-
-class error_category
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~error_category();
-
-    error_category(const error_category&) = delete;
-    error_category& operator=(const error_category&) = delete;
-
-    virtual const char* name() const = 0;
-    virtual error_condition default_error_condition(int ev) const;
-    virtual bool equivalent(int code, const error_condition& condition) const;
-    virtual bool equivalent(const error_code& code, int condition) const;
-    virtual std::string message(int ev) const = 0;
-
-    bool operator==(const error_category& rhs) const;
-    bool operator!=(const error_category& rhs) const;
-    bool operator<(const error_category& rhs) const;
-};
-
-const error_category& generic_category();
-const error_category& system_category();
-
-template <class T> struct is_error_code_enum
-    : public false_type {};
-
-template <class T> struct is_error_condition_enum
-    : public false_type {};
-
-class error_code
-{
-public:
-    // constructors:
-    error_code();
-    error_code(int val, const error_category& cat);
-    template <class ErrorCodeEnum>
-        error_code(ErrorCodeEnum e);
-
-    // modifiers:
-    void assign(int val, const error_category& cat);
-    template <class ErrorCodeEnum>
-        error_code& operator=(ErrorCodeEnum e);
-    void clear();
-
-    // observers:
-    int value() const;
-    const error_category& category() const;
-    error_condition default_error_condition() const;
-    std::string message() const;
-    explicit operator bool() const;
-};
-
-// non-member functions:
-bool operator<(const error_code& lhs, const error_code& rhs);
-template <class charT, class traits>
-    basic_ostream<charT,traits>&
-    operator<<(basic_ostream<charT,traits>& os, const error_code& ec);
-
-class error_condition
-{
-public:
-    // constructors:
-    error_condition();
-    error_condition(int val, const error_category& cat);
-    template <class ErrorConditionEnum>
-        error_condition(ErrorConditionEnum e);
-
-    // modifiers:
-    void assign(int val, const error_category& cat);
-    template <class ErrorConditionEnum>
-        error_condition& operator=(ErrorConditionEnum e);
-    void clear();
-
-    // observers:
-    int value() const;
-    const error_category& category() const;
-    std::string message() const;
-    explicit operator bool() const;
-};
-
-bool operator<(const error_condition& lhs, const error_condition& rhs);
-
-class system_error
-    : public runtime_error
-{
-public:
-    system_error(error_code ec, const std::string& what_arg);
-    system_error(error_code ec, const char* what_arg);
-    system_error(error_code ec);
-    system_error(int ev, const error_category& ecat, const std::string& what_arg);
-    system_error(int ev, const error_category& ecat, const char* what_arg);
-    system_error(int ev, const error_category& ecat);
-
-    const error_code& code() const throw();
-    const char* what() const throw();
-};
-
-enum class errc
-{
-    address_family_not_supported,       // EAFNOSUPPORT
-    address_in_use,                     // EADDRINUSE
-    address_not_available,              // EADDRNOTAVAIL
-    already_connected,                  // EISCONN
-    argument_list_too_long,             // E2BIG
-    argument_out_of_domain,             // EDOM
-    bad_address,                        // EFAULT
-    bad_file_descriptor,                // EBADF
-    bad_message,                        // EBADMSG
-    broken_pipe,                        // EPIPE
-    connection_aborted,                 // ECONNABORTED
-    connection_already_in_progress,     // EALREADY
-    connection_refused,                 // ECONNREFUSED
-    connection_reset,                   // ECONNRESET
-    cross_device_link,                  // EXDEV
-    destination_address_required,       // EDESTADDRREQ
-    device_or_resource_busy,            // EBUSY
-    directory_not_empty,                // ENOTEMPTY
-    executable_format_error,            // ENOEXEC
-    file_exists,                        // EEXIST
-    file_too_large,                     // EFBIG
-    filename_too_long,                  // ENAMETOOLONG
-    function_not_supported,             // ENOSYS
-    host_unreachable,                   // EHOSTUNREACH
-    identifier_removed,                 // EIDRM
-    illegal_byte_sequence,              // EILSEQ
-    inappropriate_io_control_operation, // ENOTTY
-    interrupted,                        // EINTR
-    invalid_argument,                   // EINVAL
-    invalid_seek,                       // ESPIPE
-    io_error,                           // EIO
-    is_a_directory,                     // EISDIR
-    message_size,                       // EMSGSIZE
-    network_down,                       // ENETDOWN
-    network_reset,                      // ENETRESET
-    network_unreachable,                // ENETUNREACH
-    no_buffer_space,                    // ENOBUFS
-    no_child_process,                   // ECHILD
-    no_link,                            // ENOLINK
-    no_lock_available,                  // ENOLCK
-    no_message_available,               // ENODATA
-    no_message,                         // ENOMSG
-    no_protocol_option,                 // ENOPROTOOPT
-    no_space_on_device,                 // ENOSPC
-    no_stream_resources,                // ENOSR
-    no_such_device_or_address,          // ENXIO
-    no_such_device,                     // ENODEV
-    no_such_file_or_directory,          // ENOENT
-    no_such_process,                    // ESRCH
-    not_a_directory,                    // ENOTDIR
-    not_a_socket,                       // ENOTSOCK
-    not_a_stream,                       // ENOSTR
-    not_connected,                      // ENOTCONN
-    not_enough_memory,                  // ENOMEM
-    not_supported,                      // ENOTSUP
-    operation_canceled,                 // ECANCELED
-    operation_in_progress,              // EINPROGRESS
-    operation_not_permitted,            // EPERM
-    operation_not_supported,            // EOPNOTSUPP
-    operation_would_block,              // EWOULDBLOCK
-    owner_dead,                         // EOWNERDEAD
-    permission_denied,                  // EACCES
-    protocol_error,                     // EPROTO
-    protocol_not_supported,             // EPROTONOSUPPORT
-    read_only_file_system,              // EROFS
-    resource_deadlock_would_occur,      // EDEADLK
-    resource_unavailable_try_again,     // EAGAIN
-    result_out_of_range,                // ERANGE
-    state_not_recoverable,              // ENOTRECOVERABLE
-    stream_timeout,                     // ETIME
-    text_file_busy,                     // ETXTBSY
-    timed_out,                          // ETIMEDOUT
-    too_many_files_open_in_system,      // ENFILE
-    too_many_files_open,                // EMFILE
-    too_many_links,                     // EMLINK
-    too_many_symbolic_link_levels,      // ELOOP
-    value_too_large,                    // EOVERFLOW
-    wrong_protocol_type                 // EPROTOTYPE
-};
-
-template <> struct is_error_condition_enum<errc> : true_type { }
-
-error_code make_error_code(errc e);
-error_condition make_error_condition(errc e);
-
-// Comparison operators:
-bool operator==(const error_code& lhs, const error_code& rhs);
-bool operator==(const error_code& lhs, const error_condition& rhs);
-bool operator==(const error_condition& lhs, const error_code& rhs);
-bool operator==(const error_condition& lhs, const error_condition& rhs);
-bool operator!=(const error_code& lhs, const error_code& rhs);
-bool operator!=(const error_code& lhs, const error_condition& rhs);
-bool operator!=(const error_condition& lhs, const error_code& rhs);
-bool operator!=(const error_condition& lhs, const error_condition& rhs);
-
-template <> struct hash<std::error_code>;
-
-}  // std
-
-*/
-
-#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
-#include <cerrno>
-#include <string>
-
-// This must be here instead of a .inc file because it is used in the definition
-// of the enum values below.
-#ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32
-
-  // The following numbers were taken from VS2010.
-# ifndef EAFNOSUPPORT
-#   define EAFNOSUPPORT 102
-# endif
-# ifndef EADDRINUSE
-#   define EADDRINUSE 100
-# endif
-# ifndef EADDRNOTAVAIL
-#   define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101
-# endif
-# ifndef EISCONN
-#   define EISCONN 113
-# endif
-# ifndef E2BIG
-#   define E2BIG 7
-# endif
-# ifndef EDOM
-#   define EDOM 33
-# endif
-# ifndef EFAULT
-#   define EFAULT 14
-# endif
-# ifndef EBADF
-#   define EBADF 9
-# endif
-# ifndef EBADMSG
-#   define EBADMSG 104
-# endif
-# ifndef EPIPE
-#   define EPIPE 32
-# endif
-# ifndef ECONNABORTED
-#   define ECONNABORTED 106
-# endif
-# ifndef EALREADY
-#   define EALREADY 103
-# endif
-# ifndef ECONNREFUSED
-#   define ECONNREFUSED 107
-# endif
-# ifndef ECONNRESET
-#   define ECONNRESET 108
-# endif
-# ifndef EXDEV
-#   define EXDEV 18
-# endif
-# ifndef EDESTADDRREQ
-#   define EDESTADDRREQ 109
-# endif
-# ifndef EBUSY
-#   define EBUSY 16
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOTEMPTY
-#   define ENOTEMPTY 41
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOEXEC
-#   define ENOEXEC 8
-# endif
-# ifndef EEXIST
-#   define EEXIST 17
-# endif
-# ifndef EFBIG
-#   define EFBIG 27
-# endif
-# ifndef ENAMETOOLONG
-#   define ENAMETOOLONG 38
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOSYS
-#   define ENOSYS 40
-# endif
-# ifndef EHOSTUNREACH
-#   define EHOSTUNREACH 110
-# endif
-# ifndef EIDRM
-#   define EIDRM 111
-# endif
-# ifndef EILSEQ
-#   define EILSEQ 42
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOTTY
-#   define ENOTTY 25
-# endif
-# ifndef EINTR
-#   define EINTR 4
-# endif
-# ifndef EINVAL
-#   define EINVAL 22
-# endif
-# ifndef ESPIPE
-#   define ESPIPE 29
-# endif
-# ifndef EIO
-#   define EIO 5
-# endif
-# ifndef EISDIR
-#   define EISDIR 21
-# endif
-# ifndef EMSGSIZE
-#   define EMSGSIZE 115
-# endif
-# ifndef ENETDOWN
-#   define ENETDOWN 116
-# endif
-# ifndef ENETRESET
-#   define ENETRESET 117
-# endif
-# ifndef ENETUNREACH
-#   define ENETUNREACH 118
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOBUFS
-#   define ENOBUFS 119
-# endif
-# ifndef ECHILD
-#   define ECHILD 10
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOLINK
-#   define ENOLINK 121
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOLCK
-#   define ENOLCK 39
-# endif
-# ifndef ENODATA
-#   define ENODATA 120
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOMSG
-#   define ENOMSG 122
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOPROTOOPT
-#   define ENOPROTOOPT 123
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOSPC
-#   define ENOSPC 28
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOSR
-#   define ENOSR 124
-# endif
-# ifndef ENXIO
-#   define ENXIO 6
-# endif
-# ifndef ENODEV
-#   define ENODEV 19
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOENT
-#   define ENOENT 2
-# endif
-# ifndef ESRCH
-#   define ESRCH 3
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOTDIR
-#   define ENOTDIR 20
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOTSOCK
-#   define ENOTSOCK 128
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOSTR
-#   define ENOSTR 125
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOTCONN
-#   define ENOTCONN 126
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOMEM
-#   define ENOMEM 12
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOTSUP
-#   define ENOTSUP 129
-# endif
-# ifndef ECANCELED
-#   define ECANCELED 105
-# endif
-# ifndef EINPROGRESS
-#   define EINPROGRESS 112
-# endif
-# ifndef EPERM
-#   define EPERM 1
-# endif
-# ifndef EOPNOTSUPP
-#   define EOPNOTSUPP 130
-# endif
-# ifndef EWOULDBLOCK
-#   define EWOULDBLOCK 140
-# endif
-# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
-#   define EOWNERDEAD 133
-# endif
-# ifndef EACCES
-#   define EACCES 13
-# endif
-# ifndef EPROTO
-#   define EPROTO 134
-# endif
-# ifndef EPROTONOSUPPORT
-#   define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
-# endif
-# ifndef EROFS
-#   define EROFS 30
-# endif
-# ifndef EDEADLK
-#   define EDEADLK 36
-# endif
-# ifndef EAGAIN
-#   define EAGAIN 11
-# endif
-# ifndef ERANGE
-#   define ERANGE 34
-# endif
-# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
-#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
-# endif
-# ifndef ETIME
-#   define ETIME 137
-# endif
-# ifndef ETXTBSY
-#   define ETXTBSY 139
-# endif
-# ifndef ETIMEDOUT
-#   define ETIMEDOUT 138
-# endif
-# ifndef ENFILE
-#   define ENFILE 23
-# endif
-# ifndef EMFILE
-#   define EMFILE 24
-# endif
-# ifndef EMLINK
-#   define EMLINK 31
-# endif
-# ifndef ELOOP
-#   define ELOOP 114
-# endif
-# ifndef EOVERFLOW
-#   define EOVERFLOW 132
-# endif
-# ifndef EPROTOTYPE
-#   define EPROTOTYPE 136
-# endif
-#endif
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-// is_error_code_enum
-
-template <class Tp> struct is_error_code_enum : public false_type {};
-
-// is_error_condition_enum
-
-template <class Tp> struct is_error_condition_enum : public false_type {};
-
-// Some error codes are not present on all platforms, so we provide equivalents
-// for them:
-
-//enum class errc
-struct errc {
-enum _ {
-  success                             = 0,
-  address_family_not_supported        = EAFNOSUPPORT,
-  address_in_use                      = EADDRINUSE,
-  address_not_available               = EADDRNOTAVAIL,
-  already_connected                   = EISCONN,
-  argument_list_too_long              = E2BIG,
-  argument_out_of_domain              = EDOM,
-  bad_address                         = EFAULT,
-  bad_file_descriptor                 = EBADF,
-#ifdef EBADMSG
-  bad_message                         = EBADMSG,
-#else
-  bad_message                         = EINVAL,
-#endif
-  broken_pipe                         = EPIPE,
-  connection_aborted                  = ECONNABORTED,
-  connection_already_in_progress      = EALREADY,
-  connection_refused                  = ECONNREFUSED,
-  connection_reset                    = ECONNRESET,
-  cross_device_link                   = EXDEV,
-  destination_address_required        = EDESTADDRREQ,
-  device_or_resource_busy             = EBUSY,
-  directory_not_empty                 = ENOTEMPTY,
-  executable_format_error             = ENOEXEC,
-  file_exists                         = EEXIST,
-  file_too_large                      = EFBIG,
-  filename_too_long                   = ENAMETOOLONG,
-  function_not_supported              = ENOSYS,
-  host_unreachable                    = EHOSTUNREACH,
-  identifier_removed                  = EIDRM,
-  illegal_byte_sequence               = EILSEQ,
-  inappropriate_io_control_operation  = ENOTTY,
-  interrupted                         = EINTR,
-  invalid_argument                    = EINVAL,
-  invalid_seek                        = ESPIPE,
-  io_error                            = EIO,
-  is_a_directory                      = EISDIR,
-  message_size                        = EMSGSIZE,
-  network_down                        = ENETDOWN,
-  network_reset                       = ENETRESET,
-  network_unreachable                 = ENETUNREACH,
-  no_buffer_space                     = ENOBUFS,
-  no_child_process                    = ECHILD,
-#ifdef ENOLINK
-  no_link                             = ENOLINK,
-#else
-  no_link                             = EINVAL,
-#endif
-  no_lock_available                   = ENOLCK,
-#ifdef ENODATA
-  no_message_available                = ENODATA,
-#else
-  no_message_available                = ENOMSG,
-#endif
-  no_message                          = ENOMSG,
-  no_protocol_option                  = ENOPROTOOPT,
-  no_space_on_device                  = ENOSPC,
-#ifdef ENOSR
-  no_stream_resources                 = ENOSR,
-#else
-  no_stream_resources                 = ENOMEM,
-#endif
-  no_such_device_or_address           = ENXIO,
-  no_such_device                      = ENODEV,
-  no_such_file_or_directory           = ENOENT,
-  no_such_process                     = ESRCH,
-  not_a_directory                     = ENOTDIR,
-  not_a_socket                        = ENOTSOCK,
-#ifdef ENOSTR
-  not_a_stream                        = ENOSTR,
-#else
-  not_a_stream                        = EINVAL,
-#endif
-  not_connected                       = ENOTCONN,
-  not_enough_memory                   = ENOMEM,
-  not_supported                       = ENOTSUP,
-#ifdef ECANCELED
-  operation_canceled                  = ECANCELED,
-#else
-  operation_canceled                  = EINVAL,
-#endif
-  operation_in_progress               = EINPROGRESS,
-  operation_not_permitted             = EPERM,
-  operation_not_supported             = EOPNOTSUPP,
-  operation_would_block               = EWOULDBLOCK,
-#ifdef EOWNERDEAD
-  owner_dead                          = EOWNERDEAD,
-#else
-  owner_dead                          = EINVAL,
-#endif
-  permission_denied                   = EACCES,
-#ifdef EPROTO
-  protocol_error                      = EPROTO,
-#else
-  protocol_error                      = EINVAL,
-#endif
-  protocol_not_supported              = EPROTONOSUPPORT,
-  read_only_file_system               = EROFS,
-  resource_deadlock_would_occur       = EDEADLK,
-  resource_unavailable_try_again      = EAGAIN,
-  result_out_of_range                 = ERANGE,
-#ifdef ENOTRECOVERABLE
-  state_not_recoverable               = ENOTRECOVERABLE,
-#else
-  state_not_recoverable               = EINVAL,
-#endif
-#ifdef ETIME
-  stream_timeout                      = ETIME,
-#else
-  stream_timeout                      = ETIMEDOUT,
-#endif
-  text_file_busy                      = ETXTBSY,
-  timed_out                           = ETIMEDOUT,
-  too_many_files_open_in_system       = ENFILE,
-  too_many_files_open                 = EMFILE,
-  too_many_links                      = EMLINK,
-  too_many_symbolic_link_levels       = ELOOP,
-  value_too_large                     = EOVERFLOW,
-  wrong_protocol_type                 = EPROTOTYPE
-};
-
-  _ v_;
-
-  errc(_ v) : v_(v) {}
-  operator int() const {return v_;}
-};
-
-template <> struct is_error_condition_enum<errc> : true_type { };
-
-template <> struct is_error_condition_enum<errc::_> : true_type { };
-
-class error_condition;
-class error_code;
-
-// class error_category
-
-class _do_message;
-
-class error_category
-{
-public:
-  virtual ~error_category();
-
-private:
-  error_category();
-  error_category(const error_category&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
-  error_category& operator=(const error_category&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
-
-public:
-  virtual const char* name() const = 0;
-  virtual error_condition default_error_condition(int _ev) const;
-  virtual bool equivalent(int _code, const error_condition& _condition) const;
-  virtual bool equivalent(const error_code& _code, int _condition) const;
-  virtual std::string message(int _ev) const = 0;
-
-  bool operator==(const error_category& _rhs) const {return this == &_rhs;}
-
-  bool operator!=(const error_category& _rhs) const {return !(*this == _rhs);}
-
-  bool operator< (const error_category& _rhs) const {return this < &_rhs;}
-
-  friend class _do_message;
-};
-
-class _do_message : public error_category
-{
-public:
-  virtual std::string message(int ev) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
-};
-
-const error_category& generic_category();
-const error_category& system_category();
-
-/// Get the error_category used for errno values from POSIX functions. This is
-/// the same as the system_category on POSIX systems, but is the same as the
-/// generic_category on Windows.
-const error_category& posix_category();
-
-class error_condition
-{
-  int _val_;
-  const error_category* _cat_;
-public:
-  error_condition() : _val_(0), _cat_(&generic_category()) {}
-
-  error_condition(int _val, const error_category& _cat)
-    : _val_(_val), _cat_(&_cat) {}
-
-  template <class E>
-  error_condition(E _e, typename enable_if_c<
-                          is_error_condition_enum<E>::value
-                        >::type* = 0)
-    {*this = make_error_condition(_e);}
-
-  void assign(int _val, const error_category& _cat) {
-    _val_ = _val;
-    _cat_ = &_cat;
-  }
-
-  template <class E>
-    typename enable_if_c
-    <
-      is_error_condition_enum<E>::value,
-      error_condition&
-    >::type
-    operator=(E _e)
-      {*this = make_error_condition(_e); return *this;}
-
-  void clear() {
-    _val_ = 0;
-    _cat_ = &generic_category();
-  }
-
-  int value() const {return _val_;}
-
-  const error_category& category() const {return *_cat_;}
-  std::string message() const;
-
-  typedef void (*unspecified_bool_type)();
-  static void unspecified_bool_true() {}
-
-  operator unspecified_bool_type() const { // true if error
-    return _val_ == 0 ? 0 : unspecified_bool_true;
-  }
-};
-
-inline error_condition make_error_condition(errc _e) {
-  return error_condition(static_cast<int>(_e), generic_category());
-}
-
-inline bool operator<(const error_condition& _x, const error_condition& _y) {
-  return _x.category() < _y.category()
-      || (_x.category() == _y.category() && _x.value() < _y.value());
-}
-
-// error_code
-
-class error_code {
-  int _val_;
-  const error_category* _cat_;
-public:
-  error_code() : _val_(0), _cat_(&system_category()) {}
-
-  static error_code success() {
-    return error_code();
-  }
-
-  error_code(int _val, const error_category& _cat)
-    : _val_(_val), _cat_(&_cat) {}
-
-  template <class E>
-  error_code(E _e, typename enable_if_c<
-                     is_error_code_enum<E>::value
-                   >::type* = 0) {
-    *this = make_error_code(_e);
-  }
-
-  void assign(int _val, const error_category& _cat) {
-      _val_ = _val;
-      _cat_ = &_cat;
-  }
-
-  template <class E>
-    typename enable_if_c
-    <
-      is_error_code_enum<E>::value,
-      error_code&
-    >::type
-    operator=(E _e)
-      {*this = make_error_code(_e); return *this;}
-
-  void clear() {
-    _val_ = 0;
-    _cat_ = &system_category();
-  }
-
-  int value() const {return _val_;}
-
-  const error_category& category() const {return *_cat_;}
-
-  error_condition default_error_condition() const
-    {return _cat_->default_error_condition(_val_);}
-
-  std::string message() const;
-
-  typedef void (*unspecified_bool_type)();
-  static void unspecified_bool_true() {}
-
-  operator unspecified_bool_type() const { // true if error
-    return _val_ == 0 ? 0 : unspecified_bool_true;
-  }
-};
-
-inline error_code make_error_code(errc _e) {
-  return error_code(static_cast<int>(_e), generic_category());
-}
-
-inline bool operator<(const error_code& _x, const error_code& _y) {
-  return _x.category() < _y.category()
-      || (_x.category() == _y.category() && _x.value() < _y.value());
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(const error_code& _x, const error_code& _y) {
-  return _x.category() == _y.category() && _x.value() == _y.value();
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(const error_code& _x, const error_condition& _y) {
-  return _x.category().equivalent(_x.value(), _y)
-      || _y.category().equivalent(_x, _y.value());
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(const error_condition& _x, const error_code& _y) {
-  return _y == _x;
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(const error_condition& _x, const error_condition& _y) {
-   return _x.category() == _y.category() && _x.value() == _y.value();
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const error_code& _x, const error_code& _y) {
-  return !(_x == _y);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const error_code& _x, const error_condition& _y) {
-  return !(_x == _y);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const error_condition& _x, const error_code& _y) {
-  return !(_x == _y);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const error_condition& _x, const error_condition& _y) {
-  return !(_x == _y);
-}
-
-// Windows errors.
-
-//  To construct an error_code after an API error:
-//
-//      error_code( ::GetLastError(), system_category() )
-struct windows_error {
-enum _ {
-  success = 0,
-  // These names and values are based on Windows WinError.h
-  // This is not a complete list. Add to this list if you need to explicitly
-  // check for it.
-  invalid_function        = 1, // ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION,
-  file_not_found          = 2, // ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND,
-  path_not_found          = 3, // ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND,
-  too_many_open_files     = 4, // ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES,
-  access_denied           = 5, // ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED,
-  invalid_handle          = 6, // ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE,
-  arena_trashed           = 7, // ERROR_ARENA_TRASHED,
-  not_enough_memory       = 8, // ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY,
-  invalid_block           = 9, // ERROR_INVALID_BLOCK,
-  bad_environment         = 10, // ERROR_BAD_ENVIRONMENT,
-  bad_format              = 11, // ERROR_BAD_FORMAT,
-  invalid_access          = 12, // ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS,
-  outofmemory             = 14, // ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY,
-  invalid_drive           = 15, // ERROR_INVALID_DRIVE,
-  current_directory       = 16, // ERROR_CURRENT_DIRECTORY,
-  not_same_device         = 17, // ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE,
-  no_more_files           = 18, // ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES,
-  write_protect           = 19, // ERROR_WRITE_PROTECT,
-  bad_unit                = 20, // ERROR_BAD_UNIT,
-  not_ready               = 21, // ERROR_NOT_READY,
-  bad_command             = 22, // ERROR_BAD_COMMAND,
-  crc                     = 23, // ERROR_CRC,
-  bad_length              = 24, // ERROR_BAD_LENGTH,
-  seek                    = 25, // ERROR_SEEK,
-  not_dos_disk            = 26, // ERROR_NOT_DOS_DISK,
-  sector_not_found        = 27, // ERROR_SECTOR_NOT_FOUND,
-  out_of_paper            = 28, // ERROR_OUT_OF_PAPER,
-  write_fault             = 29, // ERROR_WRITE_FAULT,
-  read_fault              = 30, // ERROR_READ_FAULT,
-  gen_failure             = 31, // ERROR_GEN_FAILURE,
-  sharing_violation       = 32, // ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION,
-  lock_violation          = 33, // ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION,
-  wrong_disk              = 34, // ERROR_WRONG_DISK,
-  sharing_buffer_exceeded = 36, // ERROR_SHARING_BUFFER_EXCEEDED,
-  handle_eof              = 38, // ERROR_HANDLE_EOF,
-  handle_disk_full        = 39, // ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL,
-  rem_not_list            = 51, // ERROR_REM_NOT_LIST,
-  dup_name                = 52, // ERROR_DUP_NAME,
-  bad_net_path            = 53, // ERROR_BAD_NETPATH,
-  network_busy            = 54, // ERROR_NETWORK_BUSY,
-  file_exists             = 80, // ERROR_FILE_EXISTS,
-  cannot_make             = 82, // ERROR_CANNOT_MAKE,
-  broken_pipe             = 109, // ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE,
-  open_failed             = 110, // ERROR_OPEN_FAILED,
-  buffer_overflow         = 111, // ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW,
-  disk_full               = 112, // ERROR_DISK_FULL,
-  insufficient_buffer     = 122, // ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER,
-  lock_failed             = 167, // ERROR_LOCK_FAILED,
-  busy                    = 170, // ERROR_BUSY,
-  cancel_violation        = 173, // ERROR_CANCEL_VIOLATION,
-  already_exists          = 183  // ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
-};
-  _ v_;
-
-  windows_error(_ v) : v_(v) {}
-  explicit windows_error(int v) : v_(_(v)) {}
-  operator int() const {return v_;}
-};
-
-
-template <> struct is_error_code_enum<windows_error> : true_type { };
-
-template <> struct is_error_code_enum<windows_error::_> : true_type { };
-
-inline error_code make_error_code(windows_error e) {
-  return error_code(static_cast<int>(e), system_category());
-}
-
-} // end namespace llvm
-
-#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h
index 906e97c..70953a9 100644
--- a/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h
+++ b/contrib/llvm/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h
@@ -7,18 +7,14 @@
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
-// This file provides a template class that determines if a type is a class or
-// not. The basic mechanism, based on using the pointer to member function of
-// a zero argument to a function was "boosted" from the boost type_traits
-// library. See http://www.boost.org/ for all the gory details.
+// This file provides useful additions to the standard type_traits library.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPE_TRAITS_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPE_TRAITS_H
 
-#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
-#include <cstddef>
+#include <type_traits>
 #include <utility>
 
 #ifndef __has_feature
@@ -26,40 +22,8 @@
 #define __has_feature(x) 0
 #endif
 
-// This is actually the conforming implementation which works with abstract
-// classes.  However, enough compilers have trouble with it that most will use
-// the one in boost/type_traits/object_traits.hpp. This implementation actually
-// works with VC7.0, but other interactions seem to fail when we use it.
-
 namespace llvm {
-  
-namespace dont_use
-{
-    // These two functions should never be used. They are helpers to
-    // the is_class template below. They cannot be located inside
-    // is_class because doing so causes at least GCC to think that
-    // the value of the "value" enumerator is not constant. Placing
-    // them out here (for some strange reason) allows the sizeof
-    // operator against them to magically be constant. This is
-    // important to make the is_class<T>::value idiom zero cost. it
-    // evaluates to a constant 1 or 0 depending on whether the
-    // parameter T is a class or not (respectively).
-    template<typename T> char is_class_helper(void(T::*)());
-    template<typename T> double is_class_helper(...);
-}
 
-template <typename T>
-struct is_class
-{
-  // is_class<> metafunction due to Paul Mensonides (leavings@attbi.com). For
-  // more details:
-  // http://groups.google.com/groups?hl=en&selm=000001c1cc83%24e154d5e0%247772e50c%40c161550a&rnum=1
-public:
-  static const bool value =
-      sizeof(char) == sizeof(dont_use::is_class_helper<T>(0));
-};
-  
-  
 /// isPodLike - This is a type trait that is used to determine whether a given
 /// type can be copied around with memcpy instead of running ctors etc.
 template <typename T>
@@ -71,7 +35,7 @@ struct isPodLike {
 #else
   // If we don't know anything else, we can (at least) assume that all non-class
   // types are PODs.
-  static const bool value = !is_class<T>::value;
+  static const bool value = !std::is_class<T>::value;
 #endif
 };
 
@@ -80,161 +44,45 @@ template<typename T, typename U>
 struct isPodLike<std::pair<T, U> > {
   static const bool value = isPodLike<T>::value && isPodLike<U>::value;
 };
-  
-
-template <class T, T v>
-struct integral_constant {
-  typedef T value_type;
-  static const value_type value = v;
-  typedef integral_constant<T,v> type;
-  operator value_type() { return value; }
-};
-
-typedef integral_constant<bool, true> true_type;
-typedef integral_constant<bool, false> false_type;
-
-/// \brief Metafunction that determines whether the two given types are 
-/// equivalent.
-template<typename T, typename U> struct is_same       : public false_type {};
-template<typename T>             struct is_same<T, T> : public true_type {};
-
-/// \brief Metafunction that removes const qualification from a type.
-template <typename T> struct remove_const          { typedef T type; };
-template <typename T> struct remove_const<const T> { typedef T type; };
-
-/// \brief Metafunction that removes volatile qualification from a type.
-template <typename T> struct remove_volatile             { typedef T type; };
-template <typename T> struct remove_volatile<volatile T> { typedef T type; };
-
-/// \brief Metafunction that removes both const and volatile qualification from
-/// a type.
-template <typename T> struct remove_cv {
-  typedef typename remove_const<typename remove_volatile<T>::type>::type type;
-};
-
-/// \brief Helper to implement is_integral metafunction.
-template <typename T> struct is_integral_impl           : false_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<         bool>      : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<         char>      : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<  signed char>      : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<unsigned char>      : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<         wchar_t>   : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<         short>     : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<unsigned short>     : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<         int>       : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<unsigned int>       : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<         long>      : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<unsigned long>      : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<         long long> : true_type {};
-template <> struct is_integral_impl<unsigned long long> : true_type {};
-
-/// \brief Metafunction that determines whether the given type is an integral
-/// type.
-template <typename T>
-struct is_integral : is_integral_impl<T> {};
-
-/// \brief Metafunction to remove reference from a type.
-template <typename T> struct remove_reference { typedef T type; };
-template <typename T> struct remove_reference<T&> { typedef T type; };
-
-/// \brief Metafunction that determines whether the given type is a pointer
-/// type.
-template <typename T> struct is_pointer : false_type {};
-template <typename T> struct is_pointer<T*> : true_type {};
-template <typename T> struct is_pointer<T* const> : true_type {};
-template <typename T> struct is_pointer<T* volatile> : true_type {};
-template <typename T> struct is_pointer<T* const volatile> : true_type {};
-
-/// \brief Metafunction that determines wheather the given type is a reference.
-template <typename T> struct is_reference : false_type {};
-template <typename T> struct is_reference<T&> : true_type {};
 
 /// \brief Metafunction that determines whether the given type is either an
 /// integral type or an enumeration type.
 ///
-/// Note that this accepts potentially more integral types than we whitelist
-/// above for is_integral because it is based on merely being convertible
-/// implicitly to an integral type.
+/// Note that this accepts potentially more integral types than is_integral
+/// because it is based on merely being convertible implicitly to an integral
+/// type.
 template <typename T> class is_integral_or_enum {
-  // Provide an overload which can be called with anything implicitly
-  // convertible to an unsigned long long. This should catch integer types and
-  // enumeration types at least. We blacklist classes with conversion operators
-  // below.
-  static double check_int_convertible(unsigned long long);
-  static char check_int_convertible(...);
-
-  typedef typename remove_reference<T>::type UnderlyingT;
-  static UnderlyingT &nonce_instance;
+  typedef typename std::remove_reference<T>::type UnderlyingT;
 
 public:
-  static const bool
-    value = (!is_class<UnderlyingT>::value && !is_pointer<UnderlyingT>::value &&
-             !is_same<UnderlyingT, float>::value &&
-             !is_same<UnderlyingT, double>::value &&
-             sizeof(char) != sizeof(check_int_convertible(nonce_instance)));
-};
-
-// enable_if_c - Enable/disable a template based on a metafunction
-template<bool Cond, typename T = void>
-struct enable_if_c {
-  typedef T type;
-};
-
-template<typename T> struct enable_if_c<false, T> { };
-  
-// enable_if - Enable/disable a template based on a metafunction
-template<typename Cond, typename T = void>
-struct enable_if : public enable_if_c<Cond::value, T> { };
-
-namespace dont_use {
-  template<typename Base> char base_of_helper(const volatile Base*);
-  template<typename Base> double base_of_helper(...);
-}
-
-/// is_base_of - Metafunction to determine whether one type is a base class of
-/// (or identical to) another type.
-template<typename Base, typename Derived>
-struct is_base_of {
-  static const bool value 
-    = is_class<Base>::value && is_class<Derived>::value &&
-      sizeof(char) == sizeof(dont_use::base_of_helper<Base>((Derived*)0));
+  static const bool value =
+      !std::is_class<UnderlyingT>::value && // Filter conversion operators.
+      !std::is_pointer<UnderlyingT>::value &&
+      !std::is_floating_point<UnderlyingT>::value &&
+      std::is_convertible<UnderlyingT, unsigned long long>::value;
 };
 
-// remove_pointer - Metafunction to turn Foo* into Foo.  Defined in
-// C++0x [meta.trans.ptr].
-template <typename T> struct remove_pointer { typedef T type; };
-template <typename T> struct remove_pointer<T*> { typedef T type; };
-template <typename T> struct remove_pointer<T*const> { typedef T type; };
-template <typename T> struct remove_pointer<T*volatile> { typedef T type; };
-template <typename T> struct remove_pointer<T*const volatile> {
-    typedef T type; };
-
-// If T is a pointer, just return it. If it is not, return T&.
+/// \brief If T is a pointer, just return it. If it is not, return T&.
 template<typename T, typename Enable = void>
 struct add_lvalue_reference_if_not_pointer { typedef T &type; };
 
-template<typename T>
-struct add_lvalue_reference_if_not_pointer<T,
-                                     typename enable_if<is_pointer<T> >::type> {
+template <typename T>
+struct add_lvalue_reference_if_not_pointer<
+    T, typename std::enable_if<std::is_pointer<T>::value>::type> {
   typedef T type;
 };
 
-// If T is a pointer to X, return a pointer to const X. If it is not, return
-// const T.
+/// \brief If T is a pointer to X, return a pointer to const X. If it is not,
+/// return const T.
 template<typename T, typename Enable = void>
 struct add_const_past_pointer { typedef const T type; };
 
-template<typename T>
-struct add_const_past_pointer<T, typename enable_if<is_pointer<T> >::type> {
-  typedef const typename remove_pointer<T>::type *type;
+template <typename T>
+struct add_const_past_pointer<
+    T, typename std::enable_if<std::is_pointer<T>::value>::type> {
+  typedef const typename std::remove_pointer<T>::type *type;
 };
 
-template <bool, typename T, typename F>
-struct conditional { typedef T type; };
-
-template <typename T, typename F>
-struct conditional<false, T, F> { typedef F type; };
-
 }
 
 #ifdef LLVM_DEFINED_HAS_FEATURE